EP2726292B1 - Method for arranging a printing plate on a plate cylinder - Google Patents

Method for arranging a printing plate on a plate cylinder Download PDF

Info

Publication number
EP2726292B1
EP2726292B1 EP12730953.2A EP12730953A EP2726292B1 EP 2726292 B1 EP2726292 B1 EP 2726292B1 EP 12730953 A EP12730953 A EP 12730953A EP 2726292 B1 EP2726292 B1 EP 2726292B1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
clamping device
clamping
tensioning
carriage
plate
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
EP12730953.2A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Other versions
EP2726292A1 (en
Inventor
Patrick KRESS
Volkmar Rolf Schwitzky
Ralf Harald SOKOL
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Koenig and Bauer AG
Original Assignee
Koenig and Bauer AG
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from DE201210207108 external-priority patent/DE102012207108B3/en
Application filed by Koenig and Bauer AG filed Critical Koenig and Bauer AG
Priority to EP12730953.2A priority Critical patent/EP2726292B1/en
Publication of EP2726292A1 publication Critical patent/EP2726292A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of EP2726292B1 publication Critical patent/EP2726292B1/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41FPRINTING MACHINES OR PRESSES
    • B41F3/00Cylinder presses, i.e. presses essentially comprising at least one cylinder co-operating with at least one flat type-bed
    • B41F3/46Details
    • B41F3/54Impression cylinders; Supports therefor
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41FPRINTING MACHINES OR PRESSES
    • B41F27/00Devices for attaching printing elements or formes to supports
    • B41F27/005Attaching and registering printing formes to supports
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41FPRINTING MACHINES OR PRESSES
    • B41F27/00Devices for attaching printing elements or formes to supports
    • B41F27/12Devices for attaching printing elements or formes to supports for attaching flexible printing formes
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41FPRINTING MACHINES OR PRESSES
    • B41F27/00Devices for attaching printing elements or formes to supports
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41FPRINTING MACHINES OR PRESSES
    • B41F27/00Devices for attaching printing elements or formes to supports
    • B41F27/12Devices for attaching printing elements or formes to supports for attaching flexible printing formes
    • B41F27/1218Devices for attaching printing elements or formes to supports for attaching flexible printing formes comprising printing plate tensioning devices
    • B41F27/1225Devices for attaching printing elements or formes to supports for attaching flexible printing formes comprising printing plate tensioning devices moving in the printing plate end substantially rectilinearly
    • B41F27/1231Devices for attaching printing elements or formes to supports for attaching flexible printing formes comprising printing plate tensioning devices moving in the printing plate end substantially rectilinearly by translatory motion substantially tangential to support surface
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41PINDEXING SCHEME RELATING TO PRINTING, LINING MACHINES, TYPEWRITERS, AND TO STAMPS
    • B41P2227/00Mounting or handling printing plates; Forming printing surfaces in situ
    • B41P2227/40Adjusting means for printing plates on the cylinder
    • B41P2227/42Adjusting means for printing plates on the cylinder circumferentially
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S101/00Printing
    • Y10S101/36Means for registering or alignment of print plates on print press structure

Definitions

  • the invention relates to a method for arranging a printing plate on a plate cylinder according to the features of claim 1.
  • a plate cylinder By the DE 41 29 831 A1 and the DE 195 11 956 A1 in each case a plate cylinder is known, wherein the plate cylinder has a channel in which a clamping device is arranged, which has a radially outer clamping element which is immovably disposed relative to a base body of the clamping device and wherein the clamping device comprises a pressing element, which arranged radially further inside is, as the radially outer clamping element and wherein the clamping device comprises an actuating element, by means of which the pressing element is at least partially movable relative to the radially outer clamping element at least in and / or against a clamping direction.
  • the clamping device is a radial Having an inner clamping element, which is always held by means of at least one front pressing element with respect to a circumferential direction in a defined position.
  • a plate cylinder having a channel in which a tensioning device is arranged which has a clamping device movable on a carriage within the channel.
  • the invention has for its object to provide a method for arranging a printing plate on a plate cylinder.
  • the achievable with the present invention consist in particular in that a laying a printing plate on a form of a plate cylinder form cylinder is simple and can be performed with high precision. Also, a high reproducibility of the position of the printing plate on the plate cylinder is advantageous.
  • this results in the advantage of a particularly high precision, since only one point is present at which the substrate is provided with ink and therefore the precision of the printed image exclusively of the precision the position of the printing inks depends on the common transfer cylinder and thus ultimately on the precision with which the printing plates are arranged on the forme cylinders and with which the forme cylinders are arranged relative to one another.
  • a plate cylinder in particular a plate cylinder a
  • Printing machine which preferably has at least one channel, in which preferably at least one clamping device is arranged, wherein the at least one clamping device preferably at least one radially outer clamping element, in particular at least one radially outer clamping strip, which or preferably relative to a base body of the at least one Clamping device is immovably arranged or are, wherein preferably the at least one clamping device has at least one pressing element, which is arranged radially further inward than the at least one radially outer clamping element and preferably wherein the at least one clamping device has at least one adjusting element, by means of which the at least one pressing element at least partially relative to the at least one radially outer clamping element and more preferably relative to a cylinder barrel of the plate cylinder is movable at least in and / or against a clamping direction, one or more of the besch besch rubbed features.
  • the at least one adjusting element is for example preferably designed as a clamping release drive, in particular Klemmlbücherschlauch
  • the at least one clamping device has at least two pressing elements and is arranged in the circumferential direction with respect to the plate cylinder, the at least one adjusting element between the at least two pressing elements. Then a clamping force of this clamping device is doubled in contrast to only one pressing element of the same spring hardness.
  • a force to be expended by the actuating element is just as great, because instead a travel of the at least one actuating element is doubled, since the at least one actuating element arranged between the at least two pressing elements can each move on both pressing elements. If a release hose, in particular Klemmlbücherschlauch is used as an actuating element, no higher pressure must therefore be achievable or achieved for a doubled force in the Klemmleriaschlauch, as with only one pressing.
  • At least one rectilinear connecting line between the at least two pressing elements of the at least one clamping device intersects the at least one actuating element of this at least one clamping device.
  • the at least one pressing element by means of the at least one adjusting element at least partially relative to the cylinder barrel of the plate cylinder at least in and / or against the clamping direction movable.
  • the at least one clamping device has at least one radially inner clamping element and more preferably the at least one radially inner clamping element can be acted upon by the at least one or preferably at least two pressing elements in the clamping direction to the at least one radially outer clamping element with a force and / or acted upon and preferably arranged forming a clamping gap together with the at least one radially outer clamping element.
  • a nip in its shape and / or positioning is determined by at least two clamping elements and reproducible and preferably without unwanted movements of a pressure plate at the clamping operable. This applies in particular if, as preferred, the at least one radially inner clamping element is arranged exclusively linearly movable.
  • the at least one radially outer clamping element is at least one radially outer clamping strip which extends in the axial direction with respect to a rotational axis of the plate cylinder over at least 75% of an axial length of the at least one channel and / or the at least one radially inner clamping element at least one radially inner Clamping strip which extends in the axial direction with respect to the axis of rotation of the plate cylinder over at least 75% of the axial length of the at least one channel.
  • the at least two pressing elements are each formed as at least one leaf spring.
  • this is at least one adjusting element as at least one Klemmlbücherschlauch formed, which is further preferably applied to solve a clamping with a pressure.
  • this Klemmlbücherschlauch is simple and inexpensive to manufacture and operable.
  • it is possible to achieve such a clamping when the control element is deactivated.
  • the at least one radially inner clamping element is connected by means of at least one connecting element with the at least two pressing elements.
  • At least one front clamping device formed in this way and at least one rear clamping device formed in this way is arranged in the at least one channel. Then the advantages mentioned are preferably used twice.
  • the at least one front clamping device for receiving a leading in the printing operation end of a printing plate is formed.
  • At least one clamping device is designed as at least one rear clamping device and part of at least one carriage of the at least one clamping device and the at least one carriage is arranged to be movable toward the at least one front clamping device by means of at least one tensioning drive within the at least one channel.
  • the tensioning path extends orthogonal to an axis of rotation of the plate cylinder.
  • the clamping path extends within a plane whose surface normal is oriented parallel to the axis of rotation of the plate cylinder. Then, this slide can be preferably used both for a plate tension as well as to facilitate a laying of the printing plate.
  • the tensioning path preferably extends at least partially into and / or against the circumferential direction or in and / or against a tensioning direction that is tangential to the circumferential direction.
  • the at least one tensioning drive is designed as at least one tensioning hose.
  • a maximum displacement of the at least one slide relative to the cylinder barrel of the plate cylinder in and / or counter to the tensioning direction is at least as large as a dimension measured in the tensioning direction of an intended or more preferably actual contact surface of a pressure plate clamped in the at least one rear clamping device the at least one radially outer clamping element of the at least one rear clamping device.
  • At least one clamping device is preferably arranged in the at least one channel, which has at least one front clamping device and at least one rear clamping device, and preferably the at least one front clamping device has at least one front adjusting element, in particular at least one front clamping release drive for opening and closing at least one front clamping gap at least two biasing drives for adjusting in each case one, on a first channel wall aligned front contact body and preferably, the at least one rear clamping device at least one rear actuator, in particular at least one rear Klemmlecludedantrieb for opening and closing at least one rear clamping gap and at least one axial drive for adjusting a position the at least one rear clamping device with respect to an axial direction parallel to a rotation axis of the plate cylinder. Then a reproducible and quick adjustment of the clamping device is possible.
  • the at least one front clamping release drive and the at least two biasing drives and the at least one rear clamping release drive and the at least one axial drive are controllable and / or controlled and / or controllable and / or regulated by means of a machine control.
  • At least one rear clamping device has at least two spacing drives each of a rear one Spacer or at least two rear stop actuators each having a rear stop actuator element for adjusting at least one distance of at least one rear clamping device of a second channel wall and preferred are the at least one front Klemmlettesantrieb and the at least two biasing drives and the at least one rear Klemmlettesantrieb and the at least one axial drive and the at least two distance drives or rear stop drives can be controlled and / or controlled and / or regulated and / or regulated by means of the machine control.
  • the at least one rear clamping device preferably has at least one carriage, which is preferably movable by at least one tensioning drive in at least one direction orthogonal to the axis of rotation of the plate cylinder and preferably the at least one tensioning drive is also controllable and / or controlled and / or regulated by means of the machine control and / or regulated.
  • the machine control high precision and remote adjustment of the clamping device and / or the at least one clamping device is possible.
  • the at least one clamping device is supported by at least three support points in the circumferential direction against a cylindrical bale of the plate cylinder and is preferably at a first support point of at least one body of the at least one front clamping device or to the at least one body rigidly arranged component of the at least one front clamping device directly connected to the first channel wall or a rigidly arranged to the cylindrical bale of the plate cylinder member and preferably is at least two second support points in each case relative to the at least one base body adjustable in position and together with the at least one base body movable contact body of the at least one front clamping device with the first channel wall or a rigidly arranged to the cylindrical bale of the plate cylinder component in connection. Then position corrections and distortion corrections of the printing plate can be adjusted particularly precisely and reproducibly.
  • a method for arranging a printing plate on a plate cylinder which preferably has at least one channel in which preferably at least one front clamping device and at least one rear clamping device are arranged, wherein the rear clamping device is preferably part of at least one carriage, one or more of the following described procedures on.
  • the at least one front clamping device is opened.
  • a front end of the pressure plate is inserted into a front clamping gap of the at least one front clamping device.
  • the at least one front clamping device is closed and in the process the front end of the pressure plate is clamped in the at least one front clamping device.
  • the printing plate is placed on a lateral surface of the plate cylinder.
  • the at least one rear clamping device is opened and before and / or simultaneously and / or thereafter the at least one carriage along the clamping path from an edge position to an insertion distance to the at least one front clamping device and a first channel wall to in a central or inner situation moves.
  • the term "central location" serves to distinguish it from the peripheral location and in particular does not mean that the location must be exactly in the middle.
  • a rear end of the printing plate which has meanwhile been placed around the plate cylinder, placed on the plate cylinder so that it protrudes at least one component in the circumferential direction via a second channel wall with the lateral surface of the plate cylinder connecting edge and then the at least one carriage moves along the clamping path from its central or inner position about the insertion path to the second channel wall in its peripheral position.
  • the rear end of the printing plate is at least partially enclosed by at least one rear clamping gap of the at least one rear clamping device, while the at least one carriage is moved along the clamping path from its central or inner position to the second channel wall to its edge position.
  • the term "enclose” is understood here to mean that at least one straight-line connection of at least one radially inner clamping element of the at least one rear clamping device with at least one radially outer clamping element of the at least one rear clamping device intersects the rear end of the pressure plate.
  • the at least one rear clamping device is closed while the rear end of the pressure plate is clamped in the at least one rear clamping device.
  • the at least one carriage in a tensioning operation, is moved along the tensioning path toward the at least one front clamping device and the first channel wall, and the pressure plate is thereby tensioned.
  • the at least one carriage in a first section of a clamping operation, is moved along the clamping path toward the at least one front clamping device and the first channel wall.
  • the pressure plate is tensioned with a first force.
  • the printing plate is stretched with stronger than it is provided for a printing operation with this pressure plate.
  • the pressure plate in a second portion of the clamping operation, the pressure plate is relieved again by the at least one carriage is moved back to the second channel wall.
  • the at least one carriage is again moved toward the at least one front clamping device and the first channel wall.
  • the pressure plate is tensioned with a second force.
  • the first force is the same size as the second force.
  • the pressure plate remains clamped at least from the beginning of the first portion of the clamping operation to the end of the third portion of the clamping operation in the rear clamping device.
  • at least one rear clamping device is preferably one of the two embodiments of the clamping operation described below used.
  • the at least one carriage is preferably initially coupled to the at least one front clamping device and the first channel wall by means of the at least one tensioning drive together with the rear end of the pressure plate clamped in the at least one rear clamping device is moved and is thereafter preferably at least one rear spacer, which is preferably part of the at least one carriage, set to a position relative to the at least one carriage, which determines a certain distance of the at least one rear clamping device of the second channel wall independently of the at least one tensioning drive , and after the at least one tensioning drive is deactivated, the at least one carriage, together with the at least one rear clamping device, is held in its position along the tensioning path in that one of the tensioned Dru Back plate exerted force presses the at least one slide over the at least one rear spacer against the second channel wall.
  • the at least one rear spacer is in contact with the second channel wall and at the same time with the at least one carriage and thereby determines the distance of the at least one rear clamping device from the second channel wall independently of the at least one tensioning drive.
  • a second embodiment of the clamping operation is preferably at least one, preferably in a fixedly mounted relative to the cylindrical ball bearings, rear stop actuator moved relative to the cylindrical bale in a Anschlagungsolllage and is then preferably the at least one carriage by means of at least one tensioning drive together with the in the at least one rear clamping device clamped rear end of the pressure plate on the at least one front clamping device and the first channel wall moves to at least one rear stopper actuator touches at least one stopper body and is then preferably clamped at least one fixing device and holds this at least one fixing preferably the at least one slide in its position, for example by a pressure in a trained as Schlittenlinnenschlauch carriage plate is reduced and preferably to the extent that relax Schlittenfederwovene and thereby preferably at least one carriage clamping element is pressed against a first carriage clamping surface and then preferably the at least one tensioning drive is deactivated, for example by reducing a pressure in a clamping drive designed as a tensioning hose, for example to ambient
  • Advantages of this plate cylinder and / or this method consist for example in that preferably a tensioning drive can also be used to bring a rear clamping device in such a position that facilitates laying the rear end of the pressure plate and in particular in a substantially radial direction and without manual threading of the pressure plate is made possible in the rear clamping device, since preferably the rear clamping device is moved so that it encloses the rear end of the pressure plate, yet the radially outer clamping element is immobile relative to the carriage and thus a particularly stable clamping can be achieved.
  • Another advantage of a preferred embodiment of the plate cylinder and / or the method is, for example, that in a clamped and / or tensioned state of the pressure plate no drive a clamping device or clamping device must be activated.
  • Another advantage is that with repeated application of the method with the same or a different printing plate very precisely reproducible results of the position and tension of the printing plate can be achieved.
  • a printing machine 01 designed as a rotary printing machine 01, for example as a sheet-fed rotary printing press 01, is described by way of example below.
  • the printing machine 01 is, for example, a printing machine 01 used in the printing of value.
  • the printing machine 01 is designed as a printing machine 01 which prints a preferably sheet-shaped printing material 09, ie as a sheet-fed printing machine 01.
  • the printing machine 01 has at least one printing unit 02 with at least one printing unit 08 and at least one inking unit on, wherein the at least one printing unit 08 has at least one forme cylinder 07.
  • the at least one forme cylinder 07 is preferably designed as at least one plate cylinder 07.
  • a plurality of printing units 08 and a plurality of inking units are provided in the at least one printing unit 02 in order to print different printing inks on the same printing substrate 09 in a same production, for example according to the number of these inking units.
  • printing units 08 are arranged in the same printing unit 02, the preferably work according to different pressure principles.
  • at least one printing unit 08 is designed as a flat printing unit 08, for example an offset printing unit 08, and / or at least one other printing unit 08 is designed as a high-pressure unit 08, in particular an indirect high-pressure unit 08.
  • These different printing units 08 then print, for example, in a same production a same printing substrate 09, more preferably by means of at least one common transfer cylinder 06.
  • at least one printing unit is designed as a steel engraving printing unit 08.
  • the printing machine 02 preferably has at least one printing material source 03 in the form of a sheet feeder 03.
  • the printing press 01 preferably has at least one sheet deposit 04, which preferably has at least one and more preferably at least three discard piles.
  • at least one dryer along a transport path of the printing material 09 is arranged in front of the at least one storage stack, for example an infrared radiation dryer and / or an ultraviolet radiation dryer.
  • the printing machine has ten forme cylinders 07, in particular plate cylinders 07.
  • a sheet-fed rotary printing machine 01 with a printing unit 02 with a plurality of printing units 08 is also exemplary in FIG Fig. 1 shown.
  • the printing machine 01 has at least one printing unit 08 and at least one dryer, each of which is arranged on the printing material 09 acting along a transport path of the printing material 09 before transfer cylinders 06 described below.
  • the at least one printing unit 02 has at least one pair of transfer cylinders 06 formed as blanket cylinders 06, through the common contact area of which a printing gap 16 is defined.
  • each of the at least two transfer cylinders 06 is in rolling contact with at least one plate cylinder 07 and more preferably several, for example four plate cylinders 07.
  • the printing unit 02 is designed as a multi-color printing unit 02.
  • Each This plate cylinder 07 is preferably associated with at least one inking unit.
  • At least one printing plate 73 in the form of at least one and preferably exactly one printing plate 73 is preferably arranged on the at least one plate cylinder 07.
  • exactly one pressure plate 73 is arranged or provided on each plate cylinder 07, whose extension in an axial direction A of the plate cylinder 07 preferably corresponds to at least 75% and more preferably at least 90% of an extension of a cylinder bale 12 of the at least one plate cylinder 07 in this axial direction A.
  • the at least one transfer cylinder 06 has a circumference which corresponds to an integer multiple of the circumference of the at least one plate cylinder 07, for example three times.
  • each inking unit cooperating with a plate cylinder 07 is movably arranged away from this respective plate cylinder 07.
  • the corresponding plate cylinder 07 is accessible for maintenance and in particular for a printing plate change.
  • the inking units of all cooperating with a common transfer cylinder 06 plate cylinder 07 are arranged together movable away from these plate cylinders 07 and further preferably stored in a common subframe.
  • at least one printing plate store is moved up to the at least one plate cylinder 07.
  • This at least one printing plate store contains at least one printing plate 73 to be placed on the at least one plate cylinder 07.
  • the at least one printing plate store preferably contains a plurality of printing plates 73, which are assigned to a plurality of plate cylinders 07 and / or.
  • the at least one pressure plate storage is used in addition to a controlled positioning of the pressure plate 73 relative to the corresponding plate cylinder 07 and a protection of the aufgan pressure plate 73.
  • at least one spinning means for example arranged a spinning roller, and / or serves to when placing the pressure plate 73rd on the plate cylinder 07 this pressure plate 73 to the plate cylinder 07 to press.
  • the pressure plate 73 preferably has a dimensionally stable carrier plate and at least one plate coating.
  • the dimensionally stable carrier plate consists for example of a metal or an alloy, for example aluminum or steel.
  • at least one support plate made of steel is preferably used.
  • at least one wet offset printing unit at least one aluminum support plate is preferably used.
  • the carrier plate preferably has a thickness, that is to say a smallest dimension of 0.25 mm to 0.3 mm.
  • the at least one plate coating defines a printed image of the printing plate 73.
  • the printed image can be determined, for example, by virtue of parts of a surface of the printing plate 73 having hydrophobic properties, while other parts of the surface of the printing plate 73 have hydrophilic properties. Depending on the characteristics of an ink used, only selected areas of the printing plate 73 then transfer this printing ink. Such a printing plate 73 transfers color after a planographic printing process, in particular offset printing process. In this case, a waterless offset printing method can be used or a so-called wet offset printing method can be used, for which the printing unit then has at least one dampening unit.
  • the printed image is determined by the fact that the plate coating is first applied over the entire surface and is selectively cured in an exposure process, while the uncured areas are washed out, for example with water.
  • a coating is selectively applied or selectively removed by other means, such as by etching or mechanically engraving. This results in areas, for example, not washed out areas, which are arranged elevated relative to the support plate and areas, such as washed out areas, which are lower and are formed for example by the exposed support plate.
  • Such a printing plate 73 transfers ink by a high-pressure process, preferably on the corresponding transfer cylinder 06, from where from it is transferred to the substrate 09. Since the print image is only transferred from the transfer cylinder 06 to the printing material 09, this is an indirect high-pressure process.
  • the pressure plate 73 is alternatively formed as a stencil printing plate 73.
  • a stencil printing plate 73 has, for example, relatively coarse raised areas which are completely colored and from which ink is transferred to a steel piercing cylinder.
  • a steel engraving cylinder has fine engraving, in which the ink is stored while it is removed outside the engraving, for example, wiped off.
  • different printing inks are collected by a plurality of printing plates 73 on the steel engraving cylinder, wherein more preferably the regions of different colors on the steel engraving cylinder overlap at most minimally.
  • the printing plate 73 is alternatively designed as a flexographic printing plate 73 for direct or indirect flexographic printing.
  • the printing plate 73 is used for a transfer of printing ink and / or paint. Accordingly, in the foregoing and hereinafter always when it comes to ink is meant, alternatively, a paint, in particular in the case of the flexographic printing plate 73rd
  • the pressure plate 73 preferably has a front end 74 and a rear end 76.
  • the front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 is preferably an advancing in a printing operation end 74 of the pressure plate 73.
  • the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 is preferably a trailing in the printing operation end 76 of the pressure plate 73.
  • the front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 preferably has a front contact portion 74, which serves to clamp the pressure plate 73 on the plate cylinder 07. This contact region preferably has no ink-transferring plate coating.
  • the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 preferably has a rear contact region 76, which is a clamping of the pressure plate 73 on the plate cylinder 07 is used.
  • This contact region preferably has no ink-transferring plate coating.
  • the pressure plate 73 in the contact areas exclusively from the dimensionally stable support plate.
  • the contact areas ensure high reproducibility and high reliability of at least one clamping contact of the pressure plate 73 with components of the plate cylinder 07.
  • the front end 74 and / or the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 is or are preferably as bent from a central portion of the pressure plate 73 deviating clamping portions 74; 76 trained.
  • the clamping regions 74; 76 are preferably each angled between 15 ° and 40 ° with respect to the middle part of the pressure plate 73, more preferably between 17 ° and 22 ° at the front end 74 and between 35 ° and 40 ° at the rear end 76.
  • the front end 74 and the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 each have an extent in the circumferential direction D that is between 10 mm and 30 mm, more preferably at least 15 mm, and even more preferably between 15 mm and 20 mm.
  • An application of the printing plate 73 on the plate cylinder 07 is preferably carried out at least partially by means of a laying device, for example an automatic plate feeder.
  • the printing unit 02 operates preferably in perfecting, wherein both sides of the printing material 09 are inked in the printing gap 16 at the same time. More preferably 16 multicolor printed images are transferred to the printing substrate 09 in a single printing step in the printing nip. These multicolor print images are preferably composed of individual color partial color images, which were previously transferred from a plurality of plate cylinders 07 to the corresponding transfer cylinder 06 and collected there.
  • the printing unit 02 preferably consists of two halves of essentially the same construction. Each of the halves has a preferably designed as a blanket cylinder 06 transfer cylinder 06.
  • the plate cylinder 07 and in particular on it arranged printing plates 73 are preferably inked by one inking unit, each with a different ink.
  • the plate cylinders 07 preferably each transmit at least one printed image to the corresponding transfer cylinder 06, to which they are employed.
  • a multicolored print image is preferably created on each transfer cylinder 06, which is further preferably transferred to the printing material 09 in a single step.
  • each transfer cylinder 06 is associated with a plurality of, preferably four, plate cylinders 07, wherein an inking unit is set or at least adjustable to each of these plate cylinders 07, so that preferably the two transfer cylinders 06 can jointly print, for example, up to eight printing inks.
  • at least one common counter-pressure cylinder 06 and the plate cylinder 07 engaged therewith and / or cooperating therewith are coupled to each other and to at least one common drive motor via at least one gear transmission.
  • the inking units may be coupled thereto or coupled, but preferably each have their own drive motors.
  • the at least one plate cylinder 07 of the printing machine 01 will be explained in more detail below.
  • At least the plate cylinders 07 cooperating with the transfer cylinders 06 are preferably designed substantially identical in construction.
  • Each plate cylinder preferably has the cylindrical bale 12 and two cylindrical pins 17.
  • the cylindrical bale 12 preferably has at least one channel 13 which extends in the axial direction A with respect to a rotational axis 11 of the plate cylinder 07 and which is open in the radial direction with respect to the axis of rotation 11 of the plate cylinder 07.
  • the channel 13 preferably has a first channel wall 18 and a second channel wall 19 which at least partially delimit the channel 13 in the circumferential direction D.
  • the first channel wall 18 is preferably a trailing in the pressure operation channel wall 18 of the at least one channel 13.
  • the second channel wall 19 is preferably a leading in the pressure operation channel wall 19 of the at least one channel 13.
  • the cylinder pin 17 of the relevant Plate cylinder 07 are preferably each mounted at least in a preferably designed as a radial bearing bearings, wherein the respective bearing is arranged in or on a frame wall of the printing unit 02.
  • a first related to the axial direction A end of the plate cylinder 07 is referred to as side I
  • a second related to the axial direction A end of the plate cylinder 07 is referred to as side II.
  • a valve block 14 is preferably arranged on an end face of the respective cylinder bale 12.
  • the cylinder pin 17 associated with the side II of the plate cylinder 17 is preferably connected to a rotary drive or at least connectable, by means of which the relevant plate cylinder 07 is drivable and / or driven to a rotational movement about the axis of rotation 11 of the plate cylinder 07.
  • a compound of the page II associated cylinder pin 17 with the associated plate cylinder 07 associated rotary drive preferably has at least one helical gear toothed.
  • the at least one plate cylinder 07 has at least one own individual drive.
  • the plate cylinder 07 has at least one preferably axial bore 126, which can be flowed through and / or flowed through by a fluid, for example a tempering liquid, for temperature control.
  • the at least one tensioning device 101 has at least one clamping device 21; 61, preferably at least one front clamping device 21 and at least one rear clamping device 61.
  • the at least one front clamping device 21 is preferably arranged closer to the first channel wall 18 of the at least one channel 13 than the second channel wall 19 of the at least one channel 13.
  • the at least one rear Clamping device 61 is preferably arranged closer to the second channel wall 19 of the at least one channel 13 than the first channel wall 18 of the at least one channel 13.
  • the at least one front clamping device 21 serves to clamp one front end 74 of a printing plate 73, which is rolled up on a lateral surface 124 of the cylinder bale 12 of the plate cylinder 07 and / or rolled up and / or laid on and / or can be placed.
  • the at least one rear clamping device 61 serves to clamp a rear end 76 of a pressure plate 73 and preferably the same pressure plate 73. In particular, it is the same pressure plate 73, if, as is preferred, the plate cylinder 07 has exactly one channel 13, which both a front clamping device 21 and a rear clamping device 61 has.
  • the front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 is preferably an advancing in a printing operation end 74 of the pressure plate 73.
  • the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 is preferably a trailing in a printing operation end 76 of the pressure plate 73.
  • the at least one pressure plate 73 on the at least a plate cylinder 07 is preferably first fixed the front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 in the at least one front clamping device 21 and pivoted in the terminal plate cylinder 07 about its axis of rotation 11 to roll up or hang the printing plate 73 on the lateral surface 124 of the plate cylinder 07, and then the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 is fixed in the rear clamp 61. Subsequently, clamping of the at least one pressure plate 73 preferably takes place.
  • the at least one front clamping device 21 has at least one radially outer front clamping element 22, which is arranged immovably relative to a front base body 37 of the at least one front clamping device 21.
  • This front main body 37 is attached to the cylindrical bale 12, but preferably at least minimally arranged relative to the cylindrical bale 12 for corrective purposes.
  • the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22 is preferably formed as a radially outer front terminal strip 22 extending in the axial direction A, preferably over at least 75% and more preferably at least 90% of an axial length of the at least one channel 13. This ensures a uniform clamping and / or tension of the pressure plate 73.
  • the at least one front Clamping device 21 has at least one front pressing element 23 which is arranged radially further inward than the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22.
  • the at least one front pressing element 23 is preferably designed as at least one front leaf spring 23, more preferably as at least one front spring packet 23, which consists of several, in particular flat abutting leaf springs 23.
  • the at least one clamping device 21 has at least one front adjusting element 24 by means of which a relative movement of the at least one front pressing element 23 relative to the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22 and thereby preferably at the same time relative to the cylindrical bale 12 of the plate cylinder 07 is effected.
  • the at least one front pressing element 23 is deformable by means of the at least one front adjusting element 24 in itself.
  • the at least one front pressing element 23 can be shortened by means of the at least one front adjusting element 24 with respect to a substantially radial direction.
  • the at least one front pressing element 23 extends over at least 75% and more preferably at least 90% of an axial length of the cylinder bale 12.
  • the at least one front clamping device 21 preferably has at least two front pressing elements 23 and / or at least one radially inner front clamping element 26.
  • the at least two front pressing elements 23 are in turn preferably each formed as at least one leaf spring 23 and more preferably each as at least one spring assembly 23, each consisting of several, in particular flat abutting leaf springs 23.
  • the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 is preferably designed as at least one radially inner front clamping strip 26 extending in the axial direction A, preferably over at least 75% and more preferably at least 90% of the axial length of the at least one channel 13 a radially inner front clamping element 26 is preferably movably arranged in and / or counter to a front clamping direction B, in particular to the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22 and / or of the at least a radially outer front clamping element 22 away.
  • the front clamping direction B preferably has essentially in the radial direction.
  • the front clamping direction B preferably has at least one component in the radial direction which is larger than an optionally present component in the circumferential direction D.
  • the front clamping direction B is preferably aligned orthogonal to the axial direction A.
  • the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 is preferably immovably arranged with respect to the axial direction A.
  • the at least one front pressing element 23 and preferably the at least two front pressing elements 23 are or are preferably in contact with the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26.
  • Radial directions B; C, the axial direction A and the circumferential direction D refer to the cylindrical bale 12 and / or the axis of rotation 11 of the plate cylinder 07th
  • the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 by means of the at least one front pressing element 23 and further preferably by means of the at least two front pressing elements 23 in the front clamping direction B to the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22 to be acted upon and / or acted upon ,
  • the at least one front adjusting element 24 is preferably in direct contact with the at least one front pressing element 23.
  • the at least one front adjusting element 24 is arranged between the at least two radially inner front pressing elements 23.
  • the at least one front actuating element 24 is preferably designed as at least one front clamping release drive 24, more preferably as at least one front dissolving body 24 which can be acted upon and / or acted upon by a pressure medium and even more preferably as at least one front dissolving hose 24, in particular front clamping dissolving hose 24, which is further preferably filled with a fluid and / or can be filled, for example with compressed air. If, in the following, the front clamping release hose 24 is mentioned, this also generally refers to a front release body 24 which can be acted upon and / or acted upon by a pressure medium.
  • the compressed air in an interior of the at least one front Klemmliereschlauchs 24 with a pressure of up to 8 bar or more acted upon and / or acted upon.
  • the at least one front adjusting element 24 can also be designed as at least one hydraulic cylinder 24 and / or at least one pneumatic cylinder 24 and / or at least one electric motor 24.
  • the simplicity of construction in the case of a clamping release tube 24 is advantageous.
  • activation of the at least one front adjusting element 24 preferably causes a shortening of the at least one front pressing element 23 and preferably of the at least two front pressing elements 23 in at least the front clamping direction B, more preferably at least by an extension of the at least one front adjusting element 24 in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction A and orthogonal to the front clamping direction B.
  • the front clamping gap 27 is preferably dur The at least one radially outer front clamping element 22 on the one hand and the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 on the other hand formed.
  • the at least two front pressing elements 23 are preferably flexibly connected to the front base body 37, more preferably such that they can not be removed therefrom, but nevertheless are movable relative to it, in particular during its deformation.
  • the at least two front pressing elements 23 are preferably flexibly connected to the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26, more preferably such that they can not be removed therefrom, but nevertheless are movable relative to it, in particular during its deformation.
  • the at least two front pressing elements 23 are substantially, in particular apart from a deflection or curvature, arranged parallel to each other and extend in the axial direction A and substantially in a second orthogonal direction of extent, preferably at least one radial component having.
  • the second extension direction is slightly curved and each front pressing member 23 slightly curved, since the at least two front pressing elements 23 are constantly under a more or less large bias. This is preferably independent of a state of the front clamping release hose 24 of the case and in particular due to the fact that a space is dimensioned so that the at least two front pressing elements 23 never, especially not with completely empty front Klemmliereschlauch 24, enough space available to be completely relaxed.
  • the at least one front clamping release hose 24 is preferably arranged between the at least two front pressing elements 23 and preferably also extends in the axial direction A.
  • the at least two front pressing elements 23 are movable by means of at least two front connecting elements, in particular pivotable with each other and / or with the main body 37 of the at least one front clamping device 21 and / or connected to the at least one front clamping element 22.
  • the at least one front clamping release hose 24 is arranged, viewed at least from a preferably axial direction A, between the at least two front connecting elements.
  • At least one of the at least two front pressing elements 23 and preferably both front pressing elements 23 are preferably movable, more preferably pivotable fixed to the base body 37 of the at least one front clamping device 21, more preferably by means of at least one of the at least two front connecting elements.
  • the at least two front pressing elements 23 are preferably movable, more preferably pivotally attached to the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26, more preferably by means of at least one of the at least two connecting elements.
  • At least one clip element is formed by the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26.
  • at least one clip element is formed by the base body 37 of the at least one front clamping device 21.
  • the at least two front pressing elements 23 shorten, for example, with respect to a direction from one connecting element through the at least one front clamping release hose 24 to another connecting element, in particular with respect to the front clamping direction B.
  • a rectilinear distance between two ends of one and the same front Pressing element 23 shortened.
  • the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 moves relative to the base body 37 of the at least one front clamping device 21 and in particular to this and the clamping is released.
  • the at least two connecting elements are formed as connecting pins, which protrude through slots of the at least two front pressing elements 23 and at its two ends in each case with the Base body 37 of the at least one front clamping device 21 or with the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 are connected.
  • the at least one front actuating element 24 When the at least one front actuating element 24 is deactivated, a restoring force of the at least one front pressing element 23 causes the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 to move toward the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22 and thus to close the front clamping gap 27.
  • the at least one front adjusting element 24 consists, for example, in a lowering of the pressure in the interior of the front clamping solution hose 24, for example, to an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure.
  • the at least one front pressing element 23 and more preferably are the at least two front pressing elements 23 at any time under an at least minimum bias, regardless of whether the at least one front clamping device 21 is open or closed and regardless of whether a pressure plate 73 in the front nip 27 is or not.
  • the front leaf springs 23, more preferably the at least one front spring packet 23 are slightly bent and biased at all times.
  • the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 is preferably always held by means of at least one front pressure element 28, for example at least one front pressure spring 28 with respect to the circumferential direction D in a defined position, for example pressed against a front alignment surface 29.
  • the front alignment surface 29 is preferably arranged between the at least one front pressure element 28 and the first channel wall 18.
  • the front alignment surface 29 is preferably a surface 29 of the at least one front base body 37.
  • a force exerted by the at least one front pressure element 28 on the at least one radially inner front clamping element 22 acts in a direction toward the first channel wall 18.
  • the force exerted by the at least one front pressure element 28 is preferably smaller than that of the at least one front one Pressing element 23 applied force in the clamped state. This ensures that the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 is held in a defined position in the circumferential direction D, but is not impaired by movements of the at least one front pressure element 28 in the front clamping direction B.
  • the position defined in the circumferential direction D ensures that the pressure plate 73 is not unintentionally moved during the clamping process. Thereby, a high precision of the position of the pressure plate 73 is maintained in its clamped state and in particular during the clamping operation.
  • the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 and / or the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22 preferably has or have at least one surface of a hardened material, for example hardened steel, which preferably additionally or alternatively with a structure of regular and / or irregular Elevations and / or depressions is provided, for example, intersecting rectilinear notches. This improves in the case of a clamped pressure plate 73 a frictional connection between the pressure plate 73 on the one hand and the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 and / or the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22 on the other.
  • a hardened material for example hardened steel
  • the at least one front clamping device 21 preferably has at least two register stops 31; 32 on.
  • the at least two register stops 31; 32 serve as reference points when inserting a pressure plate 73 in the at least one front clamping device 21.
  • the at least two register stops 31; 32 cooperate with preferably designed as recesses corresponding counterparts of the pressure plate 73 together.
  • the at least two register stops 31; 32 each have a sensor device to a correct position of the pressure plate 73 relative to the at least two register stops 31; 32 to check machine.
  • These sensor devices are formed in a preferred embodiment as electrical contacts, more preferably at least one circuit via the pressure plate 73rd is closed as soon as these with two register stops 31; 32 is in correct contact.
  • these sensor devices are connected to a machine control. More preferably, closing of the at least one front clamping device 21 depends on a positive signal on the part of these sensor devices.
  • the preferred trained as recesses counterparts of the pressure plate 73 are preferably attached to the printing plate 73 after imaging and / or exposure of the pressure plate 73 and that with high precision with respect to a position of the formed as recesses counterparts relative to respective printed images of the pressure plate 73rd Die Accuracy of The position of the recesses designed as counterparts relative to respective printed images is preferably in the range of a few micrometers.
  • the at least one front clamping device 21 is preferably mounted by means of at least one anchoring, for example at least one rail extending along a first bottom surface 42 of the channel 13, preferably in a direction substantially parallel to the axis of rotation 11.
  • the entire front clamping device 21 is at least minimally movable relative to the cylindrical bale 12, in particular pivotable.
  • the at least one front clamping device 21 is preferably pivotable parallel to the first bottom surface 42 of the channel 13 about a compensation axis orthogonal to the first bottom surface 42.
  • the at least one front clamping device 21 is seen in the axial direction A pressed by means of an axial contact pressure against a lateral abutment wall and therefore held with respect to this axial direction A in a defined position.
  • the lateral abutment wall preferably delimits the at least one channel 13 in the axial direction A.
  • the at least one front clamping device 21 is preferably arranged immovably relative to the cylindrical bale 12 of the plate cylinder 07 with respect to the axial direction A.
  • the at least one front clamping device 21 preferably has at least one first support point 33 or first contact point 33 and at least two second support points 34; 36 or second touch points 34; 36, on which, at least in a tensioned state of a pressure plate 73 and preferably always, the at least one front clamping device 21 is in contact with the first channel wall 18.
  • the first support point 33 is preferably an invariable bulge of the at least one front clamping device 21 and / or the first channel wall 18.
  • the first cylinder wall 18 has a front clamping device 21 facing bulge, with which the at least one first clamping device 21 in Contact is and / or that further preferably, the at least one front clamping device 21 has a first cylinder wall 18 facing the bulge, which is in contact with the first cylinder wall 18.
  • the bulge preferably results in a substantially linear or punctiform contact between the front clamping device 21 and the first channel wall 18 and in particular preferably no planar contact between the front clamping device 21 and the first channel wall 18. This guarantees a particularly precise and reproducible position of the at least one front clamping device 21 relative to the cylindrical bale 12 of the plate cylinder 07th
  • the at least two second support points 34; 36 are preferably adjustable and more preferably by at least two preferred as front set screws 39; 41 formed front contact body 39; 41 fixed.
  • the at least two front contact body 39; 41 are preferably arranged in their position relative to the at least one base body 37 of the at least one front clamping device 21 adjustable.
  • the at least two front contact body 39; 41 is threadedly connected to the at least one front clamping device 21 and arranged to be movable relative to the at least one front clamping device 21 by rotation about a threaded axis of this thread.
  • the at least two front contact bodies 39; 41 by means of at least one and preferably at least one each as a front biasing drive 43; 44 formed drive 43; 44 in their position relative to the at least one front clamping device 21 arranged adjustable.
  • the at least one biasing drive 43; 44 is preferred as at least one electric motor 43; 44, for example, stepping motor 43; 44 formed, which further preferably has a transmission.
  • the at least one biasing drive 43; 44 can also be used as a pneumatic and / or hydraulic drive 43; 44 be formed.
  • the at least one biasing drive 43; 44 and / or the at least two front contact bodies 39; 41 further comprises or at least one biasing sensor, the one position of the at least one biasing drive 43; 44, for example, an angular position of the at least one electric motor 43; 44 detected and / or the one position of the at least two front contact body 39; 41 recorded.
  • the at least one biasing sensor is connected to the machine control and / or is the at least one biasing drive 43; 44 connected to the machine control.
  • the at least two front contact bodies 39; 41 mounted on the cylinder barrel 12 of the plate cylinder 07.
  • the at least two front contact body 39; 41 are then preferably arranged in their position relative to the cylindrical bale 12 adjustable.
  • the at least two front contact body 39; 41 is connected by threads with the at least one cylindrical bale 17 and arranged movable by rotation about a threaded axis of this thread relative to the cylindrical bale 17.
  • the at least two front contact body 39; 41 are then preferably at least temporarily and more preferably permanently connected to the at least one front clamping device 21 in connection, in particular at respective front contact points.
  • the at least two front contact body 39; 41 in turn by means of at least one and preferably in each case at least one as a front biasing drive 43; 44 formed drive 43; 44 arranged in their position relative to the cylindrical bale 12 adjustable.
  • the at least one biasing drive 43; 44 is preferred as described as at least one electric motor 43; 44, for example, stepping motor 43; 44 formed, which further preferably has a transmission.
  • the at least one biasing drive 43; 44 can as described also as a pneumatic and / or hydraulic drive 43; 44 be formed.
  • the at least one biasing drive 43; 44 and / or the at least two front contact bodies 39; 41 more preferably comprises or has at least one bias sensor, which has a position of the at least one biasing drive 43; 44, for example, an angular position of the at least one electric motor 43; 44 detected and / or the one position of the at least two front contact body 39; 41 recorded.
  • the at least one bias sensor is in turn connected to the machine control and / or is the at least one biasing drive 43; 44 connected to the machine control.
  • the position of the at least two front contact bodies 39; 41 manually adjustable.
  • the first and second support points 33; 34; 36 are preferably distributed in the axial direction A along the at least one front clamping device 21, more preferably along a straight line.
  • the first support point 33 is at least with respect to the axial direction A between the at least two second support points 34; 36 arranged.
  • Preference is always at all support points 33; 34; 36, the first channel wall 18 and the at least one front clamping device 21, in particular in the form of the bulge and the at least two front contact body 39; 41 in contact with each other.
  • the tensioning device 101 has at least one support body 107 formed as a spring 107, for example, which is supported both on the at least one first clamping device 21 and on the at least one second clamping device 61 and by means of which the at least one front clamping device 21 bears against the first Channel wall 18 is pressed and by means of which the at least one rear clamping device 61 is pressed against the second channel wall 19.
  • a spring 107 for example, which is supported both on the at least one first clamping device 21 and on the at least one second clamping device 61 and by means of which the at least one front clamping device 21 bears against the first Channel wall 18 is pressed and by means of which the at least one rear clamping device 61 is pressed against the second channel wall 19.
  • four such formed as springs 107 support body 107 are arranged, each of which exert a force of 600 N to 1000 N (six hundred Newton to one thousand Newton).
  • this at least one force is preferably at least one force exerted by the at least one supporting body 107 formed as a spring 107, for example, and / or at least one tensile force exerted by tension of the pressure plate 73.
  • the at least one rear clamping device 61 is movable along a second bottom surface 108 of the channel 13 in and / or against the axial direction A and pivotable about at least one to the second bottom surface 108 orthogonal balance axis.
  • the arrangement with respect to the axial direction A is preferably done by means of an axial drive 141. Further details will be described below.
  • the front contact body 39; 41 set so that at all supporting points 33; 34; 36 equal forces between the first channel wall 19 and the at least one front clamping device 21 prevail.
  • the at least one rear clamping device 61 will be described below.
  • the at least one rear clamping device 61 has at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62, which is arranged immovably relative to a rear main body 71 of the at least one rear clamping device 61.
  • This rear main body 71 is attached to the cylindrical bale 12, but preferably arranged for correction purposes minimally movable relative to the cylindrical bale 12.
  • the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62 is preferably designed as a radially outer rear clamping strip 62 which extends in the axial direction A, preferably over at least 75% and more preferably at least 90% of an axial length of the at least one channel 13
  • Rear clamping device 61 has at least one rear contact element 63, which is arranged radially further inward than the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62.
  • the at least one rear contact element 63 is preferably formed as at least one rear leaf spring 63, more preferably as at least one rear Spring assembly 63, which consists of several, in particular flat abutting leaf springs 63.
  • the at least one rear clamping device 61 has at least one rear adjusting element 64, by means of which a relative movement of the at least one rear pressing element 63 relative to the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62 and thereby preferably at the same time relative to the cylindrical bale 12 of the plate cylinder 07 is effected.
  • the at least one rear contact element 63 is deformable by means of the at least one rear actuating element 64.
  • the at least one rear contact element 63 can be shortened by means of the at least one rearward adjusting element 64 with respect to a substantially radial direction.
  • the at least one rear contact element 63 extends over at least 75% and more preferably at least 90% of an axial length of the cylinder bale 12.
  • the at least one rear clamping device 61 preferably has at least two rear pressing elements 63 and / or at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66.
  • the at least two rear pressing elements 63 are in turn preferably each formed as at least one leaf spring 63 and more preferably each as at least one spring assembly 63, each consisting of several, in particular flat abutting leaf springs 63.
  • the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 is preferably designed as at least one radially inner rear clamping strip 66 which extends in the axial direction A, preferably over at least 75% and more preferably at least 90% of the axial length of the at least one channel 13.
  • the at least a radially inner rear clamping element 66 is preferably movably arranged in and / or counter to a rear clamping direction C, in particular toward the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62 and / or away from the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62.
  • the rear clamping direction C preferably has essentially in the radial direction. That is, the rear clamping direction C preferably has at least one component in the radial direction which is larger than an optionally present component in the circumferential direction D.
  • the rear clamping direction C is preferably aligned orthogonal to the axial direction A.
  • the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 is preferably arranged movably with respect to the axial direction A.
  • the at least one rear contact element 63 and preferably the at least two rear contact elements 63 are or are preferably in contact with the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66.
  • the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 is acted upon and / or acted on by means of the at least one rear pressing element 63 and more preferably by means of the at least two rear pressing elements 63 in the rear clamping direction C on the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62 ,
  • the at least one rear adjusting element 64 is preferably in direct contact with the at least one rear pressing element 63. Preferred is in Circumferential direction D with respect to the plate cylinder 07 which arranged at least one rear adjusting element 64 between the at least two radially inner rear pressing elements 63.
  • the at least one rear adjusting element 64 is preferably designed as at least one rear clamping dissolving drive 64, more preferably as a rear dissolving body 64 which can be acted upon and / or acted upon by a pressure medium and even more preferably as at least one rear dissolving hose 64, in particular behind the rear clamping hose 64, which is also preferred a fluid filled and / or filled, for example, with compressed air. If, in the following, the rear clamping solution hose 64 is mentioned, this also generally means a rear release body 64 that can be acted upon and / or acted upon by a pressure medium.
  • the compressed air in an interior of at least one rear Klemmliereschlauchs 64 with a pressure of up to 8 bar or more acted upon and / or acted upon.
  • the at least one rear adjusting element 64 can also be designed as at least one hydraulic cylinder 64 and / or at least one pneumatic cylinder 64 and / or at least one electric motor 64.
  • the simplicity of construction in the case of a clamping release hose 64 is advantageous.
  • activation of the at least one rear control element 64 preferably effects a shortening of the at least one rear contact element 63 and preferably of the at least two rear contact elements 63 in at least the rear clamping direction C, more preferably at least by an extension of the at least one rear actuating element 64 in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction A and orthogonal to the rear clamping direction C.
  • the rear Clamping gap 67 is preferably formed by the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62 on the one hand and the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 on the other.
  • the at least two rear pressing elements 63 are preferably flexibly connected to the rear base body 71, more preferably such that they can not be removed therefrom but are nevertheless movable relative to it, in particular during its deformation.
  • the at least two rear pressing members 63 are preferably flexibly connected to the at least one radially inner rear clamping member 66, more preferably such that they can not be removed therefrom but are still movable relative thereto, in particular during their deformation.
  • the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 is thus preferably flexibly connected to the at least two rear pressing elements 63 so that a shortening of the at least one rear pressing element 63 the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 necessarily causes a movement of the at least one radially inner rearward Clamping elements 66 against the rear clamping direction C causes.
  • the at least two rear pressing elements 63 are substantially, in particular apart from a deflection or curvature, arranged parallel to each other and extend in the axial direction A and substantially in a second orthogonal direction of extent, preferably at least one radial component having.
  • the second extension direction is slightly curved and each rear contact element 63 slightly curved, since the at least two rear contact elements 63 are constantly under a more or less large bias. This is preferably the case regardless of a state of the rear Klemmlettesschlauchs 64 and in particular due to the fact that a space is dimensioned so that the at least two rear contact elements 63 never, especially not with completely deflated rear Klemmlbücherschlauch 64, enough space available to be completely relaxed.
  • the at least one rear grommet hose 64 is between the at least two rear pressing elements 63 and preferably also extends in the axial direction A.
  • the at least two rear pressing elements 63 are movable by means of at least two rear connecting elements, in particular pivotable with each other and / or with the main body 71 of the at least one rear clamping device 61 and / or with the at least one rear clamping element 62 connected.
  • the at least one rear clamping release hose 64 is arranged, viewed at least from a preferably axial direction A, between the at least two rear connecting elements.
  • At least one of the at least two rear pressing elements 63 and preferably both rear pressing elements 63 are preferably movable, more preferably pivotally attached to the main body 71 of the at least one rear clamping device 61, more preferably by means of at least one of the at least two rear connecting elements.
  • the at least two rear pressing elements 63 are preferably movable, more preferably pivotally attached to the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66, more preferably by means of at least one of the at least two connecting elements.
  • At least one clip element is formed by the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66.
  • at least one clip element is formed by the base body 71 of the at least one rear clamping device 61.
  • the at least two rear pressing elements 63 shorten due to the formed curvature.
  • a rectilinear distance between two ends of the same rear one Pressing 63 shortened.
  • the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 moves relative to the main body 71 of the at least one rear clamping device 61 and in particular to this and the clamping is released.
  • the at least two connecting elements are designed as connecting pins, which project through slots of the at least two rear pressing elements 63 and are connected at their two ends to the main body 71 of the at least one rear clamping device 61 or to the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66.
  • a restoring force of the at least one rear pressing element 63 causes a movement of the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 on the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62 and thus closing the rear clamping gap 67.
  • the at least one rear actuating element 64 consists, for example, in a lowering of the pressure in the interior of the rear clamping hose 64, for example, to an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure.
  • this is at least one rear contact pressure 63 and more preferably the at least two rear contact elements 63 at any time under an at least minimum bias, regardless of whether the at least one rear clamping device 61 is open or closed and regardless of whether a pressure plate 73 in the rear nip 67 is or not.
  • the rear leaf springs 63, more preferably the at least one rear spring package 63 are preferably slightly bent and biased at all times.
  • the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 is preferably always held by means of at least one rear pressure element 68, for example at least one rear pressure spring 68 with respect to the circumferential direction D in a defined position, for example pressed against a rear alignment surface 69.
  • the rear alignment surface 69 is preferably arranged between the at least one rear pressure element 68 and the second channel wall 19.
  • the rear alignment surface 69 is preferably a surface 69 of the at least one rear base body 71.
  • a force exerted by the at least one rear pressure element 68 on the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 62 acts in one direction towards the second channel wall 19.
  • the force exerted by the at least one rear pressure element 68 is preferably smaller than the force exerted by the at least one rear pressure element 63 in the clamped state. This ensures that the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 is held in the circumferential direction D in a defined position, but is not affected by the at least one rear pressure element 68 with respect to movements in the rear clamping direction C.
  • the position defined in the circumferential direction D ensures that the pressure plate 73 is not unintentionally moved during the clamping process. Thereby, a high precision of the position of the pressure plate 73 is maintained in its clamped state and in particular during the clamping operation.
  • the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 and / or the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62 preferably has or have at least one surface of a hardened material, for example hardened steel, which preferably additionally or alternatively has a structure of regular and / or irregular Elevations and / or depressions is provided, for example, intersecting rectilinear notches. This improves in the case of a clamped pressure plate 73 a frictional connection between the pressure plate 73 on the one hand and the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 and / or the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62 on the other.
  • the at least one rear clamping device 61 is preferably part of at least one carriage 102 of the at least one tensioning device 101.
  • the at least one carriage 102 and thus the at least one rear clamping device 61 is preferably arranged to be movable at least partially along a tensioning path and / or in a tensioning direction E.
  • the clamping path extends orthogonal to the axis of rotation 11 of the plate cylinder 07.
  • the clamping path extends within a plane whose surface normal is oriented parallel to the axis of rotation 11 of the plate cylinder 07.
  • the tensioning path preferably extends substantially in and / or against the circumferential direction D or more preferably in and / or against a tensioning direction E which is preferably tangential to the circumferential direction D.
  • the at least one carriage 102 extends within the at least one channel 13 along the tensioning path the at least one front clamping device 21 arranged to be movable.
  • at least one guide is arranged, which guides the at least one rear clamping device 61 along its clamping path.
  • a maximum tensioning travel that is to say a maximum displacement of the at least one carriage 102 in and / or against the tensioning direction E, is preferably between 10 mm and 35 mm, more preferably at least 15 mm and even more preferably between 15 mm and 20 mm.
  • a distance traveled for clamping the clamping distance is preferably between 0.1 mm and 2 mm long, more preferably between 0.5 mm and 1.2 mm.
  • the tensioning direction E is preferably aligned parallel to the second bottom surface 108 of the channel 13 in the region of the rear clamping device 61.
  • the maximum adjustment path of the at least one carriage 102 is preferably at least as large relative to the cylindrical bale 12 of the plate cylinder 07 in and / or counter to the tensioning direction E as a dimension measured in the tensioning direction E of an intended or actual contact surface of one in the at least one rear clamping device 61 clamped pressure plate 73 with the at least one radially outer clamping element 62 of the at least one rear clamping device 61st
  • the at least one rear clamping device 21 is preferably mounted by means of at least one anchoring, for example at least one, for example, along this second bottom surface 108 of the channel 13 preferably substantially in a direction orthogonal to the axis of rotation 11 of the plate cylinder 07 extending rail.
  • the entire rear clamping device 61 is preferably at least linearly movable relative to the cylindrical bale 12. This serves on the one hand a simplified introduction of the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 in the at least one rear clamping device 61 and on the other hand a voltage and / or orientation of both in the at least one front clamping device 21 and the at least one rear clamping device 61 clamped pressure plate 73rd
  • At least one drive 104 embodied as a tensioning drive 104 is arranged in connection with the at least one second clamping device 61.
  • the at least one tensioning drive 104 By means of the at least one tensioning drive 104, at least one preferably adjustable force can be exerted and / or exerted on the at least one carriage 102 which points in a direction from the second passage wall 19 to the at least one carriage 102.
  • the at least one tensioning drive 104 is arranged between a first support surface 103 of the at least one carriage 102 and the second passage wall 19.
  • the at least one tensioning drive 104 is preferably designed as at least one actuating body 104 that can be acted upon and / or acted upon by a pressure medium.
  • Such a pressure medium is for example a hydraulic medium or a pneumatic medium, in particular air.
  • the at least one tensioning drive 104 is further preferably designed as at least one tensioning hose 104.
  • the at least one adjusting body 104 and preferably the at least one tensioning hose 104 can preferably be acted upon by pressures of up to 10 bar and more.
  • the at least one tensioning drive 104 can also be designed as at least one hydraulic cylinder 104 and / or at least one pneumatic cylinder 104 and / or at least one electric motor 104.
  • the at least one tensioning drive 104 is preferably supported against a relative to the plate cylinder 07 rigidly arranged component or a part of the plate cylinder 07 itself, for example, the second channel wall 19. If in Previous or hereinafter of the at least one tensioning hose 104 is mentioned, so it is also generally meant at least one actuatable and / or acted upon by a pressure means actuating body 104.
  • At least one return element 106 is arranged, for example at least one spring 106 designed as a return spring 106; 107.
  • the at least one return element 106 causes a restoring force on the at least one carriage 102, which is oriented counter to the clamping direction E.
  • the at least one return element 106 is supported in one embodiment against a relative to the plate cylinder 07 rigidly arranged component or a part of the plate cylinder 07 itself.
  • the at least one restoring element 106 is identical to the supporting body 107 formed as a spring 107, which is supported both on the at least one first clamping device 21 and on the at least one second clamping device 61 and by means of which the at least one first clamping device 21 against the first Channel wall 18 is pressed.
  • the at least one carriage 102 is arranged in a first, also peripheral position closer to the second channel wall 19 position of the at least one carriage 102, in particular because of the at least one restoring element 106 on the at least one carriage applied restoring force.
  • the at least one tensioning device 101 preferably has at least one fixing device 109, by means of which the at least one second clamping device 61 can be fixed in its position and in particular while maintaining a tension of the pressure plate 73, in particular at least with respect to movements of the at least one carriage 102 onto the second channel wall 18 to.
  • the fixing device 109 two different embodiments of the fixing device 109 will be described.
  • the fixing device 109 at least one preferred adjustable rear spacer 131, which is preferably designed as at least one rear adjusting screw 131.
  • the at least one rear spacer 131 is preferably mounted in the at least one carriage 102 and in the at least one rear clamping device 61, in particular in the rear main body 71, by means of a bearing which preferably has at least one thread or is formed as a thread It is also possible to support the at least one rear spacer 131 by means of a bearing in a component of the cylinder bale 12 or a component rigidly arranged relative to the cylinder bale 12.
  • the at least one rear spacer 131 is movable relative to the at least one carriage 102, in particular in its relative position to the at least one carriage 102 adjustable, for example by a screwing movement in the at least one thread.
  • the at least one rear spacer 131 is preferably movable together with the at least one carriage 102.
  • the at least one rear spacer 131 can be arranged in particular in at least one retracted position and in at least one and preferably a plurality of extended positions relative to the at least one carriage 102.
  • the at least one rear spacer 131 In the at least one extended position of the at least one rear spacer 131, the at least one rear spacer 131 preferably protrudes further in a direction towards the second channel wall 19 beyond a rear edge surface 132 of the at least one carriage 102 facing the second channel wall 13 than in FIG the retracted position.
  • the at least one rear spacer 131 is mounted by means of a bearing in a component of the cylinder bale 12 or a component rigidly arranged relative to the cylindrical bale 12, the at least one rear spacer 131 is in particular in at least one retracted position and in at least one and preferably several extended Positions relative to the cylindrical bale 12 can be arranged. In the at least one extended position of the at least one rear spacer 131, the at least one rear spacer 131 then preferably protrudes beyond the in a direction to be pointed towards the at least one carriage 102 the at least one carriage 102 facing the second channel wall 13 addition than in the retracted position.
  • the at least one return element 106 causes, as already described, a restoring force on the at least one carriage 102, which is oriented counter to the clamping direction E. If no opposing forces act, the at least one carriage 102 is thus pressed against the second channel wall 19. Depending on the position of the at least one rear spacer 131, however, the at least one carriage 102 is prevented from coming closest to the second channel wall 19, and in particular to its peripheral position.
  • the at least one carriage 102 is farther from the at least one front one Clamping device 21 disposed away as if the at least one rear spacer 131 is in an extended position and in contact with the second channel wall 13. Accordingly, even the smallest distances between the at least one front clamping opening 27 and the at least one rear clamping opening 67 behave.
  • a pressure plate 73 which is clamped in the at least one front clamping device 21 and in the at least one rear clamping device 61 and placed around the cylindrical bale 12 is thus deactivated Clamping drive 104 depending on the position of the at least one rear spacer 131 more or less tensioned.
  • the fixing device 109 in the first embodiment therefore counteracts the clamping force of the pressure plate 73 and / or the restoring force of the at least one restoring element 106 and thus fixes the at least one carriage 102 and thus the at least one rear clamping device 61.
  • the fixing device 109 in the first embodiment is preferably operated such that a pressure plate 73 clamped both in the at least one front clamping device 21 and in the at least one rear clamping device 61 is tensioned by the at least one tensioning drive 104 is activated, for example by the pressure element is acted upon and / or acted actuator 104, in particular the tensioning tube 104 is subjected to a pressure and expands so that it moves the at least one carriage 102.
  • the at least one rear spacer 131 is initially arranged in the retracted position relative to the at least one carriage 102.
  • the at least one carriage 102 and thus the entire at least one rear clamping device 61 moves toward the at least one front clamping device 21.
  • the pressure plate 73 wound around the plate cylinder 07 is tensioned.
  • the at least one carriage 102 preferably moves so far that a desired tension of the pressure plate 73 is reached or more preferably at least slightly exceeded.
  • the at least one rear spacer 131 is moved from the retracted position to a defined extended position.
  • the tensioning drive 104 is deactivated, for example by reducing the pressure in the tensioning hose 104, for example to ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure.
  • the at least one carriage 102 again moves towards the second channel wall 19 until the at least one rear spacer 131 contacts the second channel wall 19 at respectively one and preferably exactly one spacer contact point 133 and thereby stops the at least one slide 102.
  • the at least one carriage 102 contacts the at least one spacer 131 mounted in the cylinder bale 12 to stop the at least one carriage 102.
  • the rear clamping device 61 is in this state, as already described, thereby held in its position that the restoring force of the at least one restoring element 106 and / or the voltage of the pressure plate 73, the at least one carriage 102 and thus the at least one rear clamping device 61 against the second channel wall 19 presses, but in a fixed by the position of the at least one rear spacer 131 distance.
  • no drive must remain permanently activated and, in particular, no hose must be permanently pressurized.
  • the at least one tensioning drive 104, the at least one rear spacer 131 and the at least one rear adjusting element 64 are preferably supported against a same component of the carriage 102 and the at least one rear clamping device 62, more preferably against the rear body 71. Operations of at least one tensioning drive 104, the at least one rear spacer 131 and the at least one rear adjusting element 64 are preferably independently executable.
  • the exact position of the at least one rear spacer 131 defines the minimum distance of the at least one carriage 102 from the second channel wall 19.
  • the exact position of the at least one rear spacer 131 thus defines a maximum tension force acting on the tensioned pressure plate 73.
  • a plurality, more preferably at least four of the described rear spacers 131 are arranged spaced from one another in the axial direction A.
  • the at least one rear spacer 131 is adjustable in position by means of at least one drive 134 designed as a distance drive 134.
  • the at least one distance drive 134 is preferably designed as at least one electric motor 134.
  • the at least one distance drive 134 may also be designed as a pneumatic and / or hydraulic drive 134.
  • the at least one distance drive 134 and / or the at least one rear spacer 131 further preferably has at least one distance sensor, which detects a position of the at least one distance drive 134, for example a rotational angle position of the at least one electric motor and / or the one position of the at least one rear spacer 131 recorded.
  • the at least one distance sensor is connected to the machine control and / or the at least one distance drive 134 is connected to the machine control.
  • a position of the at least one spacer 131 is manually adjustable.
  • a second embodiment of the fixing device 109 has at least one stop body 111 and at least one preferably in its position relative to the cylindrical bale 12 and / or the at least one carriage 102 variably adjustable rear stop actuator 112, for example, at least one rear stop screw 112.
  • the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 preferably has at least one stop gear 113, for example in order to enable a finer adjustment of the position of the at least one rear stop actuating element 112.
  • the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 is preferably mounted in at least one bearing 122, which is designed, for example, as a bearing block 122.
  • the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 is connected to the at least one bearing 122 via at least one thread.
  • the at least one bearing 122 is preferably arranged stationary relative to the cylindrical bale 12, for example formed as part of the cylinder bale 12.
  • the at least one stop body 111 is preferably arranged on the at least one carriage 102 and can be moved together with it.
  • the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 is preferably arranged delimiting the maximum travel of the at least one carriage 102.
  • the maximum travel of the at least one carriage 102 is then preferably limited at one end by the at least one rear stop actuator element 112 and at another end by the second channel wall 19.
  • the maximum travel of the at least one carriage 102 is adjustable, in particular extendible and / or shortenable.
  • At least one carriage clamping element 114 is arranged on the at least one carriage 102.
  • the at least one carriage clamping element 114 is preferably arranged to be movable relative to the at least one carriage 102 by means of at least one drive 116 designed as a slide-release drive 116.
  • the at least one carriage release drive 116 By means of the at least one carriage release drive 116, the at least one carriage clamping element 114 with a first carriage clamping surface 117 of the at least one channel 13 in and / or outside Contactable.
  • the at least one carriage release drive 116 is supported on the one hand on the at least one carriage 102 and thus on the at least one rear clamping device 61, and on the other hand the at least one carriage release drive 116 is supported on the at least one carriage clamping element 114 first carriage clamping surface 117 of the channel 13 from.
  • the at least one carriage 102 and thus the at least one second clamping device 61 preferably again supports itself on one of the first carriage clamping surface 117 of the channel 13 opposite the second carriage clamping surface 118 of the channel 13.
  • the at least one carriage 102 is fixed in the channel 13.
  • the at least one carriage release drive 116 is constructed analogously to the principle of the at least one front clamping device 21 and / or the at least one rear clamping device 61.
  • the at least one carriage release drive 116 preferably has at least one and more preferably at least two carriage contact elements 119.
  • the at least one Schlittenanpresselement 119 is preferably formed as at least one carriage leaf spring 119, more preferably as at least one front carriage spring assembly 119, which consists of several, in particular flat abutting leaf springs 119.
  • the at least one carriage release drive 116 preferably has at least one carriage release plate 121.
  • the at least one carriage release plate 121 is preferably designed as at least one carriage release hose 121, which is filled with a fluid and / or can be filled, for example with compressed air.
  • the compressed air in an interior of the at least one Schlittenliereschlauchs 121 with a pressure of up to 10 bar or more acted upon and / or acted upon.
  • the at least one carriage release plate 121 can also be designed as at least one hydraulic cylinder 121 and / or at least one pneumatic cylinder 121 and / or at least one electric motor 121.
  • activation of the at least one carriage freestanding plate 121 preferably effects shortening of the carriage at least one Schlittenanpresselements 119 and preferably the at least two Schlittenanpressiano 119 in at least one carriage clamping direction F, which is further preferably oriented parallel to the second clamping direction C. This is done for example by means of a deflection of the at least one Schlittenanpresselements 119 and preferably by means of mutually opposite deflections of the at least two Schlittenanpress institute 119.
  • At least one, and preferably the at least two carriage press members 119 are preferably flexibly connected to the at least one carriage 102, more preferably such that they can not be removed therefrom but still be movable relative thereto, in particular during their deformation.
  • the at least one and preferably the at least two carriage pressing members 119 are preferably flexibly connected to the at least one carriage clamping element 114, more preferably such that they can not be removed therefrom but are still movable relative thereto, in particular during their deformation.
  • the at least one carriage clamping element 114 is thus flexibly connected to the at least one carriage pressing element 119 such that a shortening of the at least one carriage pressing element 119 necessarily causes the at least one carriage clamping element 114 to move against the carriage clamping direction F and thus to release the at least one carriage clamping element 114 at least one carriage 102 and thus the at least one fixing device 109 causes.
  • the at least two Schlittenanpressetti 119 are preferably, in particular apart from a deflection or curvature, arranged parallel to each other and extend in the axial direction A and substantially in an orthogonal thereto further, for example, third extension direction, which preferably has at least one radial component.
  • the further, for example third extension direction is slightly curved and each Schlittenanpresselement 119 slightly curved, since the at least two Schlittenanpress institute 119 are constantly under a more or less large bias.
  • the at least one sled release tube 121 is arranged between the at least two Schlittenanpressianon 119 and preferably also extends in the axial direction A.
  • the at least two Schlittenanpressieri 119 are movable by means of at least two connecting elements, in particular pivotally with each other and / or with the main body 71 of the at least one rear Clamping device 61 and / or connected to the at least one carriage clamping element 114.
  • the at least one carriage release hose 121 is arranged, viewed at least from a preferably axial direction A, between the at least two connecting elements.
  • At least one of the at least two Schlittenanpress electrode 119 and preferably both Schlittenanpress comprise 119 are preferably movable, more preferably pivotally attached to the main body 71 of the at least one rear clamping device 61, more preferably by means of at least one of the at least two connecting elements.
  • the at least two Schlittenanpress electrode 119 are preferably movable, more preferably pivotally attached to the carriage clamping element 114, more preferably by means of at least one of the at least two connecting elements.
  • At least one clip element is formed by the at least one carriage clamping element 114.
  • at least one clip element is formed by the base body 71 of the at least one rear clamping device 61
  • the at least two carriage pressing elements 119 shorten, for example, with respect to a direction from one connecting element through the carriage-releasing hose 121 to another connecting element.
  • a straight-line distance between two ends of one and the same Schlittenanpresselements 119 is shortened.
  • the at least one carriage clamping element 114 moves relative to the main body 71 of the at least one rear clamping device 61 and in particular to this and the clamping is released.
  • the at least two connecting elements are formed as connecting pins, which protrude through slots of the at least two Schlittenanpress institute 119 and are connected at its two ends respectively to the main body 71 of the at least one rear clamping device 71 or with the at least one carriage clamping element 114.
  • a restoring force of the at least one carriage actuating element 119 causes movement of the at least one carriage clamping element 114 towards the first carriage clamping surface 117 and thereby clamping the at least one carriage 102 and the rear body 71 and thus the at least one fixing device 109.
  • Such a deactivation of the at least one front slide plate 121 consists, for example, in a lowering of the pressure in the interior of the slide tube hose 121, for example, to an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure.
  • this is at least one Schlittenanpresselement 119 and more preferably are the at least two Schlittenanpressiano 119 at any time under an at least minimum bias, regardless of whether the at least one fixing device 109th dissolved or clamped and regardless of where the at least one carriage 102 is located.
  • the carriage leaf springs 119, more preferably the at least one carriage spring package 119 are slightly bent and biased at all times.
  • the fixing device 109 in the second embodiment is preferably operated such that a pressure plate 73 clamped both in the at least one front clamping device 21 and in the at least one rear clamping device 61 is first tensioned by activating the at least one tensioning drive 104, for example by the Clamping hose 104 is pressurized and expands to move the at least one carriage 102.
  • the fixing device 109 is initially released, for example by the carriage release tube 121 is pressurized and thereby the two carriage spring assemblies 119 deformed such that the at least one carriage clamping element 114 is withdrawn.
  • the at least one carriage 102 and thus the entire at least one rear clamping device 61 moves toward the at least one front clamping device 21.
  • the at least one carriage 102 preferably moves so far until the at least one stop body 111 contacts the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 at a stop contact 123 and thereby stops the at least one carriage 102.
  • the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 is preferably already arranged in a position which ensures an optimum position of the at least one carriage 102 as soon as the at least one stop body 111 contacts the at least one rear stop actuating element 112.
  • the fixing device 109 is clamped, for example, by the pressure in the Schlittenlettesschlauch 121 is reduced so much that the Schlittenfederwovene 119 relax and thereby press the at least one carriage clamping element 114 against the first carriage clamping surface 117.
  • the tensioning drive 104 is deactivated, for example by reducing the pressure in the tensioning hose 104, for example to ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure.
  • the rear clamping device 61 is held in its position in this state in that the fixing device 109 clamps the at least one carriage 102 and thus the at least one rear clamping device 61 in its position in the channel 13.
  • the at least one tensioning drive 104, the at least one carriage free plate 121 and the at least one rear adjusting element 64 are preferably supported against a same component 71 of the carriage 102 and the at least one rear clamping device 62, more preferably against the rear body 71. Actuations of the at least one tensioning drive 104, the at least one carriage free plate 121 and the at least one rear actuating element 64 are preferably independently executable.
  • the exact position of the at least one rear stop actuator element 112 defines the maximum travel of the at least one carriage 102.
  • the exact position of the at least one rear stop actuator element 112 thus defines a maximum tension force acting on the tensioned pressure plate 73.
  • a plurality, more preferably at least two and even more preferably at least four of the rear stop actuating elements 112 described are arranged spaced from one another in the axial direction A.
  • the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 is adjustable in its position by means of at least one drive designed as a stop drive.
  • the at least one stop drive is preferably designed as at least one electric motor.
  • the at least one stop drive can also be designed as a pneumatic and / or hydraulic drive.
  • the at least one stop drive and / or the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 further preferably has at least one sensor which detects a position of the at least one stop drive, for example a rotational angle position of the at least one electric motor and / or detects a position of the at least one rear stop element 112 ,
  • the at least one sensor is connected to the machine control and / or the at least one stop drive with the Machine control connected.
  • a position of the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 is manually adjustable.
  • the at least one stop body 111 is movably arranged between a stop position and a passing position, preferably in a direction orthogonal to the tensioning direction E, for example in the axial direction A.
  • the stop position the at least one stop body 111 is at least opposite to the tensioning direction E a rear stop actuator element 112. The interaction then takes place as described above.
  • the passing position the at least one stop body 111 is located outside an extension of the at least one rear stop element 112 in the tensioning direction E. As long as the at least one stop body 111 is in the passing position, the at least one stop body 111 thus does not limit the travel of the at least one Schlittens 102.
  • the at least one stop body 111 is adjustable in its position by means of at least one drive configured as a positioning drive, in particular being movable between the stop position and the passing position.
  • the at least one positioning drive is preferably designed as at least one electric motor.
  • the at least one positioning drive can also be designed as a pneumatic and / or hydraulic drive.
  • the at least one positioning drive and / or the at least one stop body 111 further preferably has at least one sensor which has a position of the at least one positioning drive, for example a rotational angle position of the at least one Electric motor detected and / or detects a position of at least one stop body 111.
  • the at least one sensor is connected to the machine control and / or the at least one positioning drive is connected to the machine control.
  • the position of the at least one stop body 111 is manually adjustable.
  • the at least one rear clamping device 61 is arranged movably in and / or counter to the axial direction A relative to the cylindrical bale 13.
  • the at least one side adjustment device 144 for example a side adjustment screw 144
  • the at least one rear clamping device 61 and more preferably the at least one carriage 102 in the axial direction A is adjustable in its position.
  • the side adjusting device 144 is preferably drivable and / or driven by means of at least one drive 141 designed as an axial drive 141.
  • the at least one rear clamping device 61 and more preferably the at least one slide 102, is already fixed in its axial position by the at least one side setting device 144.
  • the adjustable side stop 143 is preferably arranged on the opposite side, for example on the side II.
  • the adjustable side stop 143 can be configured, for example, as the at least one previously described side adjusting device 144, in particular side adjusting screw 144.
  • the at least one axial drive 141 is preferably arranged in a recess within the channel 13, for example between the at least one clamping device 101 and the axis of rotation 11 of the plate cylinder 07.
  • the at least one plate cylinder 07 preferably has at least one feed device, for example at least one rotary feed-in.
  • the at least one feed device is preferably designed as an air supply and / or air discharge and / or current feedthrough and / or liquid supply and / or liquid removal.
  • the at least one feed device preferably serves to supply and / or discharge compressed air and / or electricity and / or electrical control signals and / or at least one temperature control liquid.
  • the at least one feed device is designed as at least one rotary feed.
  • the at least one feed device preferably has at least two compressed air supply lines, of which, for example, a first compressed air supply serves to supply compressed air for acting on the tensioning drive 104, which is preferably designed as a tensioning hose 104, and / or for example a second compressed air supply to supply compressed air for acting as preferred Front Klemmlbücherschlauch 24 formed front actuator 24 and / or preferably designed as a rear Klemmlbücherschlauch 64 rear actuator 64 and / or preferably designed as Schlittenlexcellentschlauch 121 carriage plate 121 and / or the at least one positioning of the at least one stop body 111 is used.
  • At least one transmitting unit and a wirelessly connected or connectable receiving unit is arranged, by means of which electrical control signals and / or measuring signals between the rotating and / or rotatable plate cylinder 07 on the one hand and a fixed machine component, such as the frame of the printing unit 02 and in particular the machine control on the other hand be and / or are transferable.
  • the at least one feed is preferably associated with a cylinder pin 17 of the plate cylinder 07, which is arranged on another side of the cylinder bale 12, as a driving the plate cylinder 07 drive.
  • Such a drive driving the plate cylinder 07 may, for example, be in the form of a motor or a preferably helical gear.
  • the plate cylinder 07 preferably has at least one pneumatic control 127, which preferably has at least one valve.
  • the plate cylinder 07 preferably has at least one control electronics 128.
  • the at least one pneumatic controller 127 and / or the at least one control electronics 128 are or are arranged in at least one and more preferably exactly one control container 129, which is further preferably part of the plate cylinder 07.
  • the at least one control vessel 129 is arranged laterally with respect to the axial direction A on the cylindrical bale 12 in the region of a cylinder journal 17.
  • a first operating state of the plate cylinder 07 which is also referred to as the initial state, there is preferably no pressure plate 73 in contact with the at least one tensioning device 101.
  • the at least one front clamping device 21 and in particular the front clamping gap 27 is preferably closed.
  • the at least one front control element 24 is preferably deactivated. More preferably, the at least one front grommet hose 24 is under an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure.
  • the at least one rear clamping device 61 is preferably closed.
  • the at least one rear adjusting element 64 is preferably deactivated. More preferably, the at least one rear clamping solution hose 64 is under an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure.
  • the at least one carriage 102 is preferably in contact with the second channel wall 19, in particular in its peripheral position.
  • the at least one rear spacer 131 is in the retracted position.
  • a front opening operation the at least one front clamping device 21 is opened.
  • the at least one front control element 24 is preferably activated.
  • the at least one front Klemmlbücherschlauch 24 pressurized air which is under a pressure of preferably between 3 bar and 10 bar, more preferably between 5 bar and 7 bar.
  • the at least one front clamping release hose 24 expands and is supported on the at least one and preferably on the two front pressing elements 23.
  • the at least one front pressing element 23 preferably bends and preferably the two front pressing elements 23 deflect in the opposite direction.
  • the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 is thereby removed from the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22, preferably by 0.9 mm to 1.5 mm, and the front clamping gap 27 is opened.
  • the plate cylinder 07 is preferably brought with respect to its axis of rotation 11 in an intended for insertion of the pressure plate 73 angular position.
  • this intended angular position of the front nip 27 in close proximity to the pressure plate 73 which is further preferably at least partially disposed within the at least one pressure plate storage.
  • the printing plate 73 is preferably arranged in the at least one printing plate store substantially along a tangent to the plate cylinder 07.
  • a second operating state which is also called front open operating state of the plate cylinder 07, preferably differs from the first operating state only in that the at least one front clamping device 21 and in particular the front clamping gap 27 is opened and the at least one front control element 24 is activated and more preferably that the at least one front Klemmlettesschlauch 24 under an elevated pressure of preferably between 3 bar and 10 bar, more preferably between 5 bar and 7 bar and that the at least one front pressing member 23 is bent more.
  • a front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 in which the at least one front Clamping device 21 and in particular in the front clamping gap 27 inserted.
  • the pressure plate 73 is preferably brought into a standby position provided for this purpose, in which a position and orientation relative to the front clamping gap 27 of the pressure plate 73 is further optimized for subsequent insertion into the front clamping gap 27, for example by means of the at least one pressure plate store.
  • a third operating state which is also referred to as front inserting state of the plate cylinder 07, differs from the second operating state preferably only in that the front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 is inserted into the at least one front clamping device 21 and in particular into the front clamping gap 27.
  • the at least one front clamping device 21 and in particular the front clamping gap 27 is closed while the front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 is clamped in the at least one front clamping device 21 and in particular in the front clamping gap 27 .
  • the at least one front control element 24 is preferably deactivated. More preferably, the pressure in the at least one front clamping release hose 24 is reduced, in particular until the at least one front clamping release hose 24 is under an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure. As a result, the at least one front clamping release hose 24 preferably shrinks.
  • the at least one front pressing element 23 preferably uses the space that is freed and stretches and preferably the two front pressing elements 23 extend and move toward one another in some opposite direction.
  • the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 moves towards the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22 and the front clamping gap 27 is closed.
  • the pressure plate 73 is preferably placed on the lateral surface 124 of the plate cylinder 07. This happens, for example, by the plate cylinder 07 is pivoted about its axis of rotation 11 and thereby, preferably by means of a Support device, such as a pressure roller, the pressure plate 73 is pressed against the lateral surface 124 of the plate cylinder 07.
  • at least one base can be arranged between the lateral surface of the plate cylinder 07 and the pressure plate 73, for example to compensate for deviations of the diameter from an ideal diameter.
  • a fourth operating state of the plate cylinder 07 which is also called front clamping state, preferably differs from the third operating state only in that the at least one front clamping device 21 and in particular the front clamping gap 27 is closed and that the front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 in the at least one front clamping device 21 and in particular in the front clamping gap 27 is clamped and that the at least one front control element 24 is deactivated and more preferably that the at least one front Klemmlettesschlauch 24 is under an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure and that the at least one front pressing member 23 less is strongly bent and more preferably that the pressure plate 73 is pressed against the lateral surface 124 of the plate cylinder 07.
  • the at least one rear clamping device 61 is preferably opened.
  • the at least one rear adjusting element 64 is preferably activated.
  • the at least one rear clamping hose 64 is pressurized with compressed air, which is under a pressure of preferably between 3 bar and 10 bar, more preferably between 5 bar and 7 bar.
  • the at least one rear clamping release hose 64 expands and is supported on the at least one and preferably on the two rear contact pressing elements 63.
  • the at least one rear contact element 63 bends through and preferably the two rear contact elements 63 deflect in the opposite direction.
  • this is the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 of the at least one radially outer rear Clamping element 62 is removed and the rear clamping gap 67 is opened.
  • the at least one carriage 102 is preferably moved from its peripheral position along the clamping path about an insertion path onto the at least one front clamping device 21 and the first channel wall 18 to a central or inner position.
  • the insertion distance is preferably between 10 mm and 30 mm, more preferably at least 15 mm and even more preferably between 15 mm and 25 mm long.
  • the at least one drive 104 designed as a tensioning drive 104 is activated.
  • the at least one tensioning hose 104 is acted upon by compressed air, which is under a pressure of preferably between 1 bar and 10 bar, more preferably between 4 bar and 6 bar. Since the at least one tensioning hose 104 is preferably supported both on the second channel wall 19 and on the at least one slide 102, the at least one slide 102 is thus preferably moved. Following the plate cylinder is preferably rotated about its axis of rotation 11 while the pressure plate 73 is placed on the lateral surface. In this case, it is preferably pressed against this lateral surface of the at least one plate cylinder 07 by means of at least one pushing means, for example a spinning roller.
  • at least one pushing means for example a spinning roller.
  • a fifth operating state which is also called rear open operating state of the plate cylinder 07, differs from the fourth operating state preferably only in that the at least one rear clamping device 61 and in particular the rear clamping gap 67 is opened and the at least one rear control element 64 is activated and more preferably that the at least one rear Klemmlettesschlauch 64 under an elevated pressure of preferably between 3 bar and 10 bar, more preferably between 5 bar and 7 bar and that the at least one rear contact element 63 is more deflected and that the at least one carriage 102 itself located in the central or inner location.
  • a rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 which meanwhile surrounds the plate cylinder, is preferred 07, in particular by means of the pressure roller was pressed, placed on the plate cylinder 07 so that the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 projects beyond a second channel wall 19 with the lateral surface 124 of the plate cylinder 07 connecting edge 72.
  • the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 is brought into an effective range of the at least one rear clamping device 61 in its peripheral position.
  • the at least one carriage 102 is preferably moved from its central or inner position along the clamping path about the insertion path to the second channel wall 19 in its peripheral position.
  • the at least one tensioning drive 104 is preferably deactivated. More preferably, the pressure in the at least one tensioning hose 104 is reduced, in particular until the at least one front tensioning hose 104 is under an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure.
  • the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62 and the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 surround the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73, more preferably at most the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62 or the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 touched.
  • the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 is at least partially enclosed by the at least one rear clamping gap 67 of the at least one rear clamping device 61, while the at least one carriage 102 is moved along the clamping path from its inner position to the second channel wall 19 to its edge position , It is equally possible to change the order of the fourth method procedure and of the parts of the fifth method procedure, for example to open the at least one rear clamping element 61 only when the carriage 102 is already in its central or inner position.
  • a sixth operating state which is also referred to as the rear inserting state of the plate cylinder 07, preferably differs from the fifth operating state only in that the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 fits into the at least one rearward one Clamping device 61 and in particular in the rear clamping gap 67 is inserted and that the at least one carriage 102 is in the peripheral position.
  • the at least one rear clamping device 61 and in particular the rear clamping gap 67 is closed, thereby trapping the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 in the at least one rear clamping device 61 and in particular in the rear clamping gap 67 .
  • the at least one rear adjusting element 64 is preferably deactivated. More preferably, the pressure in the at least one rear clamping solution hose 64 is reduced, in particular until the at least one rear clamping solution hose 64 is under an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure.
  • the at least one rear contact element 63 preferably uses the space released and stretches and preferably the two rear contact elements 63 extend and move towards each other at least partially in the opposite direction.
  • the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 moves toward the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62 and the rear clamping gap 67 is closed.
  • a seventh operating state of the plate cylinder 07 which is also called the rear clamping state, differs from the sixth operating state preferably only in that the at least one rear clamping device 61 and in particular the rear clamping gap 67 is closed and that the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 in the at least one rear clamping device 61 and in particular in the rear clamping gap 67 is clamped and that the at least one rear control element 64 is deactivated and more preferably that the at least one rear Klemmlettesschlauch 64 is under an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure and that the at least one rear contact 63 less is strongly bent.
  • a seventh process operation which is also called clamping operation, depends on the embodiment of the fixing device 109.
  • the seventh process operation is preferably carried out in connection with the fixing device 109 in the first embodiment, as described below.
  • the pressure plate 73 is preferably prepared by moving the at least one carriage 102 towards the at least one front clamping device 21 and the first channel wall 18, more preferably further than providing it with a pressure plate 73 is.
  • the at least one carriage 102 is moved away from the second channel wall 19.
  • the pressure plate 73 is thereby tensioned with a first force.
  • the pressure plate 73 is thereby stretched with more than it is provided for a printing operation with this pressure plate 73.
  • the at least one tensioning drive 104 is activated. More preferably, the at least one tensioning hose 104 is acted upon by compressed air, which is under a pressure of preferably between 3 bar and 10 bar, more preferably between 6 bar and 8 bar. Since the at least one tensioning hose 104 is preferably supported both on the second channel wall 19 and on the at least one carriage 102, the at least one carriage 102 is thus moved.
  • the pressure is preferably selected to be higher than that provided in the rear insertion process, because it is necessary to work against the stress built up in the pressure plate 73.
  • the pressure plate 73 is relieved again by the at least one carriage 102 is moved back to the second channel wall 19, more preferably in its peripheral position.
  • at least one tensioning drive 104 is deactivated. More preferably, the pressure in the at least one tensioning hose 104 is reduced, in particular until the at least one front tensioning hose 104 is under a lower pressure, for example an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure.
  • the at least one slide 102 is preferably moved toward the at least one front clamping device 21 and the first channel wall 18, more preferably further than for a printing operation is provided.
  • the pressure plate is tensioned with a second force.
  • the second force is the same size as the first force.
  • the at least one tensioning hose 104 is acted upon by compressed air, which is under a pressure of preferably between 2 bar and 8 bar, more preferably between 2 bar and 5 bar for a pressure plate 73 with a support plate made of aluminum and between 3 bar and 6 bar for a printing plate 73 with a support plate made of steel.
  • the pressure plate 73 and in particular its rear end 76 remains clamped at least from the beginning of the first portion of the clamping operation to the end of the third portion of the clamping operation in the rear clamping device 61.
  • the at least one carriage 102 is initially arranged in an intermediate state closer to the first channel wall 18 and the at least one first clamping device 21, as provided in the printing operation.
  • the at least one rear spacer 131 is set to a position relative to the at least one carriage 102, which defines a certain distance of the at least one rear clamping device 61 of the second channel wall 19, which ensures a pressure of the pressure plate 73 provided in the printing operation.
  • the at least one rear adjusting screw 131 is preferably rotated relative to the at least one carriage 102 and / or relative to the cylindrical bale 12 about its threaded axis, more preferably by means of the at least one drive 134 designed as a distance drive 134.
  • the pressure plate 73 becomes partially again relieved by the at least one carriage 102 is moved back to the second channel wall 19, preferably until the at least one rear spacer 131 comes into contact with the second channel wall 19 at the at least one distance contact point 133.
  • at least one tensioning drive 104 is preferably at least partially deactivated. More preferably, the pressure in the at least one tensioning hose 104 is reduced, in particular until the at least one tensioning hose 104 is under a lower pressure than before, for example under an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure.
  • the pressure plate 73 is now stretched and the plate cylinder 07 is in an eighth operating state in a first embodiment.
  • the pressure inside the tensioning hose 104 is at least temporarily greater than in the second section of the tensioning operation.
  • a third force, with which the pressure plate 73 is tensioned in the eighth operating state is smaller than the first force and / or the second force, with which the pressure plate 73 is tensioned during the first section and / or during the third section of the tensioning process becomes.
  • the eighth operating state in the first embodiment which is also called the clamping state or printing operating state, preferably differs from the seventh operating state when using the fixing device 109 in the first embodiment only in that the at least one carriage 102 has a greater distance from the second channel wall 19 as in the seventh operating state, and that the at least one carriage 102 is spaced from the first channel wall 18 by a smaller distance than in the seventh operating state and the at least one rear spacer 131 is changed in position relative to the at least one carriage 102 such that the at least one rear spacer 131 with respect to the circumferential direction D is arranged relative to the at least one carriage 102 toward the rear channel wall 19 as in the seventh operating state and that the pressure plate 73 is stretched on the lateral surface 124 of the plate cylinder 07.
  • the plate cylinder 07 is ready for a printing operation and / or the plate cylinder is in the printing operation.
  • the seventh process operation which is also called clamping operation, is preferably carried out in connection with the fixing device 109 in the second embodiment, as described below.
  • First, in a first section of the Tensioning preferably prepares the pressure plate 73 by moving the at least one carriage 102 toward the at least one front clamping device 21 and the first channel wall 18, more preferably further than is intended for a printing operation.
  • the at least one carriage 102 is moved away from the second channel wall 19.
  • the fixing device 109 is preferably first achieved by activating the at least one drive 116, which is preferably designed as a slide-release drive 116.
  • the pressure in the Schlittenliereschlauch 121 is increased to such an extent that the Schlittenfederwovene 119 deform and thereby the at least one carriage clamping element 114 detaches from the first carriage clamping surface 117.
  • the at least one stop body 111 is moved into its passing position in order to facilitate the movements of the at least one slide 102 described below, more preferably by means of the drive designed as at least one positioning drive.
  • the at least one tensioning drive 104 is activated. More preferably, the at least one tensioning hose 104 is acted upon by compressed air, which is under a pressure of preferably between 3 bar and 10 bar, more preferably between 6 bar and 8 bar.
  • the pressure is preferably selected to be higher than that provided in the rear insertion process, because it is necessary to work against the stress built up in the pressure plate 73.
  • the pressure plate 73 is relieved again by the at least one carriage 102 is moved back to the second channel wall 19, more preferably in its peripheral position.
  • at least one tensioning drive 104 is deactivated. More preferably, the pressure in the at least one tensioning hose 104 is reduced, in particular until the at least one front tensioning hose 104 is under a lower pressure, for example an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure.
  • the at least one stop body 111 is preferably first moved into the stop position, more preferably by means of at least one drive designed as a positioning drive.
  • the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 is preferably moved relative to the cylindrical bale 12 with respect to the clamping direction E into a stop target position, more preferably by means of the at least one drive designed as a stop drive. More preferably, the at least one rear stop screw 112 is rotated about its threaded axis. As a result, as described, the maximum travel of the at least one carriage 102 and thus the maximum clamping force acting on the tensioned pressure plate 73 are determined.
  • the at least one carriage 102 is preferably moved towards the at least one front clamping device 21 and the first channel wall 18 and, in particular, away from the second channel wall 19 until the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 contacts the at least one stop body 111 , A continuation of the movement of the at least one carriage 102 is then not possible because of the contact of the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 with the at least one stop body 111.
  • the at least one tensioning drive 104 is activated.
  • the at least one tensioning hose 104 is acted upon by compressed air, which is under a pressure of preferably between 2 bar and 8 bar, more preferably between 2 bar and 5 bar for a pressure plate 73 with a support plate made of aluminum and between 3 bar and 6 bar for a printing plate 73 with a support plate made of steel.
  • the fixing device 109 is clamped, for example, by the pressure in the Schlittenlettesschlauch 121 is reduced so that the Schlittenfederwovene 119 relax and thereby press the at least one carriage clamping element 114 against the first carriage clamping surface 117, for example, to ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure.
  • the tensioning drive 104 is deactivated, for example by reducing the pressure in the tensioning hose 104, for example to ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure.
  • the back Clamping device 61 is held in its position in this state in that the fixing device 109 clamps the at least one carriage 102 and thus the at least one rear clamping device 61 in its position in the at least one channel 13.
  • the pressure plate 73 is now stretched and the plate cylinder 07 is in an eighth operating state in a second embodiment.
  • the eighth operating state in the second embodiment which is also called the clamping state or printing operating state, preferably differs from the seventh operating state when using the fixing device 109 in the second embodiment only in that the at least one carriage 102 has a greater distance from the second channel wall 19 as in the seventh operating state and that the at least one carriage 102 from the first channel wall 18 has a smaller distance than in the seventh operating state and that the at least one stop body 111 contacts the at least one rear stop actuator 112 and that the pressure plate 73 on the lateral surface 124 of Plate cylinder 07 is tensioned.
  • the plate cylinder 07 is ready for a printing operation and / or the plate cylinder is in the printing operation.
  • the pressure plate 73 and in particular its rear end 76 preferably remains clamped in the rear clamping device 61 at least from the beginning of the first portion of the tensioning operation to the end of the third portion of the tensioning operation.
  • the at least one carriage 102 is preferably moved toward the at least one front clamping device 21 and the first channel wall 18 by means of a first force in the first section of the clamping operation, thereby tensioning the pressure plate 73, which is preferably the same size. such as a second force with which, in the third section of the clamping operation, the at least one carriage 102 moves toward the at least one front clamping device 21 and the first channel wall 18, thereby tensioning the pressure plate 73.
  • Preference is given to a first central or first inner The situation in which the at least one carriage 102 stops in the first portion of the tensioning operation, closer to the second channel wall 19 as a second central or second inner layer in which the at least one carriage 102 stops in the third portion of the tensioning operation. This is due to the fact that the pressure plate 73 settles in the first portion of the tensioning process, thereby loosening tension and reducing any voids, so that the pressure plate 73 is set in total.
  • At least one test print is preferably carried out in at least one eighth process operation.
  • a copy of a printed product for example a sheet 09, is printed for this proof.
  • On the basis of the resulting print image is evaluated whether and how far the plate tension should be changed and / or if and how far an inclined position of the pressure plate 73 should be changed on the plate cylinder 07 and / or if and how far a convex and / or concave deformation of front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 and / or the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 should be changed. Should the print image already be perfect, all settings of the tensioning device 101 are retained. This process is preferably repeated as many times as necessary. More preferably, no more than this a trial print is necessary to set a complete and final adjustment of the plate cylinder 07 and even more preferably all cooperating with a common transfer cylinder 06 plate cylinder 07.
  • adjustments of the settings of the tensioning device 101 are carried out in accordance with the evaluation in the eighth process operation. Regardless of the type of adjustments, the fixing device 109 is first released again and the pressure plate 73 is at least partially relaxed.
  • the at least one carriage 102 is first removed from the second channel wall 19 and moved toward the first channel wall 18 and the at least one front clamping device 21 in the ninth process operation.
  • the at least one tensioning drive 104 is activated for this purpose. More preferably, the at least one tensioning hose 104 is acted upon by compressed air, which is under a pressure of preferably between 3 bar and 10 bar, until the at least one carriage 102 carries out said movement. Then, the at least one carriage 102 is stopped.
  • the at least one rear spacer 131 is set to a position relative to the at least one carriage 102 and / or relative to the cylindrical bale 12, the wall 19 allows a smaller distance of the at least one rear clamping device 61 of the second channel.
  • the at least one rear adjusting screw 131 is preferably rotated relative to the at least one carriage 102 and / or relative to the cylindrical bale 12 about its threaded axis, more preferably by means of the at least one distance drive 134.
  • the pressure plate 73 is relieved again by the at least a carriage 102 is again moved towards the second channel wall 19, preferably until the at least one carriage 102 is again in its peripheral position and / or until the at least one rear spacer 131 engages with the second channel wall 19 and / or the at least one carriage 102 the at least one contact pad 133 comes into contact.
  • the at least one tensioning drive 104 is preferably at least partially deactivated. More preferably, the pressure in the at least one tensioning hose 104 is reduced, in particular until the at least one tensioning hose 104 is under a lower pressure than before, for example under an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure.
  • the at least one tensioning drive 104 is preferably activated in the ninth method operation. More preferably, the at least one tensioning hose 104 is acted upon by compressed air, which is under a pressure of preferably between 3 bar and 10 bar. The least a carriage 102 and in particular the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 is now pressed by the at least one tensioning drive 104 with a sufficiently large force against the at least one stop body 111.
  • the fixing device 109 is preferably first of all released, for example by increasing the pressure in the carriage release hose 121 to such an extent that the carriage spring packs 119 deform and thereby detach the at least one carriage clamping element 114 from the first carriage clamping surface 117.
  • At least one tensioning drive 104 is preferably at least partially deactivated. More preferably, the pressure in the at least one tensioning hose 104 is reduced, in particular until the at least one tensioning hose 104 is under a lower pressure than before, for example under an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure.
  • At least one of the at least two and preferably the at least two second support locations 34; 36 set are preferred as the front adjusting screws 39; 41 formed front contact body 39; 41 in their position relative to the at least one front clamping device 21, in particular to the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22 and / or adjusted relative to the cylindrical bale 12.
  • the first channel wall 18 and the at least one front clamping device 21, in particular the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22, in particular in the form of the bulge and the at least two front contact body 39; 41 are in contact with each other, by adjusting the at least two second support points 33; 34 a deflection and / or an inclined position of the at least one first clamping device 21 relative to the first channel wall 18 is influenced.
  • the at least two front adjusting screws 39; 41 moves at its setting relative to the bulge of the at least one first clamping device 21 away from the first channel wall 18, so form the first channel wall 18 facing ends of the at least two front adjusting screws 39; 41 together with the preferably with respect to the axial direction A arranged therebetween bulge no straight line.
  • At least the at least one front clamping device 21 is deformed such that axially outer portions of the at least one front clamping device 21 and the tensioned pressure plate 73 stronger first channel wall 18 are drawn, as an axially central region of the at least one first clamping device 21 and the clamped pressure plate 73.
  • the spanned pressure plate 73 is thus deformed convexly at its front end 74.
  • Such a convex deformation at the front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 preferably propagates through the entire pressure plate 73 in the circumferential direction D and is further preferably set to oppose a concave deformation of the printed image on the pressure plate 73.
  • the at least two front adjusting screws 39; 41 at their setting relative to the bulge of the at least one first clamping device 21st moved towards the first channel wall 18, so the first channel wall 18 facing ends of the at least two front adjusting screws 39; 41 together with the preferably with respect to the axial direction A arranged therebetween bulge no straight line.
  • At least the at least one front clamping device 21 is deformed such that axially outer regions of the at least one front clamping device 21 and the tensioned pressure plate 73 less are drawn to the first channel wall 18, as an axially central region of the at least one first clamping device 21 and the clamped pressure plate 73.
  • the spanned pressure plate 73 is thus deformed concave at its front end 74.
  • Such a concave deformation at the front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 preferably propagates through the entire pressure plate 73 in the circumferential direction D and is further preferably adjusted so that it counteracts a convex deformation of the printed image on the pressure plate 73.
  • the at least two front adjusting screws 39; 41 in their setting relative to the bulge of the at least one first clamping device 21 moves opposite to each other, so the first channel wall 18 facing ends of the at least two front adjusting screws 39; 41 together with the preferably arranged with respect to the axial direction A between them bulge preferably further a straight line, which, however, is oriented obliquely relative to the front clamping gap.
  • the at least one front clamping device 21 is preferably pressed together with the clamped pressure plate 73 to the front channel wall 18 that the at least one front Clamping device 21 preferably together with the clamped pressure plate 73 relative to the front channel wall 18 preferably rotates about a substantially radial alignment axis.
  • This alignment axis preferably passes through the first support point 33.
  • first axial outer region of the at least one front clamping device 21 and the clamped pressure plate 73 are pulled further to the first channel wall 18, as a second axially outer region of the at least one front clamping device 21 and the tensioned pressure plate 73 located on another axial side of the first support 33rd is located as the first axially outer region.
  • first axially outer region of the side I is assigned and the second axially outer region of the side II is assigned.
  • the clamped pressure plate 73 is thus placed at its front end 74 obliquely on the plate cylinder 07.
  • Such an oblique position of the pressure plate 73 preferably propagates through the entire pressure plate 73 in the circumferential direction D and is further preferably adjusted so that it counteracts an oblique position of the printed image on the pressure plate 73.
  • the at least two front adjusting screws 39; 41 is set so that a mixture of an inclined position of the pressure plate 73 on the plate cylinder 07 on the one hand and a convex and / or concave deformation of the pressure plate 73 on the other hand results in superposition of the effects described above.
  • An inclination of the pressure plate 73 by means of the at least one front clamping device 21 may also require a compensating inclination and a movement in the axial direction A of the at least one, connected by the at least one rear clamping device 61 to the pressure plate 73 carriage 102 and / or the at least one itself by the flexible mounting and / or anchoring of the at least one carriage 102 and / or the at least one rear clamping device 61 on the one hand and by the at least one 10.
  • the at least one Receinstellvorraum 144 in particular the at least one axial drive 141 formed as a 141, the at least one rear clamping device 61 and more preferably the at least one carriage 102 in the axial direction A in its position adjustable.
  • a maximum offset of at least a carriage 102 and the at least one rear clamping device 61 in the axial direction A, in particular from the end position to the end position, is preferably between 1 mm and 10 mm, more preferably between 3 mm and 6 mm.
  • a partial process for correcting the plate tension is carried out analogously to the respective seventh process operation, depending on the embodiment of the fixing device 109.
  • the first clamping and subsequent unloading of the pressure plate 73 is preferably dispensed with, and on the other hand, depending on the embodiment of the fixing device 109, the at least one rear stop actuator 112 or the at least one rear spacer 131 is set according to the desired new plate tension. If the plate tension has already assumed the ideal value during the trial print in the eighth process operation, the seventh process operation for tensioning the pressure plate 73 is again performed as described above, but using the previously used settings of the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 or the at least one rear spacer 131.
  • An advantage of re-tensioning the pressure plate 73 is, for example, that reproducible conditions prevail and the plate tension can be adjusted uniformly over the entire extent of the pressure plate 73. Therefore, the pressure plate 73 at any setting of at least two front screws 39; 41 and / or the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 or the at least one rear spacer 131 completely tensioned.
  • necessary corrections of the printed image are preferably determined and converted into corrections of the settings of the at least one rear clamping device 61.
  • a partial image originating from a specific printing plate 73 it is preferable to calculate a changed setting of the at least one rear spacer 131, which means a greater elongation cause the corresponding pressure plate 73.
  • an altered setting of the at least one rear spacer 131 is preferably calculated therefrom, which causes a weaker stretching of the corresponding printing plate 73.
  • these corrections are made at different axially spaced rear spacers 131 of a same plate cylinder 07 independently of each other and in particular different from one another, more preferably based on different correction values determined for different axial positions.
  • a circumferential register adjustment and / or side register adjustment arranged on a cylinder pin 17 of the plate cylinder 07 is preferably used.
  • the pressure plate 73 itself remains unchanged in such settings of the circumferential register and / or the side register clamped on the plate cylinder 07.
  • the method for clamping and / or clamping the printing plate 73 on the plate cylinder 07 is machine-controlled.
  • all drives 43; 44; 104; 116; 134; 141 in particular the at least one front pretensioning drive 43; 44 and / or the at least one tensioning drive 104 and / or the at least one slide drive 116 and / or the at least one distance drive 134 and / or the at least one axial drive 141 and / or the at least one stop drive are connected to the machine control and / or by the machine control controlled and / or controllable and more preferably regulated and / or regulated by the machine control.
  • the at least one front control element 24 and / or the at least one rear control element 64 are connected to the machine control and / or controlled by the machine control and / or controllable and further preferably controlled and / or controlled by the machine control.
  • the machine control In the case of trained as hoses clamping drives 104 and / or actuators 24; 64 and / or Schlittenlbücherschläuchen 121 is a control and / or regulation means of the machine control preferably in a control and / or regulation of the pressure prevailing therein by means of the machine control.
  • a precision of the printing result can be further increased if a profile is created for each plate cylinder 07, which represents deviations of the shape of this plate cylinder 07 of an ideal cylindrical shape and then when each imaging and / or exposure of the pressure plate 73en this respective profile is taken into account , In this way, for example, errors in the printed image can be avoided, which would be caused by a peripheral speed of the pressure plate 73 fluctuates due to the shape of the plate cylinder 07, although an angular velocity of the plate cylinder 07 remains constant.
  • the printing plate 73 can compensate for such regular, geometrically induced fluctuations, for example by at least partially stretched and / or compressed portions of the printed image to be printed.
  • the method additionally includes clamping the at least one carriage 102 once it is in the respective corresponding central or inner position and releasing it before it is moved toward the second channel wall 19 from the central or inner layer.
  • the method additionally or alternatively, that the reference position of the at least one carriage 102 is set or by means of appropriate adjustment of at least one rear spacer 131 or stop actuator 112.
  • the method additionally or alternatively comprises that the at least one carriage 102 is pneumatically moved on the at least one front clamping device 21 and the first channel wall 18 to a central or inner position.
  • the method additionally or alternatively, that when inserting the front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 in the at least one front clamping device 21 recesses of the pressure plate 73 with the at least two register stops 31; 32 are brought into contact and the at least one front clamping device 21 is closed when sensor means a correct position of the pressure plate 73 relative to the at least two register stops 31; 32 signal.
  • the method additionally or alternatively, that the pressure plate 73 is placed out of a pressure plate 73 issued out around the lateral surface 124 of the plate cylinder 07 and / or that the pressure plate 73, while placed around the lateral surface 124 of the plate cylinder 07, by means of at least one Pressing means against this lateral surface 124 is pressed.
  • the method additionally or alternatively, that the recesses of the pressure plate 73 in register relative to a printed image attached to the pressure plate 73 after the printing plate 73 has been provided with the printed image.
  • the method additionally or alternatively, that the clamping regions of the pressure plates 73 are each angled before the application of the pressure plate 73 on the plate cylinder 07 each between 15 ° and 40 ° relative to the central part of the Duck plate 73.
  • the method additionally or alternatively comprises that at least one and preferably exactly one pressure plate 73 is placed on the respective plate cylinder 07 on a plurality of plate cylinders 07.

Description

Die Erfindung betrifft ein Verfahren zum Anordnen einer Druckplatte auf einen Plattenzylinder gemäß den Merkmalen des Anspruchs 1.The invention relates to a method for arranging a printing plate on a plate cylinder according to the features of claim 1.

In Druckmaschinen kommen häufig Formzylinder zum Einsatz, die als Plattenzylinder ausgebildet sind und Druckplatte 73en in Form von Druckplatten tragen. Diese Druckplatten können ausgewechselt werden. Dazu ist eine Vorrichtung notwendig, die die Druckplatte lösbar an dem Formzylinder fixiert. Mit steigenden Anforderungen an die Präzision der mit der Druckmaschine hergestellten Druckprodukte steigen auch die Anforderungen an die Präzision, mit der die Druckplatte auf dem Formzylinder angeordnet ist. Beispielsweise im Wertdruck werden Anforderungen gestellt, die eine Präzision der Lage der Druckplatten zumindest relativ zueinander im Bereich von Mikrometern erfordert. Solche Genauigkeiten sind mit Plattenklemmungen herkömmlicher Bogendruckmaschinen nicht erreichbar.In printing presses, for example, forme cylinders are frequently used, which are designed as plate cylinders and carry printing plates 73en in the form of printing plates. These printing plates can be replaced. For this purpose, a device is necessary, which fixes the pressure plate releasably attached to the forme cylinder. With increasing demands on the precision of the printed products produced with the printing press, the demands placed on the precision with which the printing plate is arranged on the forme cylinder also increase. For example, in value printing demands are made, which requires a precision of the position of the printing plates at least relative to each other in the range of micrometers. Such accuracies are not achievable with Plattenklemmungen conventional sheetfed presses.

Durch die DE 41 29 831 A1 und die DE 195 11 956 A1 ist jeweils ein Plattenzylinder bekannt, wobei der Plattenzylinder einen Kanal aufweist, in dem eine Klemmvorrichtung angeordnet ist, die ein radial äußeres Klemmelement aufweist, das relativ zu einem Grundkörper der Klemmvorrichtung unbeweglich angeordnet ist und wobei die Klemmvorrichtung ein Anpresselement aufweist, das radial weiter innen angeordnet ist, als das radial äußere Klemmelement und wobei die Klemmvorrichtung ein Stellelement aufweist, mittels dem das Anpresselements zumindest teilweise relativ zu dem radial äußeren Klemmelement zumindest in und/oder entgegen einer Klemmrichtung bewegbar ist.By the DE 41 29 831 A1 and the DE 195 11 956 A1 in each case a plate cylinder is known, wherein the plate cylinder has a channel in which a clamping device is arranged, which has a radially outer clamping element which is immovably disposed relative to a base body of the clamping device and wherein the clamping device comprises a pressing element, which arranged radially further inside is, as the radially outer clamping element and wherein the clamping device comprises an actuating element, by means of which the pressing element is at least partially movable relative to the radially outer clamping element at least in and / or against a clamping direction.

Durch die DE 41 29 831 A1 ist weiterhin bekannt, dass die Klemmvorrichtung ein radial inneres Klemmelement aufweist, das immer mittels zumindest eines vorderen Andrückelements bezüglich einer Umfangsrichtung in einer definierten Lage gehalten ist.By the DE 41 29 831 A1 is also known that the clamping device is a radial Having an inner clamping element, which is always held by means of at least one front pressing element with respect to a circumferential direction in a defined position.

Durch die WO 93/03925 A1 ist ein Plattenzylinder bekannt, der einen Kanal aufweist, in dem eine Spannvorrichtung angeordnet ist, die eine auf einem Schlitten innerhalb des Kanals bewegbare Klemmvorrichtung aufweist.By the WO 93/03925 A1 there is known a plate cylinder having a channel in which a tensioning device is arranged which has a clamping device movable on a carriage within the channel.

Durch die DE 42 39 089 A1 , die EP 0 579 017 A1 und die EP 0 711 664 A1 sind Verfahren und Vorrichtungen zum Spannen und zur Registerkorrektur von Druckplatten bekannt.By the DE 42 39 089 A1 , the EP 0 579 017 A1 and the EP 0 711 664 A1 Methods and apparatus for clamping and register correction of printing plates are known.

Der Erfindung liegt die Aufgabe zugrunde, ein Verfahren zum Anordnen einer Druckplatte auf einen Plattenzylinder zu schaffen.The invention has for its object to provide a method for arranging a printing plate on a plate cylinder.

Die Aufgabe wird erfindungsgemäß durch die Merkmale des Anspruches 1 gelöst.The object is achieved by the features of claim 1.

Die mit der Erfindung erzielbaren Vorteile bestehen insbesondere darin, dass ein Auflegen einer Druckplatte auf einen als Plattenzylinder ausgebildeten Formzylinder einfach und mit hoher Präzision durchführbar ist. Auch eine hohe Reproduzierbarkeit der Lage der Druckplatte auf dem Plattenzylinder ist von Vorteil. Insbesondere in Druckmaschinen, bei denen mehrere Formzylinder mit einem gemeinsamen Übertragungszylinder zusammenwirken, ergibt sich dadurch der Vorteil einer besonders hohen Präzision, da hier nur eine Stelle vorhanden ist, an der der Bedruckstoff mit Druckfarbe versehen wird und daher die Präzision des Druckbildes ausschließlich von der Präzision der Lage der Druckfarben auf dem gemeinsamen Übertragungszylinder abhängt und damit letztlich von der Präzision, mit der die Druckplatteen auf den Formzylindern angeordnet sind und mit der die Formzylinder zueinander angeordnet sind.The achievable with the present invention consist in particular in that a laying a printing plate on a form of a plate cylinder form cylinder is simple and can be performed with high precision. Also, a high reproducibility of the position of the printing plate on the plate cylinder is advantageous. In particular, in printing machines in which cooperate several forme cylinder with a common transfer cylinder, this results in the advantage of a particularly high precision, since only one point is present at which the substrate is provided with ink and therefore the precision of the printed image exclusively of the precision the position of the printing inks depends on the common transfer cylinder and thus ultimately on the precision with which the printing plates are arranged on the forme cylinders and with which the forme cylinders are arranged relative to one another.

Bevorzugt weist ein Plattenzylinder, insbesondere ein Plattenzylinder einerPreferably, a plate cylinder, in particular a plate cylinder a

Druckmaschine, der bevorzugt zumindest einen Kanal aufweist, in dem bevorzugt zumindest eine Klemmvorrichtung angeordnet ist, wobei die zumindest eine Klemmvorrichtung bevorzugt zumindest ein radial äußeres Klemmelement, insbesondere zumindest eine radial äußere Klemmleiste, aufweist, das oder die bevorzugt relativ zu einem Grundkörper der zumindest einen Klemmvorrichtung unbeweglich angeordnet ist oder sind, wobei bevorzugt die zumindest eine Klemmvorrichtung zumindest ein Anpresselement aufweist, das radial weiter innen angeordnet ist, als das zumindest ein radial äußere Klemmelement und wobei bevorzugt die zumindest eine Klemmvorrichtung zumindest ein Stellelement aufweist, mittels dem das zumindest eine Anpresselements zumindest teilweise relativ zu dem zumindest einen radial äußeren Klemmelement und weiter bevorzugt relativ zu einem Zylinderballen des Plattenzylinders zumindest in und/oder entgegen einer Klemmrichtung bewegbar ist, eines oder mehrere der nachfolgend beschriebenen Merkmale auf. Das zumindest eine Stellelement ist beispielsweise bevorzugt als Klemmlöseantrieb, insbesondere Klemmlöseschlauch ausgebildet.Printing machine, which preferably has at least one channel, in which preferably at least one clamping device is arranged, wherein the at least one clamping device preferably at least one radially outer clamping element, in particular at least one radially outer clamping strip, which or preferably relative to a base body of the at least one Clamping device is immovably arranged or are, wherein preferably the at least one clamping device has at least one pressing element, which is arranged radially further inward than the at least one radially outer clamping element and preferably wherein the at least one clamping device has at least one adjusting element, by means of which the at least one pressing element at least partially relative to the at least one radially outer clamping element and more preferably relative to a cylinder barrel of the plate cylinder is movable at least in and / or against a clamping direction, one or more of the besch besch rubbed features. The at least one adjusting element is for example preferably designed as a clamping release drive, in particular Klemmlöseschlauch.

Bevorzugt weist die zumindest eine Klemmvorrichtung zumindest zwei Anpresselemente auf und ist in Umfangsrichtung bezüglich des Plattenzylinders das zumindest eine Stellelement zwischen den zumindest zwei Anpresselementen angeordnet. Dann ist eine Klemmkraft dieser Klemmvorrichtung im Gegensatz zu nur einem Anpresselement gleicher Federhärte verdoppelt. Eine von dem Stellelement aufzuwendende Kraft ist jedoch genauso groß, weil stattdessen ein Stellweg des zumindest einen Stellelements verdoppelt wird, denn das zumindest eine zwischen den zumindest zwei Anpresselementen angeordnete Stellelement kann sich jeweils auf beide Anpresselemente zu bewegen. Wenn als Stellelement ein Löseschlauch, insbesondere Klemmlöseschlauch eingesetzt wird, muss demnach für eine verdoppelte Stellkraft in dem Klemmlöseschlauch kein höherer Druck erreichbar sein oder erreicht werden, als mit nur einem Anpresselement.Preferably, the at least one clamping device has at least two pressing elements and is arranged in the circumferential direction with respect to the plate cylinder, the at least one adjusting element between the at least two pressing elements. Then a clamping force of this clamping device is doubled in contrast to only one pressing element of the same spring hardness. However, a force to be expended by the actuating element is just as great, because instead a travel of the at least one actuating element is doubled, since the at least one actuating element arranged between the at least two pressing elements can each move on both pressing elements. If a release hose, in particular Klemmlöseschlauch is used as an actuating element, no higher pressure must therefore be achievable or achieved for a doubled force in the Klemmlöseschlauch, as with only one pressing.

Bevorzugt schneidet zumindest eine geradlinige Verbindungslinie zwischen den zumindest zwei Anpresselementen der zumindest einen Klemmvorrichtung das zumindest eine Stellelement dieser zumindest einen Klemmvorrichtung. Bevorzugt ist das zumindest eine Anpresselements mittels des zumindest einen Stellelements zumindest teilweise relativ zu dem Zylinderballen des Plattenzylinders zumindest in und/oder entgegen der Klemmrichtung bewegbar.Preferably, at least one rectilinear connecting line between the at least two pressing elements of the at least one clamping device intersects the at least one actuating element of this at least one clamping device. Preferably, the at least one pressing element by means of the at least one adjusting element at least partially relative to the cylinder barrel of the plate cylinder at least in and / or against the clamping direction movable.

Bevorzugt weist die zumindest eine Klemmvorrichtung zumindest ein radial inneres Klemmelement auf und weiter bevorzugt ist das zumindest eine radial innere Klemmelement mittels des zumindest einen oder der bevorzugt zumindest zwei Anpresselemente in der Klemmrichtung auf das zumindest eine radial äußere Klemmelement zu mit einer Kraft beaufschlagbar und/oder beaufschlagt und bevorzugt gemeinsam mit dem zumindest einen radial äußeren Klemmelement einen Klemmspalt bildend angeordnet. Dann ist in vorteilhafter Weise ein Klemmspalt in seiner Form und/oder Positionierung durch zumindest zwei Klemmelemente festgelegt und reproduzierbar und bevorzugt ohne ungewollte Bewegungen einer Druckplatte bei deren Klemmung betätigbar. Dies gilt insbesondere, wenn wie bevorzugt, das zumindest eine radial innere Klemmelement ausschließlich linear bewegbar angeordnet ist.Preferably, the at least one clamping device has at least one radially inner clamping element and more preferably the at least one radially inner clamping element can be acted upon by the at least one or preferably at least two pressing elements in the clamping direction to the at least one radially outer clamping element with a force and / or acted upon and preferably arranged forming a clamping gap together with the at least one radially outer clamping element. Then advantageously a nip in its shape and / or positioning is determined by at least two clamping elements and reproducible and preferably without unwanted movements of a pressure plate at the clamping operable. This applies in particular if, as preferred, the at least one radially inner clamping element is arranged exclusively linearly movable.

Bevorzugt ist das zumindest eine radial äußere Klemmelement zumindest eine radial äußere Klemmleiste, die sich in axialer Richtung bezüglich einer Rotationsachse des Plattenzylinder über zumindest 75 % einer axialen Länge des zumindest einen Kanals erstreckt und/oder ist das zumindest eine radial innere Klemmelement zumindest eine radial innere Klemmleiste, die sich in axialer Richtung bezüglich der Rotationsachse des Plattenzylinder über zumindest 75 % der axialen Länge des zumindest einen Kanals erstreckt. Bevorzugt sind die zumindest zwei Anpresselemente jeweils als zumindest eine Blattfeder ausgebildet.Preferably, the at least one radially outer clamping element is at least one radially outer clamping strip which extends in the axial direction with respect to a rotational axis of the plate cylinder over at least 75% of an axial length of the at least one channel and / or the at least one radially inner clamping element at least one radially inner Clamping strip which extends in the axial direction with respect to the axis of rotation of the plate cylinder over at least 75% of the axial length of the at least one channel. Preferably, the at least two pressing elements are each formed as at least one leaf spring.

Bevorzugt ist das zumindest eine Stellelement als zumindest ein Klemmlöseschlauch ausgebildet, der weiter bevorzugt zur Lösung einer Klemmung mit einem Druck beaufschlagbar ist. Dann besteht ein Vorteil darin, dass dieser Klemmlöseschlauch einfach ausgebildet und kostengünstig herstellbar und betreibbar ist. Außerdem lässt sich so eine Klemmung bei deaktiviertem Stellelement erreichen.Preferably, this is at least one adjusting element as at least one Klemmlöseschlauch formed, which is further preferably applied to solve a clamping with a pressure. Then there is an advantage that this Klemmlöseschlauch is simple and inexpensive to manufacture and operable. In addition, it is possible to achieve such a clamping when the control element is deactivated.

Bevorzugt ist das zumindest eine radial innere Klemmelement mittels zumindest eines Verbindungselements mit den zumindest zwei Anpresselementen verbunden.Preferably, the at least one radially inner clamping element is connected by means of at least one connecting element with the at least two pressing elements.

Bevorzugt ist in dem zumindest einen Kanal zumindest eine derart ausgebildete vordere Klemmvorrichtung und zumindest eine derart ausgebildete hintere Klemmvorrichtung angeordnet. Dann werden die genannten Vorteile bevorzugt doppelt ausgenutzt. Bevorzugt ist die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung zur Aufnahme eines im Druckbetrieb vorlaufenden Endes einer Druckplatte ausgebildet.Preferably, at least one front clamping device formed in this way and at least one rear clamping device formed in this way is arranged in the at least one channel. Then the advantages mentioned are preferably used twice. Preferably, the at least one front clamping device for receiving a leading in the printing operation end of a printing plate is formed.

Bevorzugt ist zumindest eine Klemmvorrichtung als zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung ausgebildet und Teil zumindest eines Schlittens der zumindest einen Spannvorrichtung und ist der zumindest eine Schlitten mittels zumindest eines Spannantriebs innerhalb des zumindest einen Kanals entlang eines Spannwegs auf die zumindest einen vordere Klemmvorrichtung zu bewegbar angeordnet. Bevorzugt erstreckt sich der Spannweg orthogonal zu einer Rotationsachse des Plattenzylinders. Bevorzugt erstreckt sich der Spannweg innerhalb einer Ebene, deren Flächennormale parallel zu der Rotationsachse des Plattenzylinders orientiert ist. Dann kann dieser Schlitten bevorzugt sowohl für eine Plattenspannung als auch zur Erleichterung eines Auflegens der Druckplatte eingesetzt werden.Preferably, at least one clamping device is designed as at least one rear clamping device and part of at least one carriage of the at least one clamping device and the at least one carriage is arranged to be movable toward the at least one front clamping device by means of at least one tensioning drive within the at least one channel. Preferably, the tensioning path extends orthogonal to an axis of rotation of the plate cylinder. Preferably, the clamping path extends within a plane whose surface normal is oriented parallel to the axis of rotation of the plate cylinder. Then, this slide can be preferably used both for a plate tension as well as to facilitate a laying of the printing plate.

Bevorzugt erstreckt sich der Spannweg zumindest teilweise in und/oder entgegen der Umfangsrichtung oder in und/oder entgegen einer zu der Umfangsrichtung tangentialen Spannrichtung. Bevorzugt ist der zumindest eine Spannantrieb als zumindest ein Spannsschlauch ausgebildet. Dann ergeben sich bevorzugt die gleichen Vorteile wie bei dem Klemmlöseschlauch, insbesondere, dass er einfach ausgebildet und kostengünstig herstellbar und betreibbar ist.The tensioning path preferably extends at least partially into and / or against the circumferential direction or in and / or against a tensioning direction that is tangential to the circumferential direction. Preferably, the at least one tensioning drive is designed as at least one tensioning hose. Then arise preferably the same advantages as in the Klemmlöseschlauch, in particular, that it is simple and inexpensive to manufacture and operate.

Bevorzugt ist ein maximaler Verstellweg des zumindest einen Schlittens relativ zu dem Zylinderballen des Plattenzylinders in und/oder entgegen der Spannrichtung zumindest so groß, wie eine in der Spannrichtung gemessene Ausdehnung einer vorgesehenen oder weiter bevorzugt tatsächlichen Kontaktfläche einer in der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung geklemmten Druckplatte mit dem zumindest einen radial äußeren Klemmelement der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung.Preferably, a maximum displacement of the at least one slide relative to the cylinder barrel of the plate cylinder in and / or counter to the tensioning direction is at least as large as a dimension measured in the tensioning direction of an intended or more preferably actual contact surface of a pressure plate clamped in the at least one rear clamping device the at least one radially outer clamping element of the at least one rear clamping device.

Bevorzugt ist in dem zumindest einen Kanal zumindest eine Spannvorrichtung angeordnet, die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung und zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung aufweist und bevorzugt weist die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung zumindest ein vorderes Stellelement, insbesondere zumindest einen vorderen Klemmlöseantrieb zum Öffnen und Schließen zumindest eines vorderen Klemmspalts sowie zumindest zwei Vorspannantriebe zum Einstellen jeweils eines, auf eine erste Kanalwand ausgerichteten vorderen Kontaktkörpers auf und bevorzugt weist die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung zumindest ein hinteres Stellelement, insbesondere zumindest einen hinteren Klemmlöseantrieb zum Öffnen und Schließen zumindest eines hinteren Klemmspalts und zumindest einen Axialantrieb zur Einstellung einer Lage der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung bezüglich einer axialen Richtung parallel zu einer Rotationsachse des Plattenzylinders auf. Dann ist eine reproduzierbare und schnelle Einstellung der Spannvorrichtung möglich.At least one clamping device is preferably arranged in the at least one channel, which has at least one front clamping device and at least one rear clamping device, and preferably the at least one front clamping device has at least one front adjusting element, in particular at least one front clamping release drive for opening and closing at least one front clamping gap at least two biasing drives for adjusting in each case one, on a first channel wall aligned front contact body and preferably, the at least one rear clamping device at least one rear actuator, in particular at least one rear Klemmlöseantrieb for opening and closing at least one rear clamping gap and at least one axial drive for adjusting a position the at least one rear clamping device with respect to an axial direction parallel to a rotation axis of the plate cylinder. Then a reproducible and quick adjustment of the clamping device is possible.

Bevorzugt sind der zumindest eine vordere Klemmlöseantrieb und die zumindest zwei Vorspannantriebe und der zumindest eine hintere Klemmlöseantrieb und der zumindest eine Axialantrieb mittels einer Maschinensteuerung steuerbar und/oder gesteuert und/oder regelbar und/oder geregelt ausgebildet. Bevorzugt weist zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung zumindest zwei Abstandsantriebe jeweils eines hinteren Abstandshalters oder zumindest zwei hintere Anschlagantriebe jeweils eines hinteren Anschlagstellelements zur Einstellung zumindest eines Abstands der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung von einer zweiten Kanalwand auf und bevorzugt sind der zumindest eine vordere Klemmlöseantrieb und die zumindest zwei Vorspannantriebe und der zumindest eine hintere Klemmlöseantrieb und der zumindest eine Axialantrieb und die zumindest zwei Abstandsantriebe oder hinteren Anschlagantriebe mittels der Maschinensteuerung steuerbar und/oder gesteuert und/oder regelbar und/oder geregelt ausgebildet. Bevorzugt weist die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung zumindest einen Schlitten auf, der bevorzugt mittels zumindest eines Spannantriebs in zumindest einer Richtung orthogonal zu der Rotationsachse des Plattenzylinders bewegbar ist und bevorzugt ist der zumindest eine Spannantrieb ebenfalls mittels der Maschinensteuerung steuerbar und/oder gesteuert und/oder regelbar und/oder geregelt ausgebildet. Durch die Maschinensteuerung ist eine hohe Präzision und eine Ferneinstellung der Spannvorrichtung und/oder der zumindest einen Klemmvorrichtung möglich.Preferably, the at least one front clamping release drive and the at least two biasing drives and the at least one rear clamping release drive and the at least one axial drive are controllable and / or controlled and / or controllable and / or regulated by means of a machine control. Preferably, at least one rear clamping device has at least two spacing drives each of a rear one Spacer or at least two rear stop actuators each having a rear stop actuator element for adjusting at least one distance of at least one rear clamping device of a second channel wall and preferred are the at least one front Klemmlöseantrieb and the at least two biasing drives and the at least one rear Klemmlöseantrieb and the at least one axial drive and the at least two distance drives or rear stop drives can be controlled and / or controlled and / or regulated and / or regulated by means of the machine control. The at least one rear clamping device preferably has at least one carriage, which is preferably movable by at least one tensioning drive in at least one direction orthogonal to the axis of rotation of the plate cylinder and preferably the at least one tensioning drive is also controllable and / or controlled and / or regulated by means of the machine control and / or regulated. By the machine control high precision and remote adjustment of the clamping device and / or the at least one clamping device is possible.

Bevorzugt ist die zumindest eine Klemmvorrichtung über zumindest drei Abstützstellen in Umfangsrichtung gegen einen Zylinderballen des Plattenzylinders abgestützt und bevorzugt steht an einer ersten Abstützstelle der zumindest eine Grundkörper der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung oder ein zu dem zumindest eine Grundkörper starr angeordnetes Bauteil der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung direkt mit der ersten Kanalwand oder einem starr zu dem Zylinderballen des Plattenzylinders angeordneten Bauteil in Verbindung und bevorzugt steht an zumindest zwei zweiten Abstützstellen jeweils ein relativ zu dem zumindest einen Grundkörper in seiner Lage einstellbarer und zusammen mit dem zumindest einen Grundkörper bewegbarer Kontaktkörper der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung mit der ersten Kanalwand oder einem starr zu dem Zylinderballen des Plattenzylinders angeordneten Bauteil in Verbindung. Dann lassen sich Lagekorrekturen und Verspannungskorrekturen der Druckplatte besonders präzise und reproduzierbar einstellen.Preferably, the at least one clamping device is supported by at least three support points in the circumferential direction against a cylindrical bale of the plate cylinder and is preferably at a first support point of at least one body of the at least one front clamping device or to the at least one body rigidly arranged component of the at least one front clamping device directly connected to the first channel wall or a rigidly arranged to the cylindrical bale of the plate cylinder member and preferably is at least two second support points in each case relative to the at least one base body adjustable in position and together with the at least one base body movable contact body of the at least one front clamping device with the first channel wall or a rigidly arranged to the cylindrical bale of the plate cylinder component in connection. Then position corrections and distortion corrections of the printing plate can be adjusted particularly precisely and reproducibly.

Bevorzugt weist ein Verfahren zum Anordnen einer Druckplatte auf einen Plattenzylinder, der bevorzugt zumindest einen Kanal aufweist, in dem bevorzugt zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung und zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung angeordnet sind, wobei die hintere Klemmvorrichtung bevorzugt Teil zumindest eines Schlittens ist, einen oder mehrere der nachfolgend beschriebenen Verfahrensvorgänge auf.Preferably, a method for arranging a printing plate on a plate cylinder, which preferably has at least one channel in which preferably at least one front clamping device and at least one rear clamping device are arranged, wherein the rear clamping device is preferably part of at least one carriage, one or more of the following described procedures on.

Bevorzugt wird in einem vorderen Öffnungsvorgang die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung geöffnet. Bevorzugt wird in einem vorderen Einlegevorgang ein vorderes Ende der Druckplatte in einen vorderen Klemmspalt der zumindest einen vordere Klemmvorrichtung eingelegt. Bevorzugt wird in einem vorderen Klemmvorgang die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung geschlossen und wird dabei das vordere Ende der Druckplatte in der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung eingeklemmt. Bevorzugt wird in einem Auflagevorgang die Druckplatte auf eine Mantelfläche des Plattenzylinders aufgelegt.Preferably, in a front opening operation, the at least one front clamping device is opened. Preferably, in a front loading operation, a front end of the pressure plate is inserted into a front clamping gap of the at least one front clamping device. Preferably, in a front clamping operation, the at least one front clamping device is closed and in the process the front end of the pressure plate is clamped in the at least one front clamping device. Preferably, in a support operation, the printing plate is placed on a lateral surface of the plate cylinder.

Bevorzugt wird in einem hinteren Öffnungsvorgang die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung geöffnet und zuvor und/oder zugleich und/oder danach der zumindest eine Schlitten entlang des Spannwegs aus einer Randlage um eine Einlegestrecke auf die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung und eine erste Kanalwand zu in eine zentrale oder innere Lage bewegt. Der Begriff der zentralen Lage dient dabei zur Unterscheidung gegenüber der Randlage und besagt insbesondere nicht, dass die Lage genau in einer Mitte liegen muss. Bevorzugt wird in einem hinteren Einlegevorgang ein hinteres Ende der Druckplatte, die mittlerweile um den Plattenzylinder gelegt wurde, derart auf den Plattenzylinder gelegt, dass es zumindest mit einer Komponente in Umfangsrichtung über eine eine zweite Kanalwand mit der Mantelfläche des Plattenzylinders verbindende Kante herausragt und wird dann der zumindest eine Schlitten entlang des Spannwegs aus seiner zentralen oder inneren Lage um die Einlegestrecke auf die zweite Kanalwand zu in seine Randlage bewegt. Bevorzugt wird das hintere Ende der Druckplatte zumindest teilweise von zumindest einem hinteren Klemmspalt der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung umschlossen, während der zumindest eine Schlitten entlang des Spannwegs aus seiner zentralen oder inneren Lage auf die zweite Kanalwand zu in seine Randlage bewegt wird. Unter umschließen ist dabei zu verstehen, dass danach zumindest eine geradlinige Verbindung zumindest eines radial inneren Klemmelements der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung mit zumindest einem radial äußeren Klemmelement der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung das hintere Ende der Druckplatte schneidet. Bevorzugt wird in einem hinteren Klemmvorgang die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung geschlossen und dabei das hintere Ende der Druckplatte in der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung eingeklemmt.Preferably, in a rear opening operation, the at least one rear clamping device is opened and before and / or simultaneously and / or thereafter the at least one carriage along the clamping path from an edge position to an insertion distance to the at least one front clamping device and a first channel wall to in a central or inner situation moves. The term "central location" serves to distinguish it from the peripheral location and in particular does not mean that the location must be exactly in the middle. Preferably, in a rear loading operation, a rear end of the printing plate, which has meanwhile been placed around the plate cylinder, placed on the plate cylinder so that it protrudes at least one component in the circumferential direction via a second channel wall with the lateral surface of the plate cylinder connecting edge and then the at least one carriage moves along the clamping path from its central or inner position about the insertion path to the second channel wall in its peripheral position. Preferably, the rear end of the printing plate is at least partially enclosed by at least one rear clamping gap of the at least one rear clamping device, while the at least one carriage is moved along the clamping path from its central or inner position to the second channel wall to its edge position. The term "enclose" is understood here to mean that at least one straight-line connection of at least one radially inner clamping element of the at least one rear clamping device with at least one radially outer clamping element of the at least one rear clamping device intersects the rear end of the pressure plate. Preferably, in a rear clamping operation, the at least one rear clamping device is closed while the rear end of the pressure plate is clamped in the at least one rear clamping device.

Bevorzugt wird in einem Spannvorgang der zumindest eine Schlitten entlang des Spannwegs auf die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung und die erste Kanalwand zu bewegt und wird die Druckplatte dabei gespannt. Bevorzugt wird in einem ersten Abschnitt eines Spannvorgangs der zumindest eine Schlitten entlang des Spannwegs auf die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung und die erste Kanalwand zu bewegt. Bevorzugt wird die Druckplatte dabei mit einer ersten Kraft gespannt. Bevorzugt wird die Druckplatte dabei mit stärker gespannt, als es für einen Druckbetrieb mit dieser Druckplatte vorgesehen ist. Bevorzugt wird in einem zweiten Abschnitt des Spannvorgangs die Druckplatte wieder entlastet, indem der zumindest eine Schlitten wieder auf die zweite Kanalwand zu bewegt wird. Bevorzugt wird in einem dritten Abschnitt des Spannvorgangs erneut der zumindest eine Schlitten auf die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung und die erste Kanalwand zu bewegt. Bevorzugt wird die Druckplatte dabei mit einer zweiten Kraft gespannt. Bevorzugt ist die erste Kraft genauso groß, wie die zweite Kraft. Bevorzugt bleibt die Druckplatte zumindest vom Anfang des ersten Abschnitts des Spannvorgangs bis zum Ende des dritten Abschnitts des Spannvorgangs in der hinteren Klemmvorrichtung geklemmt. Je nach Ausführungsform der bevorzugt eingesetzten zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung wird bevorzugt eine der beiden im Folgenden beschriebenen Ausführungsformen des Spannvorgangs eingesetzt.Preferably, in a tensioning operation, the at least one carriage is moved along the tensioning path toward the at least one front clamping device and the first channel wall, and the pressure plate is thereby tensioned. Preferably, in a first section of a clamping operation, the at least one carriage is moved along the clamping path toward the at least one front clamping device and the first channel wall. Preferably, the pressure plate is tensioned with a first force. Preferably, the printing plate is stretched with stronger than it is provided for a printing operation with this pressure plate. Preferably, in a second portion of the clamping operation, the pressure plate is relieved again by the at least one carriage is moved back to the second channel wall. Preferably, in a third section of the clamping operation, the at least one carriage is again moved toward the at least one front clamping device and the first channel wall. Preferably, the pressure plate is tensioned with a second force. Preferably, the first force is the same size as the second force. Preferably, the pressure plate remains clamped at least from the beginning of the first portion of the clamping operation to the end of the third portion of the clamping operation in the rear clamping device. Depending on the embodiment of the preferably used at least one rear clamping device is preferably one of the two embodiments of the clamping operation described below used.

In einer ersten Ausführungsform des Spannvorgangs und insbesondere des dritten Abschnitts des Spannvorgangs wird bevorzugt zunächst der zumindest eine Schlitten mittels des zumindest einen Spannantriebs zusammen mit dem in die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung eingespannten hinteren Ende der Druckplatte auf die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung und die erste Kanalwand zu bewegt und wird danach bevorzugt zumindest ein hinterer Abstandshalter, der bevorzugt Teil des zumindest einen Schlittens ist, auf eine Position relativ zu dem zumindest eine Schlitten eingestellt, die einen bestimmten Abstand der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung von der zweiten Kanalwand unabhängig von dem zumindest einen Spannantrieb festlegt, und wird im Anschluss der zumindest eine Spannantrieb deaktiviert und wird der zumindest eine Schlitten zusammen mit der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung dadurch in seiner Position entlang des Spannwegs gehalten, dass eine von der gespannten Druckplatte ausgeübte Kraft den zumindest einen Schlitten über dessen zumindest einen hinteren Abstandshalter gegen die zweite Kanalwand presst. Bevorzugt steht spätestens nach Deaktivierung des zumindest einen Spannantriebs der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter mit der zweiten Kanalwand und zugleich mit dem zumindest einen Schlitten in Kontakt und ist dadurch der Abstand der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung von der zweiten Kanalwand unabhängig von dem zumindest einen Spannantrieb festlegt.In a first embodiment of the clamping operation and in particular of the third section of the clamping operation, the at least one carriage is preferably initially coupled to the at least one front clamping device and the first channel wall by means of the at least one tensioning drive together with the rear end of the pressure plate clamped in the at least one rear clamping device is moved and is thereafter preferably at least one rear spacer, which is preferably part of the at least one carriage, set to a position relative to the at least one carriage, which determines a certain distance of the at least one rear clamping device of the second channel wall independently of the at least one tensioning drive , and after the at least one tensioning drive is deactivated, the at least one carriage, together with the at least one rear clamping device, is held in its position along the tensioning path in that one of the tensioned Dru Back plate exerted force presses the at least one slide over the at least one rear spacer against the second channel wall. Preferably, at least after deactivation of the at least one tensioning drive, the at least one rear spacer is in contact with the second channel wall and at the same time with the at least one carriage and thereby determines the distance of the at least one rear clamping device from the second channel wall independently of the at least one tensioning drive.

In einer zweiten Ausführungsform des Spannvorgangs wird bevorzugt zunächst zumindest ein, bevorzugt in einem relativ zu dem Zylinderballen ortsfest angeordneten Lager gelagertes, hinteres Anschlagstellelement relativ zu dem Zylinderballen in eine Anschlagsolllage bewegt und wird dann bevorzugt der zumindest eine Schlitten mittels des zumindest einen Spannantriebs zusammen mit dem in die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung eingespannten hinteren Ende der Druckplatte auf die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung und die erste Kanalwand zu bewegt, bis das zumindest eine hintere Anschlagstellelement zumindest einen Anschlagkörper berührt und wird dann bevorzugt zumindest eine Fixiereinrichtung geklemmt und hält diese zumindest eine Fixiereinrichtung bevorzugt den zumindest einen Schlitten in seiner Lage wird, beispielsweise indem ein Druck in einem als Schlittenlöseschlauch ausgebildeten Schlittenfreisteller reduziert wird und bevorzugt soweit, dass sich Schlittenfederpakete entspannen und dadurch bevorzugt zumindest ein Schlittenklemmelement gegen eine erste Schlittenklemmfläche gepresst wird und wird dann bevorzugt der zumindest eine Spannantrieb deaktiviert, beispielsweise indem ein Druck in einem als Spannschlauch ausgebildeten Spannantrieb reduziert wird, beispielsweise auf Umgebungsdruck.In a second embodiment of the clamping operation is preferably at least one, preferably in a fixedly mounted relative to the cylindrical ball bearings, rear stop actuator moved relative to the cylindrical bale in a Anschlagungsolllage and is then preferably the at least one carriage by means of at least one tensioning drive together with the in the at least one rear clamping device clamped rear end of the pressure plate on the at least one front clamping device and the first channel wall moves to at least one rear stopper actuator touches at least one stopper body and is then preferably clamped at least one fixing device and holds this at least one fixing preferably the at least one slide in its position, for example by a pressure in a trained as Schlittenlöseschlauch carriage plate is reduced and preferably to the extent that relax Schlittenfederpakete and thereby preferably at least one carriage clamping element is pressed against a first carriage clamping surface and then preferably the at least one tensioning drive is deactivated, for example by reducing a pressure in a clamping drive designed as a tensioning hose, for example to ambient pressure.

Vorteile dieses Plattenzylinders und/oder dieses Verfahrens bestehen beispielsweise darin, dass bevorzugt ein Spannantrieb auch dazu verwendet werden kann, eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung in ein derartige Lage zu bringen, dass ein Auflegen des hinteren Endes der Druckplatte erleichtert und insbesondere in im Wesentlichen radialer Richtung und ohne manuelles Einfädeln der Druckplatte in die hintere Klemmvorrichtung ermöglicht wird, da bevorzugt die hintere Klemmvorrichtung so bewegt wird, dass sie das hintere Ende der Druckplatte umschließt, wobei dennoch das radial äußere Klemmelement relativ zu dem Schlitten unbeweglich ist und somit eine besonders stabile Klemmung erreichbar ist.Advantages of this plate cylinder and / or this method consist for example in that preferably a tensioning drive can also be used to bring a rear clamping device in such a position that facilitates laying the rear end of the pressure plate and in particular in a substantially radial direction and without manual threading of the pressure plate is made possible in the rear clamping device, since preferably the rear clamping device is moved so that it encloses the rear end of the pressure plate, yet the radially outer clamping element is immobile relative to the carriage and thus a particularly stable clamping can be achieved.

Ein weiterer Vorteil einer bevorzugten Ausführungsform des Plattenzylinders und/oder des Verfahrens besteht beispielsweise darin, dass im einem geklemmten und/oder gespannten Zustand der Druckplatte kein Antrieb einer Klemmvorrichtung oder Spannvorrichtung aktiviert sein muss.Another advantage of a preferred embodiment of the plate cylinder and / or the method is, for example, that in a clamped and / or tensioned state of the pressure plate no drive a clamping device or clamping device must be activated.

Ein weiterer Vorteil besteht darin, dass bei wiederholter Anwendung des Verfahrens mit derselben oder einer anderen Druckplatte sehr präzise reproduzierbare Ergebnisse der Lage und Spannung der Druckplatte erzielbar sind.Another advantage is that with repeated application of the method with the same or a different printing plate very precisely reproducible results of the position and tension of the printing plate can be achieved.

Ausführungsbeispiele der Erfindung sind in den Zeichnungen dargestellt und werden im Folgenden näher beschrieben.Embodiments of the invention are illustrated in the drawings and will be described in more detail below.

Es zeigen:

Fig. 1
eine schematische Darstellung einer beispielhafter Druckmaschine;
Fig. 2
eine schematische Darstellung eines Längsschnitts eines Plattenzylinders einer Druckmaschine;
Fig. 3
eine schematische Darstellung eines Querschnitts einer Spannvorrichtung des in der Fig. 2 dargestellten Plattenzylinders mit geöffneten Klemmvorrichtungen und einer ersten Fixiereinrichtung;
Fig. 4
eine schematische Darstellung eines Querschnitts einer Spannvorrichtung des in der Fig. 2 dargestellten Plattenzylinders mit geöffneten Klemmvorrichtungen;
Fig. 5
eine schematische Darstellung eines Querschnitts einer Spannvorrichtung des in der Fig. 2 dargestellten Plattenzylinders mit einer zweiten Fixiereinrichtung;
Fig. 6
eine schematische Darstellung eines Längsschnitts eines Plattenzylinders einer Druckmaschine;
Fig. 7
eine schematische Darstellung eines Querschnitts einer Spannvorrichtung des in der Fig. 6 dargestellten Plattenzylinders;
Fig. 8
eine schematische Darstellung eines Querschnitts einer Spannvorrichtung des in der Fig. 6 dargestellten Plattenzylinders;
Fig. 9
eine schematische Darstellung eines Längsschnitts eines Plattenzylinders einer Druckmaschine;
Fig. 10a
eine schematische Darstellung eines Querschnitts einer Spannvorrichtung des in der Fig. 2 dargestellten Plattenzylinders mit verschobenen Schlitten;
Fig. 10b
eine schematische Darstellung eines Querschnitts einer Spannvorrichtung des in der Fig. 2 dargestellten Plattenzylinders mit verschobenen Schlitten und aufgelegter Druckplatte;
Fig. 11
eine schematische Darstellung eines Querschnitts einer Spannvorrichtung des in der Fig. 2 dargestellten Plattenzylinders mit verschobenen Schlitten;
Fig. 12
eine schematische Darstellung einer vorderen Klemmeinrichtung in einer Ansicht orthogonal zu einer Rotationsachse des Plattenzylinders.
Show it:
Fig. 1
a schematic representation of an exemplary printing press;
Fig. 2
a schematic representation of a longitudinal section of a plate cylinder of a printing press;
Fig. 3
a schematic representation of a cross section of a clamping device of the in the Fig. 2 illustrated plate cylinder with open clamping devices and a first fixing device;
Fig. 4
a schematic representation of a cross section of a clamping device of the in the Fig. 2 illustrated plate cylinder with open clamping devices;
Fig. 5
a schematic representation of a cross section of a clamping device of the in the Fig. 2 illustrated plate cylinder with a second fixing device;
Fig. 6
a schematic representation of a longitudinal section of a plate cylinder of a printing press;
Fig. 7
a schematic representation of a cross section of a clamping device of the in the Fig. 6 illustrated plate cylinder;
Fig. 8
a schematic representation of a cross section of a clamping device of the in the Fig. 6 illustrated plate cylinder;
Fig. 9
a schematic representation of a longitudinal section of a plate cylinder of a printing press;
Fig. 10a
a schematic representation of a cross section of a clamping device of the in the Fig. 2 illustrated plate cylinder with shifted carriage;
Fig. 10b
a schematic representation of a cross section of a clamping device of the in the Fig. 2 illustrated plate cylinder with shifted carriage and applied pressure plate;
Fig. 11
a schematic representation of a cross section of a clamping device of the in the Fig. 2 illustrated plate cylinder with shifted carriage;
Fig. 12
a schematic representation of a front clamping device in a view orthogonal to an axis of rotation of the plate cylinder.

Eine als Rotations-Druckmaschine 01, beispielsweise als Bogen-Rotationsdruckmaschine 01 ausgebildete Druckmaschine 01 wird beispielhaft im Folgenden beschrieben. Die Druckmaschine 01 ist beispielsweise eine im Wertdruck verwendete Druckmaschine 01. Die Druckmaschine 01 ist als eine einen vorzugsweise bogenförmigen Bedruckstoff 09 bedruckende Druckmaschine 01 ausgebildet, also als Bogendruckmaschine 01. Die Druckmaschine 01 weist zumindest eine Druckeinheit 02 mit mindestens einem Druckwerk 08 und mindestens einem Farbwerk auf, wobei das zumindest eine Druckwerk 08 zumindest einen Formzylinder 07 aufweist. Der zumindest eine Formzylinder 07 ist bevorzugt als zumindest ein Plattenzylinder 07 ausgebildet. Vorzugsweise sind in der zumindest einen Druckeinheit 02 mehrere Druckwerke 08 und mehrere Farbwerke vorgesehen, um in einer selben Produktion verschiedene Druckfarben auf denselben Bedruckstoff 09 zu drucken, beispielsweise entsprechend der Anzahl dieser Farbwerke. In einer Ausführungsform sind in derselben Druckeinheit 02 Druckwerke 08 angeordnet, die bevorzugt nach unterschiedlichen Druckprinzipien arbeiten. Beispielsweise ist zumindest ein Druckwerk 08 als ein Flachdruckwerk 08, beispielsweise ein Offsetdruckwerk 08 ausgebildet und/oder ist zumindest ein anderes Druckwerk 08 als ein Hochdruckwerk 08, insbesondere ein indirektes Hochdruckwerk 08 ausgebildet. Diese unterschiedlichen Druckwerke 08 bedrucken dann beispielsweise in einer selben Produktion einen selben Bedruckstoff 09, weiter bevorzugt mittels zumindest eines gemeinsamen Übertragungszylinders 06. In einer Ausführungsform ist zumindest ein Druckwerk als ein Stahlstichdruckwerk 08 ausgebildet.A printing machine 01 designed as a rotary printing machine 01, for example as a sheet-fed rotary printing press 01, is described by way of example below. The printing machine 01 is, for example, a printing machine 01 used in the printing of value. The printing machine 01 is designed as a printing machine 01 which prints a preferably sheet-shaped printing material 09, ie as a sheet-fed printing machine 01. The printing machine 01 has at least one printing unit 02 with at least one printing unit 08 and at least one inking unit on, wherein the at least one printing unit 08 has at least one forme cylinder 07. The at least one forme cylinder 07 is preferably designed as at least one plate cylinder 07. Preferably, a plurality of printing units 08 and a plurality of inking units are provided in the at least one printing unit 02 in order to print different printing inks on the same printing substrate 09 in a same production, for example according to the number of these inking units. In one embodiment, printing units 08 are arranged in the same printing unit 02, the preferably work according to different pressure principles. For example, at least one printing unit 08 is designed as a flat printing unit 08, for example an offset printing unit 08, and / or at least one other printing unit 08 is designed as a high-pressure unit 08, in particular an indirect high-pressure unit 08. These different printing units 08 then print, for example, in a same production a same printing substrate 09, more preferably by means of at least one common transfer cylinder 06. In one embodiment, at least one printing unit is designed as a steel engraving printing unit 08.

Die Druckmaschine 02 weist bevorzugt zumindest eine Bedruckstoffquelle 03 in Form eines Bogenanlegers 03 auf. Die Druckmaschine 01 weist bevorzugt zumindest eine Bogenablage 04 auf, die bevorzugt zumindest einen und weiter bevorzugt zumindest drei Ablagestapel aufweist. Bevorzugt ist zumindest ein Trockner entlang eines Transportwegs des Bedruckstoffs 09 vor dem zumindest einen Ablagestapel angeordnet, beispielsweise ein Infrarotstrahlungstrockner und/oder ein Ultraviolettstrahlungstrockner. Beispielsweise weist die Druckmaschine zehn Formzylinder 07, insbesondere Plattenzylinder 07 auf. Eine Bogen-Rotationsdruckmaschine 01 mit einer Druckeinheit 02 mit mehreren Druckwerken 08 ist auch beispielhaft in Fig. 1 gezeigt. Beispielsweise weist die Druckmaschine 01 zumindest ein Druckwerk 08 und zumindest einen Trockner auf, die jeweils auf den Bedruckstoff 09 einwirkend entlang eines Transportwegs des Bedruckstoffs 09 vor im Folgenden beschriebenen Übertragungszylindern 06 angeordnet sind.The printing machine 02 preferably has at least one printing material source 03 in the form of a sheet feeder 03. The printing press 01 preferably has at least one sheet deposit 04, which preferably has at least one and more preferably at least three discard piles. Preferably, at least one dryer along a transport path of the printing material 09 is arranged in front of the at least one storage stack, for example an infrared radiation dryer and / or an ultraviolet radiation dryer. For example, the printing machine has ten forme cylinders 07, in particular plate cylinders 07. A sheet-fed rotary printing machine 01 with a printing unit 02 with a plurality of printing units 08 is also exemplary in FIG Fig. 1 shown. For example, the printing machine 01 has at least one printing unit 08 and at least one dryer, each of which is arranged on the printing material 09 acting along a transport path of the printing material 09 before transfer cylinders 06 described below.

Bevorzugt weist die zumindest eine Druckeinheit 02 zumindest ein Paar von als Gummituchzylindern 06 ausgebildeten Übertragungszylindern 06 auf, durch deren gemeinsamen Kontaktbereich ein Druckspalt 16 festgelegt ist. Bevorzugt steht jeder der zumindest zwei Übertragungszylinder 06 mit zumindest einem Plattenzylinder 07 und weiter bevorzugt mehreren, beispielsweise vier Plattenzylindern 07 in rollendem Kontakt. Bevorzugt ist die Druckeinheit 02 als Mehrfarbendruckeinheit 02 ausgebildet. Jedem dieser Plattenzylinder 07 ist bevorzugt zumindest ein Farbwerk zugeordnet. Bevorzugt ist auf den zumindest einen Plattenzylinder 07 zumindest eine Druckform 73 in Form zumindest einer und bevorzugt genau einer Druckplatte 73 angeordnet. Bevorzugt ist auf jedem Plattenzylinder 07 genau eine Druckplatte 73 angeordnet oder vorgesehen, deren Ausdehnung in einer axialen Richtung A des Plattenzylinders 07 bevorzugt zumindest 75 % und weiter bevorzugt zumindest 90 % einer Ausdehnung eines Zylinderballens 12 des zumindest einen Plattenzylinders 07 in dieser axialen Richtung A entspricht. Bevorzugt weist der zumindest eine Übertragungszylinder 06 einen Umfang auf, der einem ganzzahligen Vielfachen des Umfangs des zumindest einen Plattenzylinders 07 entspricht, beispielsweise das Dreifache.Preferably, the at least one printing unit 02 has at least one pair of transfer cylinders 06 formed as blanket cylinders 06, through the common contact area of which a printing gap 16 is defined. Preferably, each of the at least two transfer cylinders 06 is in rolling contact with at least one plate cylinder 07 and more preferably several, for example four plate cylinders 07. Preferably, the printing unit 02 is designed as a multi-color printing unit 02. Each This plate cylinder 07 is preferably associated with at least one inking unit. At least one printing plate 73 in the form of at least one and preferably exactly one printing plate 73 is preferably arranged on the at least one plate cylinder 07. Preferably, exactly one pressure plate 73 is arranged or provided on each plate cylinder 07, whose extension in an axial direction A of the plate cylinder 07 preferably corresponds to at least 75% and more preferably at least 90% of an extension of a cylinder bale 12 of the at least one plate cylinder 07 in this axial direction A. , Preferably, the at least one transfer cylinder 06 has a circumference which corresponds to an integer multiple of the circumference of the at least one plate cylinder 07, for example three times.

Bevorzugt ist jedes mit einem Plattenzylinder 07 zusammenwirkende Farbwerk von diesem jeweiligen Plattenzylinder 07 weg bewegbar angeordnet. Dadurch ist der entsprechende Plattenzylinder 07 für Wartungsarbeiten und insbesondere für einen Druckplattenwechsel zugänglich. Weiter bevorzugt sind die Farbwerke aller mit einem gemeinsamen Übertragungszylinder 06 zusammenwirkender Plattenzylinder 07 gemeinsam von diesen Plattenzylindern 07 weg bewegbar angeordnet und dazu weiter bevorzugt in einem gemeinsamen Teilgestell gelagert. Beispielsweise wird bei entsprechender Anordnung des zumindest einen Plattenzylinders 07 und des zugeordneten Farbwerks zumindest ein Druckplattenspeicher an den zumindest einen Plattenzylinder 07 heranbewegt. Dieser zumindest eine Druckplattenspeicher enthält zumindest eine auf den zumindest einen Plattenzylinder 07 aufzulegende Druckplatte 73. Der zumindest eine Druckplattenspeicher enthält bevorzugt mehrere Druckplatten 73, die mehreren Plattenzylindern 07 zugeordnet sind und/oder werden. Der zumindest eine Druckplattenspeicher dient neben einer kontrollierten Positionierung der Druckplatte 73 relativ zu dem entsprechenden Plattenzylinder 07 auch einem Schutz der aufzulegenden Druckplatte 73. Bevorzugt ist zumindest ein Drückmittel, beispielsweise eine Drückrolle angeordnet, das und/oder die dazu dient, beim Auflegen der Druckplatte 73 auf den Plattenzylinder 07 diese Druckplatte 73 an den Plattenzylinder 07 anzupressen.Preferably, each inking unit cooperating with a plate cylinder 07 is movably arranged away from this respective plate cylinder 07. As a result, the corresponding plate cylinder 07 is accessible for maintenance and in particular for a printing plate change. More preferably, the inking units of all cooperating with a common transfer cylinder 06 plate cylinder 07 are arranged together movable away from these plate cylinders 07 and further preferably stored in a common subframe. For example, with a corresponding arrangement of the at least one plate cylinder 07 and the associated inking unit, at least one printing plate store is moved up to the at least one plate cylinder 07. This at least one printing plate store contains at least one printing plate 73 to be placed on the at least one plate cylinder 07. The at least one printing plate store preferably contains a plurality of printing plates 73, which are assigned to a plurality of plate cylinders 07 and / or. The at least one pressure plate storage is used in addition to a controlled positioning of the pressure plate 73 relative to the corresponding plate cylinder 07 and a protection of the aufzulegenden pressure plate 73. Preferably, at least one spinning means, for example arranged a spinning roller, and / or serves to when placing the pressure plate 73rd on the plate cylinder 07 this pressure plate 73 to the plate cylinder 07 to press.

Die Druckplatte 73 weist bevorzugt eine formstabile Trägerplatte und zumindest eine Plattenbeschichtung auf. Die formstabile Trägerplatte besteht beispielsweise aus einem Metall oder einer Legierung, beispielsweise Aluminium oder Stahl. In zumindest einem Trockenoffset-Druckwerk oder wasserlosem Offset-Druckwerk kommt bevorzugt zumindest eine Trägerplatte aus Stahl zum Einsatz. In zumindest einem Naßoffset-Druckwerk kommt bevorzugt zumindest eine Trägerplatte aus Aluminium zum Einsatz. Bevorzugt weist die Trägerplatte eine Dicke, also eine kleinste Abmessung von 0,25 mm bis 0,3 mm auf. Die zumindest eine Plattenbeschichtung definiert ein Druckbild der Druckplatte 73. Das Druckbild kann beispielsweise dadurch festgelegt sein, dass Teile einer Oberfläche der Druckplatte 73 hydrophobe Eigenschaften aufweisen, während andere Teile der Oberfläche der Druckplatte 73 hydrophile Eigenschaften aufweisen. Je nach Eigenschaften einer eingesetzten Druckfarbe übertraben dann nur ausgewählte Bereiche der Druckplatte 73 diese Druckfarbe. Eine solche Druckplatte 73 überträgt Farbe nach einem Flachdruckverfahren, insbesondere Offset-Druckverfahren. Dabei kann ein wasserloses Offsetdruckverfahren eingesetzt werden oder kann ein so genanntes Nassoffsetdruckverfahren eingesetzt werden, für das das Druckwerk dann zumindest ein Feuchtwerk aufweist.The pressure plate 73 preferably has a dimensionally stable carrier plate and at least one plate coating. The dimensionally stable carrier plate consists for example of a metal or an alloy, for example aluminum or steel. In at least one dry offset printing unit or waterless offset printing unit, at least one support plate made of steel is preferably used. In at least one wet offset printing unit, at least one aluminum support plate is preferably used. The carrier plate preferably has a thickness, that is to say a smallest dimension of 0.25 mm to 0.3 mm. The at least one plate coating defines a printed image of the printing plate 73. The printed image can be determined, for example, by virtue of parts of a surface of the printing plate 73 having hydrophobic properties, while other parts of the surface of the printing plate 73 have hydrophilic properties. Depending on the characteristics of an ink used, only selected areas of the printing plate 73 then transfer this printing ink. Such a printing plate 73 transfers color after a planographic printing process, in particular offset printing process. In this case, a waterless offset printing method can be used or a so-called wet offset printing method can be used, for which the printing unit then has at least one dampening unit.

Das Druckbild ist alternativ dazu dadurch festgelegt, dass die Plattenbeschichtung zunächst vollflächig aufgetragen ist und in einem Belichtungsvorgang selektiv gehärtet wird, während die ungehärteten Bereiche ausgewaschen werden, beispielsweise mit Wasser. Alternativ wird eine Beschichtung nur selektiv aufgebracht oder auf andere Art selektiv entfernt, beispielsweise durch ätzen oder mechanisch durch gravieren. Dadurch ergeben sich Bereiche, beispielsweise nicht ausgewaschene Bereiche, die relativ zu der Trägerplatte erhöht angeordnet sind und Bereiche, beispielsweise ausgewaschene Bereiche, die niedriger liegen und beispielsweise durch die freiliegende Trägerplatte gebildet sind. Eine solche Druckplatte 73 überträgt Druckfarbe nach einem Hochdruckverfahren, bevorzugt auf den entsprechenden Übertragungszylinder 06, von wo aus sie auf den Bedruckstoff 09 übertragen wird. Da das Druckbild erst vom Übertragungszylinder 06 auf den Bedruckstoff 09 übertragen wird, ist dies ein indirektes Hochdruckverfahren.Alternatively, the printed image is determined by the fact that the plate coating is first applied over the entire surface and is selectively cured in an exposure process, while the uncured areas are washed out, for example with water. Alternatively, a coating is selectively applied or selectively removed by other means, such as by etching or mechanically engraving. This results in areas, for example, not washed out areas, which are arranged elevated relative to the support plate and areas, such as washed out areas, which are lower and are formed for example by the exposed support plate. Such a printing plate 73 transfers ink by a high-pressure process, preferably on the corresponding transfer cylinder 06, from where from it is transferred to the substrate 09. Since the print image is only transferred from the transfer cylinder 06 to the printing material 09, this is an indirect high-pressure process.

Die Druckplatte 73 ist alternativ als Schablonendruckplatte 73 ausgebildet. Eine solche Schablonendruckplatte 73 weist beispielsweise relativ grobe erhöhte Flächen auf, die komplett eingefärbt werden und von denen aus Druckfarbe auf einen Stahlstichzylinder übertragen wird. Ein solcher Stahlstichzylinder weist feine Gravuren auf, in denen die Druckfarbe gespeichert wird, während sie außerhalb der Gravuren entfernt, beispielsweise abgewischt wird. Bevorzugt werden unterschiedliche Druckfarben von mehreren Druckplatten 73 auf dem Stahlstichzylinder gesammelt, wobei weiter bevorzugt die Bereiche unterschiedlicher Farben auf dem Stahlstichzylinder höchstens minimal überlappen. Durch rollenden Kontakt und beispielsweise durch Pressung wird die Druckfarbe aus den Gravuren auf einen Bedruckstoff übertragen. Die Druckplatte 73 ist alternativ als Flexodruckplatte 73 für einen direkten oder indirekten Flexodruck ausgebildet. Unabhängig von der Ausbildung der Druckplatte 73 dient die Druckplatte 73 einer Übertragung von Druckfarbe und/oder Lack. Entsprechend ist im Vorangegangenen und im Folgenden immer dann, wenn von Druckfarbe die Rede ist, alternativ auch ein Lack gemeint, insbesondere im Fall der Flexodruckplatte 73.The pressure plate 73 is alternatively formed as a stencil printing plate 73. Such a stencil printing plate 73 has, for example, relatively coarse raised areas which are completely colored and from which ink is transferred to a steel piercing cylinder. Such a steel engraving cylinder has fine engraving, in which the ink is stored while it is removed outside the engraving, for example, wiped off. Preferably, different printing inks are collected by a plurality of printing plates 73 on the steel engraving cylinder, wherein more preferably the regions of different colors on the steel engraving cylinder overlap at most minimally. By rolling contact and for example by pressing the ink is transferred from the engravings on a substrate. The printing plate 73 is alternatively designed as a flexographic printing plate 73 for direct or indirect flexographic printing. Regardless of the design of the printing plate 73, the printing plate 73 is used for a transfer of printing ink and / or paint. Accordingly, in the foregoing and hereinafter always when it comes to ink is meant, alternatively, a paint, in particular in the case of the flexographic printing plate 73rd

Unabhängig vom verwendeten Material weist die Druckplatte 73 bevorzugt ein vorderes Ende 74 und ein hinteres Ende 76 auf. Das vordere Ende 74 der Druckplatte 73 ist bevorzugt ein in einem Druckbetrieb vorlaufendes Ende 74 der Druckplatte 73. Das hintere Ende 76 der Druckplatte 73 ist bevorzugt ein in dem Druckbetrieb nachlaufendes Ende 76 der Druckplatte 73. Das vordere Ende 74 der Druckplatte 73 weist bevorzugt einen vorderen Kontaktbereich 74 auf, der einer Klemmung der Druckplatte 73 auf dem Plattenzylinder 07 dient. Bevorzugt weist dieser Kontaktbereich keine Druckfarbe übertragende Plattenbeschichtung auf. Das hintere Ende 76 der Druckplatte 73 weist bevorzugt einen hinteren Kontaktbereich 76 auf, der einer Klemmung der Druckplatte 73 auf dem Plattenzylinder 07 dient. Bevorzugt weist dieser Kontaktbereich keine Druckfarbe übertragende Plattenbeschichtung auf. Bevorzugt besteht die Druckplatte 73 in den Kontaktbereichen ausschließlich aus der formstabilen Trägerplatte. Durch die Kontaktbereiche ist eine hohe Reproduzierbarkeit und eine hohe Zuverlässigkeit zumindest eines klemmenden Kontakts der Druckplatte 73 mit Bestandteilen des Plattenzylinders 07 gewährleistet. Das vordere Ende 74 und/oder das hintere Ende 76 der Druckplatte 73 ist oder sind bevorzugt als von einem Mittelteil der Druckplatte 73 abweichend gebogene Klemmbereiche 74; 76 ausgebildet. Die Klemmbereiche 74; 76 sind bevorzugt jeweils zwischen 15° und 40° gegenüber dem Mittelteil der Druckplatte 73 abgewinkelt, weiter bevorzugt zwischen 17° und 22°an dem vorderen Ende 74 und zwischen 35° und 40° an dem hinteren Ende 76. Bevorzugt weisen das vordere Ende 74 und das hintere Ende 76 der Druckplatte 73 jeweils eine Ausdehnung in Umfangsrichtung D auf, die zwischen 10 mm und 30 mm beträgt, weiter bevorzugt zumindest 15 mm und noch weiter bevorzugt zwischen 15 mm und 20 mm. Ein Auflegen der Druckplatte 73 auf den Plattenzylinder 07 erfolgt bevorzugt zumindest teilweise mittels einer Auflegevorrichtung, beispielsweise einer automatischen Plattenzuführung.Regardless of the material used, the pressure plate 73 preferably has a front end 74 and a rear end 76. The front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 is preferably an advancing in a printing operation end 74 of the pressure plate 73. The rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 is preferably a trailing in the printing operation end 76 of the pressure plate 73. The front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 preferably has a front contact portion 74, which serves to clamp the pressure plate 73 on the plate cylinder 07. This contact region preferably has no ink-transferring plate coating. The rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 preferably has a rear contact region 76, which is a clamping of the pressure plate 73 on the plate cylinder 07 is used. This contact region preferably has no ink-transferring plate coating. Preferably, the pressure plate 73 in the contact areas exclusively from the dimensionally stable support plate. The contact areas ensure high reproducibility and high reliability of at least one clamping contact of the pressure plate 73 with components of the plate cylinder 07. The front end 74 and / or the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 is or are preferably as bent from a central portion of the pressure plate 73 deviating clamping portions 74; 76 trained. The clamping regions 74; 76 are preferably each angled between 15 ° and 40 ° with respect to the middle part of the pressure plate 73, more preferably between 17 ° and 22 ° at the front end 74 and between 35 ° and 40 ° at the rear end 76. Preferably, the front end 74 and the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 each have an extent in the circumferential direction D that is between 10 mm and 30 mm, more preferably at least 15 mm, and even more preferably between 15 mm and 20 mm. An application of the printing plate 73 on the plate cylinder 07 is preferably carried out at least partially by means of a laying device, for example an automatic plate feeder.

In einem Druckbetrieb der Druckmaschine 01 wird zumindest ein von einem Bogenanleger 03 abgegriffener Bogen 09, vorzugsweise eine Sequenz von mehreren Bogen 09, der Druckeinheit 02 zugeführt. Die Druckeinheit 02 arbeitet bevorzugt im Schön- und Widerdruck, wobei beide Seiten des Bedruckstoffs 09 in dem Druckspalt 16 gleichzeitig eingefärbt werden. Weiter bevorzugt werden in dem Druckspalt 16 mehrfarbige Druckbilder in einem einzigen Druckschritt auf den Bedruckstoff 09 übertragen. Diese mehrfarbigen Druckbilder setzen sich bevorzugt aus einzelnen farbigen Teildruckbildern zusammen, die zuvor von mehreren Plattenzylindern 07 auf den entsprechenden Übertragungszylinder 06 übertragen und dort gesammelt wurden. Die Druckeinheit 02 besteht bevorzugt aus zwei im Wesentlichen gleich aufgebauten Hälften. Jede der Hälften weist einen bevorzugt als Gummituchzylinder 06 ausgebildeten Übertragungszylinder 06 auf. Die Plattenzylinder 07 und insbesondere darauf angeordnete Druckplatten 73 werden bevorzugt durch je ein Farbwerk mit jeweils einer anderen Druckfarbe eingefärbt. Die Plattenzylinder 07 übertragen bevorzugt jeweils zumindest ein Druckbild auf den entsprechenden Übertragungszylinder 06, an den sie angestellt sind. Dadurch wird bevorzugt ein mehrfarbiges Druckbild auf jedem Übertragungszylinder 06 geschaffen, das weiter bevorzugt in einem einzigen Schritt auf den Bedruckstoff 09 übertragen wird.In a printing operation of the printing press 01, at least one sheet 09 tapped by a sheet feeder 03, preferably a sequence of several sheets 09, is fed to the printing unit 02. The printing unit 02 operates preferably in perfecting, wherein both sides of the printing material 09 are inked in the printing gap 16 at the same time. More preferably 16 multicolor printed images are transferred to the printing substrate 09 in a single printing step in the printing nip. These multicolor print images are preferably composed of individual color partial color images, which were previously transferred from a plurality of plate cylinders 07 to the corresponding transfer cylinder 06 and collected there. The printing unit 02 preferably consists of two halves of essentially the same construction. Each of the halves has a preferably designed as a blanket cylinder 06 transfer cylinder 06. The plate cylinder 07 and in particular on it arranged printing plates 73 are preferably inked by one inking unit, each with a different ink. The plate cylinders 07 preferably each transmit at least one printed image to the corresponding transfer cylinder 06, to which they are employed. As a result, a multicolored print image is preferably created on each transfer cylinder 06, which is further preferably transferred to the printing material 09 in a single step.

Wie beschrieben sind beispielsweise jedem Übertragungszylinder 06 jeweils mehrere, bevorzugt vier Plattenzylinder 07 zugeordnet, wobei an jeden dieser Plattenzylinder 07 jeweils ein Farbwerk angestellt oder zumindest anstellbar ist, so dass bevorzugt die beiden Übertragungszylinder 06 gemeinsam beispielsweise bis zu acht Druckfarben verdrucken können. Bevorzugt sind zumindest jeweils ein gemeinsamer Gegendruckzylinder 06 und die daran angestellten und/oder damit zusammenwirkenden Plattenzylinder 07 über zumindest ein Zahnradgetriebe miteinander und mit zumindest einem gemeinsamen Antriebsmotor gekoppelt. Die Farbwerke können daran gekoppelt oder koppelbar sein, weisen aber bevorzugt jeweils eigene Antriebmotoren auf.As described, for example, each transfer cylinder 06 is associated with a plurality of, preferably four, plate cylinders 07, wherein an inking unit is set or at least adjustable to each of these plate cylinders 07, so that preferably the two transfer cylinders 06 can jointly print, for example, up to eight printing inks. Preferably, at least one common counter-pressure cylinder 06 and the plate cylinder 07 engaged therewith and / or cooperating therewith are coupled to each other and to at least one common drive motor via at least one gear transmission. The inking units may be coupled thereto or coupled, but preferably each have their own drive motors.

Der zumindest eine Plattenzylinder 07 der Druckmaschine 01 wird nachfolgend näher erläutert. Zumindest die mit den Übertragungszylindern 06 zusammenwirkenden Plattenzylinder 07 sind bevorzugt im Wesentlichen baugleich ausgebildet. Jeder Plattenzylinder weist bevorzugt den Zylinderballen 12 und zwei Zylinderzapfen 17 auf. Der Zylinderballen 12 weist bevorzugt zumindest einen Kanal 13 auf, der sich in axialer Richtung A bezüglich einer Rotationsachse 11 des Plattenzylinders 07 erstreckt und der in radialer Richtung bezüglich der Rotationsachse 11 des Plattenzylinder 07 geöffnet ist. Der Kanal 13 weist bevorzugt eine erste Kanalwand 18 und eine zweite Kanalwand 19 auf, die den Kanal 13 in Umfangsrichtung D zumindest teilweise begrenzen. Die erste Kanalwand 18 ist bevorzugt eine im Druckbetrieb nachlaufende Kanalwand 18 des zumindest einen Kanals 13. Die zweite Kanalwand 19 ist bevorzugt eine im Druckbetrieb vorlaufende Kanalwand 19 des zumindest einen Kanals 13. Die Zylinderzapfen 17 des betreffenden Plattenzylinders 07 sind bevorzugt jeweils zumindest in einem bevorzugt als Radiallager ausgebildeten Lager gelagert, wobei das jeweilige Lager in oder an einer Gestellwand der Druckeinheit 02 angeordnet ist. Ein erstes auf die axiale Richtung A bezogenes Ende des Plattenzylinders 07 wird als Seite I bezeichnet, ein zweites auf die axiale Richtung A bezogenes Ende des Plattenzylinders 07 wird als Seite II bezeichnet. An der Seite I des Plattenzylinders 17 ist an einer Stirnseite des betreffenden Zylinderballens 12 bevorzugt ein Ventilblock 14 angeordnet. Der der Seite II des Plattenzylinders 17 zugeordnete Zylinderzapfen 17 ist bevorzugt mit einem Rotationsantrieb verbunden oder zumindest verbindbar, mittels dem der betreffende Plattenzylinder 07 zu einer Rotationsbewegung um die Rotationsachse 11 des Plattenzylinders 07 antreibbar und/oder angetrieben ist. Eine Verbindung des der Seite II zugeordneten Zylinderzapfens 17 mit dem dem betreffenden Plattenzylinder 07 zugeordneten Rotationsantrieb weist bevorzugt zumindest ein schräg verzahntes Zahnrad auf. Dadurch wird in bekannter Weise eine Einstellung eines Umfangsregisters des betreffenden Plattenzylinders 07 ermöglicht. Alternativ weist der zumindest einen Plattenzylinder 07 zumindest einen eigenen Einzelantrieb auf. Bevorzugt weist der Plattenzylinder 07 zumindest eine bevorzugt axiale Bohrung 126 auf, die zur Temperierung von einem Fluid, beispielsweise einer Temperierflüssigkeit durchströmbar und/oder durchströmt ist.The at least one plate cylinder 07 of the printing machine 01 will be explained in more detail below. At least the plate cylinders 07 cooperating with the transfer cylinders 06 are preferably designed substantially identical in construction. Each plate cylinder preferably has the cylindrical bale 12 and two cylindrical pins 17. The cylindrical bale 12 preferably has at least one channel 13 which extends in the axial direction A with respect to a rotational axis 11 of the plate cylinder 07 and which is open in the radial direction with respect to the axis of rotation 11 of the plate cylinder 07. The channel 13 preferably has a first channel wall 18 and a second channel wall 19 which at least partially delimit the channel 13 in the circumferential direction D. The first channel wall 18 is preferably a trailing in the pressure operation channel wall 18 of the at least one channel 13. The second channel wall 19 is preferably a leading in the pressure operation channel wall 19 of the at least one channel 13. The cylinder pin 17 of the relevant Plate cylinder 07 are preferably each mounted at least in a preferably designed as a radial bearing bearings, wherein the respective bearing is arranged in or on a frame wall of the printing unit 02. A first related to the axial direction A end of the plate cylinder 07 is referred to as side I, a second related to the axial direction A end of the plate cylinder 07 is referred to as side II. On the side I of the plate cylinder 17, a valve block 14 is preferably arranged on an end face of the respective cylinder bale 12. The cylinder pin 17 associated with the side II of the plate cylinder 17 is preferably connected to a rotary drive or at least connectable, by means of which the relevant plate cylinder 07 is drivable and / or driven to a rotational movement about the axis of rotation 11 of the plate cylinder 07. A compound of the page II associated cylinder pin 17 with the associated plate cylinder 07 associated rotary drive preferably has at least one helical gear toothed. As a result, adjustment of a circumferential register of the relevant plate cylinder 07 is made possible in a known manner. Alternatively, the at least one plate cylinder 07 has at least one own individual drive. Preferably, the plate cylinder 07 has at least one preferably axial bore 126, which can be flowed through and / or flowed through by a fluid, for example a tempering liquid, for temperature control.

In dem zumindest einen Kanal 13 des Plattenzylinders 07 ist zumindest eine Spannvorrichtung 101 des Plattenzylinders 07 angeordnet. Die zumindest eine Spannvorrichtung 101 weist zumindest eine Klemmvorrichtung 21; 61 auf, bevorzugt zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 und zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61. Die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 ist bevorzugt der ersten Kanalwand 18 des zumindest einen Kanals 13 näher angeordnet als der zweiten Kanalwand 19 des zumindest einen Kanals 13. Die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 ist bevorzugt der zweiten Kanalwand 19 des zumindest einen Kanals 13 näher angeordnet als der ersten Kanalwand 18 des zumindest einen Kanals 13. Die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 dient einer Klemmung eines vorderen Endes 74 einer Druckplatte 73, die auf eine Mantelfläche 124 des Zylinderballens 12 des Plattenzylinders 07 aufgerollt und/oder aufrollbar und/oder aufgelegt und/oder auflegbar ist. Die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 dient einer Klemmung eines hinteren Endes 76 einer Druckplatte 73 und bevorzugt derselben Druckplatte 73. Insbesondere handelt es sich um dieselbe Druckplatte 73, wenn, wie bevorzugt, der Plattenzylinder 07 genau einen Kanal 13 aufweist, der sowohl eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 als auch eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 aufweist. Das vordere Ende 74 der Druckplatte 73 ist bevorzugt ein in einem Druckbetrieb vorlaufendes Ende 74 der Druckplatte 73. Das hintere Ende 76 der Druckplatte 73 ist bevorzugt ein in einem Druckbetrieb nachlaufendes Ende 76 der Druckplatte 73. Zum Anordnen der zumindest einen Druckplatte 73 auf dem zumindest einen Plattenzylinder 07 wird bevorzugt zunächst das vordere Ende 74 der Druckplatte 73 in der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 fixiert und im Anschluss dieser Plattenzylinder 07 um seine Rotationsachse 11 geschwenkt, um die Druckplatte 73 auf der Mantelfläche 124 des Plattenzylinders 07 aufzurollen oder aufzulegen, und dann das hintere Ende 76 der Druckplatte 73 in der hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 fixiert. Im Anschluss erfolgt bevorzugt ein Spannen der zumindest einen Druckplatte 73.In the at least one channel 13 of the plate cylinder 07 at least one clamping device 101 of the plate cylinder 07 is arranged. The at least one tensioning device 101 has at least one clamping device 21; 61, preferably at least one front clamping device 21 and at least one rear clamping device 61. The at least one front clamping device 21 is preferably arranged closer to the first channel wall 18 of the at least one channel 13 than the second channel wall 19 of the at least one channel 13. The at least one rear Clamping device 61 is preferably arranged closer to the second channel wall 19 of the at least one channel 13 than the first channel wall 18 of the at least one channel 13. The at least one front clamping device 21 serves to clamp one front end 74 of a printing plate 73, which is rolled up on a lateral surface 124 of the cylinder bale 12 of the plate cylinder 07 and / or rolled up and / or laid on and / or can be placed. The at least one rear clamping device 61 serves to clamp a rear end 76 of a pressure plate 73 and preferably the same pressure plate 73. In particular, it is the same pressure plate 73, if, as is preferred, the plate cylinder 07 has exactly one channel 13, which both a front clamping device 21 and a rear clamping device 61 has. The front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 is preferably an advancing in a printing operation end 74 of the pressure plate 73. The rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 is preferably a trailing in a printing operation end 76 of the pressure plate 73. For arranging the at least one pressure plate 73 on the at least a plate cylinder 07 is preferably first fixed the front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 in the at least one front clamping device 21 and pivoted in the terminal plate cylinder 07 about its axis of rotation 11 to roll up or hang the printing plate 73 on the lateral surface 124 of the plate cylinder 07, and then the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 is fixed in the rear clamp 61. Subsequently, clamping of the at least one pressure plate 73 preferably takes place.

Zunächst wird die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 beschrieben. Die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 weist zumindest ein radial äußeres vorderes Klemmelement 22 auf, das relativ zu einem vorderen Grundkörper 37 der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 unbeweglich angeordnet ist. Dieser vordere Grundkörper 37 ist an dem Zylinderballen 12 befestigt, jedoch bevorzugt zu Korrekturzwecken zumindest minimal relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 12 bewegbar angeordnet. Das zumindest eine radial äußere vordere Klemmelement 22 ist bevorzugt als eine radial äußere vordere Klemmleiste 22 ausgebildet, die sich in axialer Richtung A erstreckt, bevorzugt über zumindest 75 % und weiter bevorzugt zumindest 90 % einer axialen Länge des zumindest einen Kanals 13. Dies gewährleistet eine gleichmäßige Klemmung und/oder Spannung der Druckplatte 73. Die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 weist zumindest ein vorderes Anpresselement 23 auf, das radial weiter innen angeordnet ist, als das zumindest eine radial äußere vordere Klemmelement 22. Das zumindest eine vordere Anpresselement 23 ist bevorzugt als zumindest eine vordere Blattfeder 23 ausgebildet, weiter bevorzugt als zumindest ein vorderes Federpaket 23, das aus mehreren, insbesondere flächig aneinander anliegenden Blattfedern 23 besteht. Die zumindest eine Klemmvorrichtung 21 weist zumindest ein vorderes Stellelement 24 auf, mittels dem eine relative Bewegung des zumindest einen vorderen Anpresselements 23 relativ zu dem zumindest einen radial äußeren vorderen Klemmelement 22 und dadurch bevorzugt zugleich relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 12 des Plattenzylinders 07 bewirkbar ist. Bevorzugt ist das zumindest eine vordere Anpresselement 23 mittels des zumindest einen vorderen Stellelements 24 in sich verformbar. Bevorzugt ist das zumindest eine vordere Anpresselement 23 mittels des zumindest einen vorderen Stellelements 24 bezüglich einer im Wesentlichen radialen Richtung verkürzbar. Bevorzugt erstreckt sich das zumindest eine vordere Anpresselement 23 über zumindest 75 % und weiter bevorzugt zumindest 90 % einer axialen Länge des Zylinderballens 12.First, the at least one front clamping device 21 will be described. The at least one front clamping device 21 has at least one radially outer front clamping element 22, which is arranged immovably relative to a front base body 37 of the at least one front clamping device 21. This front main body 37 is attached to the cylindrical bale 12, but preferably at least minimally arranged relative to the cylindrical bale 12 for corrective purposes. The at least one radially outer front clamping element 22 is preferably formed as a radially outer front terminal strip 22 extending in the axial direction A, preferably over at least 75% and more preferably at least 90% of an axial length of the at least one channel 13. This ensures a uniform clamping and / or tension of the pressure plate 73. The at least one front Clamping device 21 has at least one front pressing element 23 which is arranged radially further inward than the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22. The at least one front pressing element 23 is preferably designed as at least one front leaf spring 23, more preferably as at least one front spring packet 23, which consists of several, in particular flat abutting leaf springs 23. The at least one clamping device 21 has at least one front adjusting element 24 by means of which a relative movement of the at least one front pressing element 23 relative to the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22 and thereby preferably at the same time relative to the cylindrical bale 12 of the plate cylinder 07 is effected. Preferably, the at least one front pressing element 23 is deformable by means of the at least one front adjusting element 24 in itself. Preferably, the at least one front pressing element 23 can be shortened by means of the at least one front adjusting element 24 with respect to a substantially radial direction. Preferably, the at least one front pressing element 23 extends over at least 75% and more preferably at least 90% of an axial length of the cylinder bale 12.

Bevorzugt weist die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 zumindest zwei vordere Anpresselemente 23 und/oder zumindest ein radial inneres vorderes Klemmelement 26 auf. Die zumindest zwei vorderen Anpresselemente 23 sind wiederum bevorzugt jeweils als zumindest eine Blattfeder 23 und weiter bevorzugt jeweils als zumindest ein Federpaket 23 ausgebildet, die jeweils aus mehreren, insbesondere flächig aneinander anliegenden Blattfedern 23 bestehen. Das zumindest eine radial innere vordere Klemmelement 26 ist bevorzugt als zumindest eine radial innere vordere Klemmleiste 26 ausgebildet, die sich in axialer Richtung A erstreckt, bevorzugt über zumindest 75 % und weiter bevorzugt zumindest 90 % der axialen Länge des zumindest einen Kanals 13. Das zumindest eine radial innere vordere Klemmelement 26 ist bevorzugt in und/oder entgegen einer vorderen Klemmrichtung B bewegbar angeordnet, insbesondere auf das zumindest eine radial äußere vordere Klemmelement 22 zu und/oder von dem zumindest einen radial äußeren vorderen Klemmelement 22 weg. Die vordere Klemmrichtung B weist bevorzugt im Wesentlichen in radialer Richtung. Das bedeutet, die vordere Klemmrichtung B weist bevorzugt zumindest eine Komponente in radialer Richtung auf, die größer ist, als eine gegebenenfalls vorhandene Komponente in Umfangsrichtung D. Die vordere Klemmrichtung B ist bevorzugt orthogonal zu der axialen Richtung A ausgerichtet. Das zumindest eine radial innere vordere Klemmelement 26 ist bevorzugt bezüglich der axialen Richtung A unbeweglich angeordnet. Das zumindest eine vordere Anpresselement 23 und bevorzugt die zumindest zwei vorderen Anpresselemente 23 steht oder stehen bevorzugt mit dem zumindest einen radial inneren vorderen Klemmelement 26 in Kontakt. Radiale Richtungen B; C, die axiale Richtung A und die Umfangsrichtung D beziehen sich auf den Zylinderballen 12 und/oder die Rotationsachse 11 des Plattenzylinders 07.The at least one front clamping device 21 preferably has at least two front pressing elements 23 and / or at least one radially inner front clamping element 26. The at least two front pressing elements 23 are in turn preferably each formed as at least one leaf spring 23 and more preferably each as at least one spring assembly 23, each consisting of several, in particular flat abutting leaf springs 23. The at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 is preferably designed as at least one radially inner front clamping strip 26 extending in the axial direction A, preferably over at least 75% and more preferably at least 90% of the axial length of the at least one channel 13 a radially inner front clamping element 26 is preferably movably arranged in and / or counter to a front clamping direction B, in particular to the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22 and / or of the at least a radially outer front clamping element 22 away. The front clamping direction B preferably has essentially in the radial direction. This means that the front clamping direction B preferably has at least one component in the radial direction which is larger than an optionally present component in the circumferential direction D. The front clamping direction B is preferably aligned orthogonal to the axial direction A. The at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 is preferably immovably arranged with respect to the axial direction A. The at least one front pressing element 23 and preferably the at least two front pressing elements 23 are or are preferably in contact with the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26. Radial directions B; C, the axial direction A and the circumferential direction D refer to the cylindrical bale 12 and / or the axis of rotation 11 of the plate cylinder 07th

Bevorzugt ist das zumindest eine radial innere vordere Klemmelement 26 mittels des zumindest einen vorderen Anpresselements 23 und weiter bevorzugt mittels der zumindest zwei vorderen Anpresselemente 23 in der vorderen Klemmrichtung B auf das zumindest eine radial äußere vordere Klemmelement 22 zu mit einer Kraft beaufschlagbar und/oder beaufschlagt. Das zumindest eine vordere Stellelement 24 steht bevorzugt mit dem zumindest einen vorderen Anpresselement 23 in direktem Kontakt. Bevorzugt ist in Umfangsrichtung D bezüglich des Plattenzylinders 07 das zumindest eine vordere Stellelement 24 zwischen den zumindest zwei radial inneren vorderen Anpresselementen 23 angeordnet. Das zumindest eine vordere Stellelement 24 ist bevorzugt als zumindest ein vorderer Klemmlöseantrieb 24, weiter bevorzugt als zumindest ein mit einem Druckmittel beaufschlagbarer und/oder beaufschlagter vorderer Lösekörper 24 und noch weiter bevorzugt als zumindest ein vorderer Löseschlauch 24, insbesondere vorderer Klemmlöseschlauch 24 ausgebildet, der weiter bevorzugt mit einem Fluid befüllt und/oder befüllbar ist, beispielsweise mit Druckluft. Wenn im Folgenden von dem vorderen Klemmlöseschlauch 24 die Rede ist, so ist damit auch allgemein ein mit einem Druckmittel beaufschlagbarer und/oder beaufschlagter vorderer Lösekörper 24 gemeint. Bevorzugt ist die Druckluft in einem Inneren des zumindest einen vorderen Klemmlöseschlauchs 24 mit einem Druck von bis zu 8 bar oder mehr beaufschlagbar und/oder beaufschlagt. Das zumindest eine vordere Stellelement 24 kann aber auch als zumindest ein Hydraulikzylinder 24 und/oder zumindest ein Pneumatikzylinder 24 und/oder zumindest ein Elektromotor 24 ausgebildet sein. Die Einfachheit der Konstruktion im Fall eines Klemmlöseschlauchs 24 ist jedoch vorteilhaft.Preferably, the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 by means of the at least one front pressing element 23 and further preferably by means of the at least two front pressing elements 23 in the front clamping direction B to the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22 to be acted upon and / or acted upon , The at least one front adjusting element 24 is preferably in direct contact with the at least one front pressing element 23. Preferably, in the circumferential direction D with respect to the plate cylinder 07, the at least one front adjusting element 24 is arranged between the at least two radially inner front pressing elements 23. The at least one front actuating element 24 is preferably designed as at least one front clamping release drive 24, more preferably as at least one front dissolving body 24 which can be acted upon and / or acted upon by a pressure medium and even more preferably as at least one front dissolving hose 24, in particular front clamping dissolving hose 24, which is further preferably filled with a fluid and / or can be filled, for example with compressed air. If, in the following, the front clamping release hose 24 is mentioned, this also generally refers to a front release body 24 which can be acted upon and / or acted upon by a pressure medium. Preferably, the compressed air in an interior of the at least one front Klemmlöseschlauchs 24 with a pressure of up to 8 bar or more acted upon and / or acted upon. However, the at least one front adjusting element 24 can also be designed as at least one hydraulic cylinder 24 and / or at least one pneumatic cylinder 24 and / or at least one electric motor 24. However, the simplicity of construction in the case of a clamping release tube 24 is advantageous.

Unabhängig von der Ausbildung des zumindest einen vorderen Stellelements 24 bewirkt eine Aktivierung des zumindest einen vorderen Stellelements 24 bevorzugt eine Verkürzung des zumindest einen vorderen Anpresselements 23 und bevorzugt der zumindest zwei vorderen Anpresselemente 23 in zumindest der vorderen Klemmrichtung B, weiter bevorzugt zumindest durch eine Ausdehnung des zumindest einen vorderen Stellelements 24 in einer Richtung orthogonal zu der axialen Richtung A und orthogonal zu der vorderen Klemmrichtung B. Dies geschieht beispielsweise in Form einer Durchbiegung des zumindest einen vorderen Anpresselements 23 und bevorzugt mittels zueinander entgegen gesetzten Durchbiegungen der zumindest zwei vorderen Anpresselemente 23. Dies bewirkt eine Bewegung des zumindest einen radial inneren vorderen Klemmelements 26 von dem zumindest einen radial äußeren vorderen Klemmelement 22 weg und damit ein Öffnen eines vorderen Klemmspalts 27. Der vordere Klemmspalt 27 wird bevorzugt durch das zumindest eine radial äußere vordere Klemmelement 22 einerseits und das zumindest eine radial innere vordere Klemmelement 26 andererseits gebildet. Die zumindest zwei vorderen Anpresselemente 23 sind bevorzugt mit dem vorderen Grundkörper 37 flexibel verbunden, weiter bevorzugt derart, dass sie nicht von diesem entfernt werden können, aber dennoch relativ zu ihm bewegbar sind, insbesondere während ihrer Verformung. Die zumindest zwei vorderen Anpresselemente 23 sind bevorzugt mit dem zumindest einen radial inneren vorderen Klemmelement 26 flexibel verbunden, weiter bevorzugt derart, dass sie nicht von diesem entfernt werden können, aber dennoch relativ zu ihm bewegbar sind, insbesondere während ihrer Verformung. Insbesondere ist also bevorzugt das zumindest eine radial innere vordere Klemmelement 26 mit den zumindest zwei vorderen Anpresselementen 23 derart flexibel verbunden, so dass eine Verkürzung des zumindest einen vorderen Anpresselements 23 zwangsläufig eine Bewegung des zumindest einen radial inneren vorderen Klemmelements 26 entgegen der vorderen Klemmrichtung B bewirkt.Irrespective of the design of the at least one front adjusting element 24, activation of the at least one front adjusting element 24 preferably causes a shortening of the at least one front pressing element 23 and preferably of the at least two front pressing elements 23 in at least the front clamping direction B, more preferably at least by an extension of the at least one front adjusting element 24 in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction A and orthogonal to the front clamping direction B. This takes place, for example, in the form of a deflection of the at least one front pressing element 23 and preferably by means of opposite deflections of the at least two front pressing elements 23 causes a movement of the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 away from the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22 and thus opening a front clamping gap 27. The front clamping gap 27 is preferably dur The at least one radially outer front clamping element 22 on the one hand and the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 on the other hand formed. The at least two front pressing elements 23 are preferably flexibly connected to the front base body 37, more preferably such that they can not be removed therefrom, but nevertheless are movable relative to it, in particular during its deformation. The at least two front pressing elements 23 are preferably flexibly connected to the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26, more preferably such that they can not be removed therefrom, but nevertheless are movable relative to it, in particular during its deformation. In particular, that is preferably the at least one radial inner front clamping element 26 so flexibly connected to the at least two front pressing elements 23, so that a shortening of the at least one front pressing element 23 inevitably causes a movement of the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 against the front clamping direction B.

In einer bevorzugten Ausführungsform sind die zumindest zwei vorderen Anpresselemente 23 im Wesentlichen, insbesondere abgesehen von einer Durchbiegung oder Wölbung, parallel zueinander angeordnet und erstrecken sich in der axialen Richtung A und im Wesentlichen auch in einer dazu orthogonalen zweiten Erstreckungsrichtung, die bevorzugt zumindest eine radiale Komponente aufweist. Bevorzugt ist die zweite Erstreckungsrichtung jedoch leicht gekrümmt und jedes vordere Anpresselement 23 leicht gewölbt, da die zumindest zwei vorderen Anpresselemente 23 ständig unter einer mehr oder weniger großen Vorspannung stehen. Dies ist bevorzugt auch unabhängig von einem Zustand des vorderen Klemmlöseschlauchs 24 der Fall und insbesondere dadurch bedingt, dass ein Bauraum so bemessen ist, dass den zumindest zwei vorderen Anpresselementen 23 nie, insbesondere auch nicht bei komplett entleertem vorderem Klemmlöseschlauch 24, genügend Platz zur Verfügung steht, um komplett entspannt zu sein. Der zumindest eine vordere Klemmlöseschlauch 24 ist bevorzugt zwischen den zumindest zwei vorderen Anpresselementen 23 angeordnet und erstreckt sich bevorzugt ebenfalls in der axialen Richtung A. Die zumindest zwei vorderen Anpresselemente 23 sind mittels zumindest zweier vorderer Verbindungselemente beweglich, insbesondere schwenkbar miteinander und/oder mit dem Grundkörper 37 der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 und/oder mit dem zumindest einen vorderen Klemmelement 22 verbunden. Der zumindest eine vordere Klemmlöseschlauch 24 ist zumindest aus einer bevorzugt axialen Richtung A betrachtet zwischen den zumindest zwei vorderen Verbindungselementen angeordnet.In a preferred embodiment, the at least two front pressing elements 23 are substantially, in particular apart from a deflection or curvature, arranged parallel to each other and extend in the axial direction A and substantially in a second orthogonal direction of extent, preferably at least one radial component having. Preferably, however, the second extension direction is slightly curved and each front pressing member 23 slightly curved, since the at least two front pressing elements 23 are constantly under a more or less large bias. This is preferably independent of a state of the front clamping release hose 24 of the case and in particular due to the fact that a space is dimensioned so that the at least two front pressing elements 23 never, especially not with completely empty front Klemmlöseschlauch 24, enough space available to be completely relaxed. The at least one front clamping release hose 24 is preferably arranged between the at least two front pressing elements 23 and preferably also extends in the axial direction A. The at least two front pressing elements 23 are movable by means of at least two front connecting elements, in particular pivotable with each other and / or with the main body 37 of the at least one front clamping device 21 and / or connected to the at least one front clamping element 22. The at least one front clamping release hose 24 is arranged, viewed at least from a preferably axial direction A, between the at least two front connecting elements.

Zumindest eines der zumindest zwei vorderen Anpresselemente 23 und bevorzugt beide vorderen Anpresselemente 23 sind bevorzugt bewegbar, weiter bevorzugt schwenkbar an dem Grundkörper 37 der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 befestigt, weiter bevorzugt mittels zumindest eines der zumindest zwei vorderen Verbindungselemente. Die zumindest zwei vorderen Anpresselemente 23 sind bevorzugt bewegbar, weiter bevorzugt schwenkbar an dem zumindest einen radial inneren vorderen Klemmelement 26 befestigt, weiter bevorzugt mittels zumindest eines der zumindest zwei Verbindungselemente. Jeweils beidseits des zumindest einen vorderen Klemmlöseschlauchs 24 ist zumindest ein Klammerelement eine Entfernung von Enden der zumindest zwei vorderen Anpresselemente 23 voneinander über eine maximale Entfernung hinaus verhindernd angeordnet. Dies bewirkt, dass bei einem Aufblasen des zumindest einen vorderen Klemmlöseschlauchs 24 die zumindest zwei vorderen Anpresselemente 23 nicht lediglich voneinander wegschwenken, sondern sich von dem zumindest einen vorderen Klemmlöseschlauch 24 weg nach außen wölben, da ihre Enden sich jeweils nicht von den Enden der benachbarten Anpresselemente 23 entfernen können. Bevorzugt ist zumindest ein Klammerelement durch das zumindest eine radial innere vordere Klemmelement 26 gebildet. Bevorzugt ist zumindest ein Klammerelement durch den Grundkörper 37 der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 gebildet.At least one of the at least two front pressing elements 23 and preferably both front pressing elements 23 are preferably movable, more preferably pivotable fixed to the base body 37 of the at least one front clamping device 21, more preferably by means of at least one of the at least two front connecting elements. The at least two front pressing elements 23 are preferably movable, more preferably pivotally attached to the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26, more preferably by means of at least one of the at least two connecting elements. On both sides of the at least one front clamping release hose 24, at least one clamping element is arranged so as to prevent removal of ends of the at least two front pressing elements 23 from each other over a maximum distance. This causes, when the at least one front clamping release tube 24 is inflated, the at least two front pressing elements 23 do not merely pivot away from each other, but bulge outward from the at least one front clamping release tube 24, since their ends do not extend from the ends of the adjacent pressing elements 23 can remove. Preferably, at least one clip element is formed by the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26. Preferably, at least one clip element is formed by the base body 37 of the at least one front clamping device 21.

Durch die ausgebildete Wölbung verkürzen sich die zumindest zwei vorderen Anpresselemente 23 jedoch beispielsweise bezüglich einer Richtung von einem Verbindungselement durch den zumindest einen vorderen Klemmlöseschlauch 24 zu einem anderen Verbindungselement, insbesondere bezüglich der vorderen Klemmrichtung B. Insbesondere wird ein geradliniger Abstand zweier Enden ein und desselben vorderen Anpresselements 23 verkürzt. Dadurch bewegt sich das zumindest eine radial innere vorderen Klemmelement 26 relativ zu dem Grundkörper 37 der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 und insbesondere auf diesen zu und die Klemmung wird gelöst. Beispielsweise sind die zumindest zwei Verbindungselemente als Verbindungsstifte ausgebildete, die durch Langlöcher der zumindest zwei vorderen Anpresselemente 23 hindurchragen und an ihren beiden Enden jeweils mit dem Grundkörper 37 der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 oder mit dem zumindest einen radial inneren vorderen Klemmelement 26 verbunden sind.However, due to the formed curvature, the at least two front pressing elements 23 shorten, for example, with respect to a direction from one connecting element through the at least one front clamping release hose 24 to another connecting element, in particular with respect to the front clamping direction B. In particular, a rectilinear distance between two ends of one and the same front Pressing element 23 shortened. As a result, the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 moves relative to the base body 37 of the at least one front clamping device 21 and in particular to this and the clamping is released. For example, the at least two connecting elements are formed as connecting pins, which protrude through slots of the at least two front pressing elements 23 and at its two ends in each case with the Base body 37 of the at least one front clamping device 21 or with the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 are connected.

Bei einer Deaktivierung des zumindest einen vorderen Stellelements 24 bewirkt eine Rückstellkraft des zumindest einen vorderen Anpresselements 23 eine Bewegung des zumindest einen radial inneren vorderen Klemmelements 26 auf das zumindest einen radial äußeren vorderen Klemmelement 22 zu und damit ein Schließen des vorderen Klemmspalts 27. Eine solche Deaktivierung des zumindest einen vorderen Stellelements 24 besteht beispielsweise in einer Absenkung des Drucks im Inneren des vorderen Klemmlöseschlauchs 24, beispielsweise bis auf einen Umgebungsdruck, insbesondere Atmosphärendruck. Bevorzugt steht das zumindest eine vordere Anpresselement 23 und weiter bevorzugt stehen die zumindest zwei vorderen Anpresselemente 23 jederzeit unter einer zumindest minimalen Vorspannung, unabhängig davon, ob die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 geöffnet oder geschlossen ist und unabhängig davon, ob sich eine Druckplatte 73 in dem vorderen Klemmspalt 27 befindet oder nicht. Insbesondere sind die vorderen Blattfedern 23, weiter bevorzugt das zumindest eine vordere Federpaket 23 jederzeit leicht durchgebogen und vorgespannt.When the at least one front actuating element 24 is deactivated, a restoring force of the at least one front pressing element 23 causes the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 to move toward the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22 and thus to close the front clamping gap 27. Such deactivation the at least one front adjusting element 24 consists, for example, in a lowering of the pressure in the interior of the front clamping solution hose 24, for example, to an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure. Preferably, the at least one front pressing element 23 and more preferably are the at least two front pressing elements 23 at any time under an at least minimum bias, regardless of whether the at least one front clamping device 21 is open or closed and regardless of whether a pressure plate 73 in the front nip 27 is or not. In particular, the front leaf springs 23, more preferably the at least one front spring packet 23 are slightly bent and biased at all times.

Das zumindest eine radial innere vordere Klemmelement 26 ist bevorzugt immer bevorzugt mittels zumindest eines vorderen Andrückelements 28, beispielsweise zumindest einer vorderen Andrückfeder 28 bezüglich der Umfangsrichtung D in einer definierten Lage gehalten, beispielsweise gegen eine vordere Ausrichtfläche 29 gedrückt. Die vordere Ausrichtfläche 29 ist bevorzugt zwischen dem zumindest einen vorderen Andrückelement 28 und der ersten Kanalwand 18 angeordnet. Die vordere Ausrichtfläche 29 ist bevorzugt eine Fläche 29 des zumindest einen vorderen Grundkörpers 37. Insbesondere wirkt eine von dem zumindest einen vorderen Andrückelement 28 auf das zumindest eine radial innere vordere Klemmelement 22 ausgeübte Kraft in einer Richtung auf die erste Kanalwand 18 zu. Die von dem zumindest einen vorderen Andrückelement 28 ausgeübte Kraft ist bevorzugt kleiner als die von dem zumindest einen vorderen Anpresselement 23 ausgeübte Kraft im geklemmten Zustand. Dadurch ist gewährleistet, dass das zumindest eine radial innere vordere Klemmelement 26 zwar in Umfangsrichtung D in einer definierten Lage gehalten ist, aber bezüglich Bewegungen in der vorderen Klemmrichtung B von dem zumindest einen vorderen Andrückelement 28 nicht beeinträchtigt wird. Die in Umfangsrichtung D definierte Lage gewährleistet, dass die Druckplatte 73 bei dem Klemmvorgang nicht ungewollt bewegt wird. Dadurch wird eine hohe Präzision der Lage der Druckplatte 73 in ihrem geklemmten Zustand und insbesondere während des Klemmvorgangs aufrechterhalten.The at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 is preferably always held by means of at least one front pressure element 28, for example at least one front pressure spring 28 with respect to the circumferential direction D in a defined position, for example pressed against a front alignment surface 29. The front alignment surface 29 is preferably arranged between the at least one front pressure element 28 and the first channel wall 18. The front alignment surface 29 is preferably a surface 29 of the at least one front base body 37. In particular, a force exerted by the at least one front pressure element 28 on the at least one radially inner front clamping element 22 acts in a direction toward the first channel wall 18. The force exerted by the at least one front pressure element 28 is preferably smaller than that of the at least one front one Pressing element 23 applied force in the clamped state. This ensures that the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 is held in a defined position in the circumferential direction D, but is not impaired by movements of the at least one front pressure element 28 in the front clamping direction B. The position defined in the circumferential direction D ensures that the pressure plate 73 is not unintentionally moved during the clamping process. Thereby, a high precision of the position of the pressure plate 73 is maintained in its clamped state and in particular during the clamping operation.

Das zumindest eine radial innere vordere Klemmelement 26 und/oder das zumindest eine radial äußere vordere Klemmelement 22 weist oder weisen bevorzugt zumindest eine Oberfläche aus einem gehärteten Werkstoff, beispielsweise gehärtetem Stahl auf, die bevorzugt zusätzlich oder alternativ mit einer Struktur aus regelmäßigen und/oder unregelmäßen Erhebungen und/oder Vertiefungen versehen ist, beispielsweise sich kreuzenden geradlinigen Kerben. Dies verbessert im Fall einer geklemmten Druckplatte 73 einen Kraftschluss zwischen der Druckplatte 73 einerseits und dem zumindest einen radial inneren vorderen Klemmelement 26 und/oder dem zumindest einen radial äußeren vorderen Klemmelement 22 andererseits.The at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 and / or the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22 preferably has or have at least one surface of a hardened material, for example hardened steel, which preferably additionally or alternatively with a structure of regular and / or irregular Elevations and / or depressions is provided, for example, intersecting rectilinear notches. This improves in the case of a clamped pressure plate 73 a frictional connection between the pressure plate 73 on the one hand and the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 and / or the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22 on the other.

Die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 weist bevorzugt zumindest zwei Registeranschläge 31; 32 auf. Die zumindest zwei Registeranschläge 31; 32 dienen als Referenzpunkte bei einem Einlegen einer Druckplatte 73 in die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21. Die zumindest zwei Registeranschläge 31; 32 wirken mit bevorzugt als Ausnehmungen ausgebildeten entsprechenden Gegenstücken der Druckplatte 73 zusammen. Bevorzugt weisen die zumindest zwei Registeranschläge 31; 32 jeweils eine Sensoreinrichtung auf, um eine korrekte Lage der Druckplatte 73 relativ zu den zumindest zwei Registeranschlägen 31; 32 maschinell überprüfen zu können. Diese Sensoreinrichtungen sind in einer bevorzugten Ausführungsform als elektrische Kontakte ausgebildet, wobei weiter bevorzugt zumindest ein Stromkreis über die Druckplatte 73 geschlossen wird, sobald diese mit beiden Registeranschlägen 31; 32 korrekt in Kontakt steht. Bevorzugt sind diese Sensoreinrichtungen mit einer Maschinensteuerung verbunden. Weiter bevorzugt hängt ein Schließen der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 von einem positiven Signal seitens dieser Sensoreinrichtungen ab.The at least one front clamping device 21 preferably has at least two register stops 31; 32 on. The at least two register stops 31; 32 serve as reference points when inserting a pressure plate 73 in the at least one front clamping device 21. The at least two register stops 31; 32 cooperate with preferably designed as recesses corresponding counterparts of the pressure plate 73 together. Preferably, the at least two register stops 31; 32 each have a sensor device to a correct position of the pressure plate 73 relative to the at least two register stops 31; 32 to check machine. These sensor devices are formed in a preferred embodiment as electrical contacts, more preferably at least one circuit via the pressure plate 73rd is closed as soon as these with two register stops 31; 32 is in correct contact. Preferably, these sensor devices are connected to a machine control. More preferably, closing of the at least one front clamping device 21 depends on a positive signal on the part of these sensor devices.

Die bevorzugt als Ausnehmungen ausgebildeten Gegenstücke der Druckplatte 73 werden bevorzugt nach einer Bebilderung und/oder Belichtung der Druckplatte 73 an der Druckplatte 73 angebracht und zwar mit hoher Präzision bezüglich einer Lage der als Ausnehmungen ausgebildeten Gegenstücke relativ zu jeweiligen Druckbildern der Druckplatte 73. Die Genauigkeit einer Lage der als Ausnehmungen ausgebildeten Gegenstücke relativ zu jeweiligen Druckbildern liegt bevorzugt im Bereich weniger Mikrometer.The preferred trained as recesses counterparts of the pressure plate 73 are preferably attached to the printing plate 73 after imaging and / or exposure of the pressure plate 73 and that with high precision with respect to a position of the formed as recesses counterparts relative to respective printed images of the pressure plate 73rd Die Accuracy of The position of the recesses designed as counterparts relative to respective printed images is preferably in the range of a few micrometers.

Die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 ist bevorzugt mittels zumindest einer Verankerung, beispielsweise zumindest einer sich entlang einer ersten Bodenfläche 42 des Kanals 13 bevorzugt im Wesentlichen in einer Richtung parallel zu der Rotationsachse 11 erstreckenden Schiene gelagert. Dadurch ist die gesamte vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 12 zumindest minimal bewegbar, insbesondere schwenkbar. Die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 ist bevorzugt parallel zu der ersten Bodenfläche 42 des Kanals 13 um eine zu der ersten Bodenfläche 42 orthogonale Ausgleichsachse schwenkbar. Bevorzugt ist die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 in der axialen Richtung A gesehen mittels eines axialen Anpressmittels gegen eine seitliche Anschlagswand gepresst und daher bezüglich dieser axialen Richtung A in einer definierten Lage gehalten. Die seitliche Anschlagswand begrenzt bevorzugt den zumindest einen Kanal 13 in der axialen Richtung A. Insbesondere ist die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 bezüglich der axialen Richtung A bevorzugt unbeweglich relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 12 des Plattenzylinders 07 angeordnet. Die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 weist bevorzugt zumindest eine erste Abstützstelle 33 oder erste Berührstelle 33 und zumindest zwei zweite Abstützstellen 34; 36 oder zweite Berührstellen 34; 36 auf, an denen, zumindest in einem gespannten Zustand einer Druckplatte 73 und bevorzugt immer, die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 mit der ersten Kanalwand 18 in Kontakt steht. Die erste Abstützstelle 33 ist bevorzugt eine unveränderliche Auswölbung der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 und/oder der ersten Kanalwand 18. Das bedeutet, dass bevorzugt die erste Zylinderwand 18 eine der vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 zugewandte Auswölbung aufweist, mit der die zumindest eine erste Klemmvorrichtung 21 in Kontakt steht und/oder dass weiter bevorzugt die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 eine der ersten Zylinderwand 18 zugewandte Auswölbung aufweist, die mit der ersten Zylinderwand 18 in Kontakt steht. Durch die Auswölbung entsteht bevorzugt ein im Wesentlichen linienförmiger oder punktförmiger Kontakt zwischen vorderer Klemmvorrichtung 21 und erster Kanalwand 18 und insbesondere bevorzugt kein flächiger Kontakt zwischen vorderer Klemmvorrichtung 21 und erster Kanalwand 18. Dies garantiert eine besonders präzise und reproduzierbare Lage der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 12 des Plattenzylinders 07.The at least one front clamping device 21 is preferably mounted by means of at least one anchoring, for example at least one rail extending along a first bottom surface 42 of the channel 13, preferably in a direction substantially parallel to the axis of rotation 11. As a result, the entire front clamping device 21 is at least minimally movable relative to the cylindrical bale 12, in particular pivotable. The at least one front clamping device 21 is preferably pivotable parallel to the first bottom surface 42 of the channel 13 about a compensation axis orthogonal to the first bottom surface 42. Preferably, the at least one front clamping device 21 is seen in the axial direction A pressed by means of an axial contact pressure against a lateral abutment wall and therefore held with respect to this axial direction A in a defined position. The lateral abutment wall preferably delimits the at least one channel 13 in the axial direction A. In particular, the at least one front clamping device 21 is preferably arranged immovably relative to the cylindrical bale 12 of the plate cylinder 07 with respect to the axial direction A. The at least one front clamping device 21 preferably has at least one first support point 33 or first contact point 33 and at least two second support points 34; 36 or second touch points 34; 36, on which, at least in a tensioned state of a pressure plate 73 and preferably always, the at least one front clamping device 21 is in contact with the first channel wall 18. The first support point 33 is preferably an invariable bulge of the at least one front clamping device 21 and / or the first channel wall 18. This means that preferably the first cylinder wall 18 has a front clamping device 21 facing bulge, with which the at least one first clamping device 21 in Contact is and / or that further preferably, the at least one front clamping device 21 has a first cylinder wall 18 facing the bulge, which is in contact with the first cylinder wall 18. The bulge preferably results in a substantially linear or punctiform contact between the front clamping device 21 and the first channel wall 18 and in particular preferably no planar contact between the front clamping device 21 and the first channel wall 18. This guarantees a particularly precise and reproducible position of the at least one front clamping device 21 relative to the cylindrical bale 12 of the plate cylinder 07th

Die zumindest zwei zweiten Abstützstellen 34; 36 sind bevorzugt einstellbar und weiter bevorzugt durch zumindest zwei bevorzugt als vordere Stellschrauben 39; 41 ausgebildete vordere Kontaktkörper 39; 41 festgelegt. Bevorzugt sind die zumindest zwei vorderen Kontaktkörper 39; 41 Bestandteile der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21. Die zumindest zwei vorderen Kontaktkörper 39; 41 sind bevorzugt in ihrer Lage relativ zu dem zumindest einen Grundkörper 37 der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 einstellbar angeordnet. Bevorzugt sind die zumindest zwei vorderen Kontaktkörper 39; 41 durch Gewinde mit der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 verbunden und durch Drehung um eine Gewindeachse dieses Gewindes relativ zu der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 bewegbar angeordnet. In einer bevorzugten Ausführungsform sind die zumindest zwei vorderen Kontaktkörper 39; 41 mittels zumindest eines und bevorzugt jeweils zumindest eines als vorderer Vorspannantrieb 43; 44 ausgebildeten Antriebs 43; 44 in ihrer Lage relativ zu der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 einstellbar angeordnet. Der zumindest eine Vorspannantrieb 43; 44 ist bevorzugt als zumindest ein Elektromotor 43; 44, beispielsweise Schrittmotor 43; 44 ausgebildet, der weiter bevorzugt ein Getriebe aufweist. Der zumindest eine Vorspannantrieb 43; 44 kann auch als pneumatischer und/oder hydraulischer Antrieb 43; 44 ausgebildet sein. Der zumindest eine Vorspannantrieb 43; 44 und/oder die zumindest zwei vorderen Kontaktkörper 39; 41 weist oder weisen weiter bevorzugt zumindest einen Vorspannsensor auf, der eine Lage des zumindest einen Vorspannantriebs 43; 44, beispielsweise eine Drehwinkellage des zumindest einen Elektromotors 43; 44 erfasst und/oder der eine Lage der zumindest zwei vorderen Kontaktkörper 39; 41 erfasst. Bevorzugt ist der zumindest eine Vorspannsensor mit der Maschinensteuerung verbunden und/oder ist der zumindest eine Vorspannantrieb 43; 44 mit der Maschinensteuerung verbunden. Alternativ oder zusätzlich ist eine Lage der zumindest zwei vorderen Kontaktkörper 39; 41 manuell einstellbar.The at least two second support points 34; 36 are preferably adjustable and more preferably by at least two preferred as front set screws 39; 41 formed front contact body 39; 41 fixed. Preferably, the at least two front contact body 39; 41 components of the at least one front clamping device 21. The at least two front contact body 39; 41 are preferably arranged in their position relative to the at least one base body 37 of the at least one front clamping device 21 adjustable. Preferably, the at least two front contact body 39; 41 is threadedly connected to the at least one front clamping device 21 and arranged to be movable relative to the at least one front clamping device 21 by rotation about a threaded axis of this thread. In a preferred embodiment, the at least two front contact bodies 39; 41 by means of at least one and preferably at least one each as a front biasing drive 43; 44 formed drive 43; 44 in their position relative to the at least one front clamping device 21 arranged adjustable. The at least one biasing drive 43; 44 is preferred as at least one electric motor 43; 44, for example, stepping motor 43; 44 formed, which further preferably has a transmission. The at least one biasing drive 43; 44 can also be used as a pneumatic and / or hydraulic drive 43; 44 be formed. The at least one biasing drive 43; 44 and / or the at least two front contact bodies 39; 41 further comprises or at least one biasing sensor, the one position of the at least one biasing drive 43; 44, for example, an angular position of the at least one electric motor 43; 44 detected and / or the one position of the at least two front contact body 39; 41 recorded. Preferably, the at least one biasing sensor is connected to the machine control and / or is the at least one biasing drive 43; 44 connected to the machine control. Alternatively or additionally, a position of the at least two front contact bodies 39; 41 manually adjustable.

Alternativ oder zusätzlich sind die zumindest zwei vorderen Kontaktkörper 39; 41 an dem Zylinderballen 12 des Plattenzylinders 07 gelagert. Die zumindest zwei vorderen Kontaktkörper 39; 41 sind dann bevorzugt in ihrer Lage relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 12 einstellbar angeordnet. Bevorzugt sind die zumindest zwei vorderen Kontaktkörper 39; 41 durch Gewinde mit dem zumindest einen Zylinderballen 17 verbunden und durch Drehung um eine Gewindeachse dieses Gewindes relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 17 bewegbar angeordnet. Die zumindest zwei vorderen Kontaktkörper 39; 41 stehen dann bevorzugt zumindest zeitweise und weiter bevorzugt dauerhaft mit der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 in Verbindung, insbesondere an jeweiligen vorderen Kontaktstellen. Bevorzugt sind die zumindest zwei vorderen Kontaktkörper 39; 41 wiederum mittels zumindest eines und bevorzugt jeweils zumindest eines als vorderer Vorspannantrieb 43; 44 ausgebildeten Antriebs 43; 44 in ihrer Lage relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 12 einstellbar angeordnet. Der zumindest eine Vorspannantrieb 43; 44 ist wie beschrieben bevorzugt als zumindest ein Elektromotor 43; 44, beispielsweise Schrittmotor 43; 44 ausgebildet, der weiter bevorzugt ein Getriebe aufweist. Der zumindest eine Vorspannantrieb 43; 44 kann wie beschrieben auch als pneumatischer und/oder hydraulischer Antrieb 43; 44 ausgebildet sein. Der zumindest eine Vorspannantrieb 43; 44 und/oder die zumindest zwei vorderen Kontaktkörper 39; 41 weist oder weisen wiederum weiter bevorzugt zumindest einen Vorspannsensor auf, der eine Lage des zumindest einen Vorspannantriebs 43; 44, beispielsweise eine Drehwinkellage des zumindest einen Elektromotors 43; 44 erfasst und/oder der eine Lage der zumindest zwei vorderen Kontaktkörper 39; 41 erfasst. Bevorzugt ist der zumindest eine Vorspannsensor wiederum mit der Maschinensteuerung verbunden und/oder ist der zumindest eine Vorspannantrieb 43; 44 mit der Maschinensteuerung verbunden. Alternativ oder zusätzlich ist wiederum die Lage der zumindest zwei vorderen Kontaktkörper 39; 41 manuell einstellbar.Alternatively or additionally, the at least two front contact bodies 39; 41 mounted on the cylinder barrel 12 of the plate cylinder 07. The at least two front contact body 39; 41 are then preferably arranged in their position relative to the cylindrical bale 12 adjustable. Preferably, the at least two front contact body 39; 41 is connected by threads with the at least one cylindrical bale 17 and arranged movable by rotation about a threaded axis of this thread relative to the cylindrical bale 17. The at least two front contact body 39; 41 are then preferably at least temporarily and more preferably permanently connected to the at least one front clamping device 21 in connection, in particular at respective front contact points. Preferably, the at least two front contact body 39; 41 in turn by means of at least one and preferably in each case at least one as a front biasing drive 43; 44 formed drive 43; 44 arranged in their position relative to the cylindrical bale 12 adjustable. The at least one biasing drive 43; 44 is preferred as described as at least one electric motor 43; 44, for example, stepping motor 43; 44 formed, which further preferably has a transmission. The at least one biasing drive 43; 44 can as described also as a pneumatic and / or hydraulic drive 43; 44 be formed. The at least one biasing drive 43; 44 and / or the at least two front contact bodies 39; 41, in turn, more preferably comprises or has at least one bias sensor, which has a position of the at least one biasing drive 43; 44, for example, an angular position of the at least one electric motor 43; 44 detected and / or the one position of the at least two front contact body 39; 41 recorded. Preferably, the at least one bias sensor is in turn connected to the machine control and / or is the at least one biasing drive 43; 44 connected to the machine control. Alternatively or additionally, the position of the at least two front contact bodies 39; 41 manually adjustable.

Die ersten und zweiten Abstützstellen 33; 34; 36 sind bevorzugt in axialer Richtung A entlang der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 verteilt, weiter bevorzugt entlang einer geraden Linie. Bevorzugt ist die erste Abstützstelle 33 zumindest bezüglich der axialen Richtung A zwischen den zumindest zwei zweiten Abstützstellen 34; 36 angeordnet. Bevorzugt stehen jederzeit an allen Abstützstellen 33; 34; 36 die erste Kanalwand 18 und die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21, insbesondere in Form der Auswölbung und der zumindest zwei vorderen Kontaktkörper 39; 41 miteinander in Kontakt.The first and second support points 33; 34; 36 are preferably distributed in the axial direction A along the at least one front clamping device 21, more preferably along a straight line. Preferably, the first support point 33 is at least with respect to the axial direction A between the at least two second support points 34; 36 arranged. Preference is always at all support points 33; 34; 36, the first channel wall 18 and the at least one front clamping device 21, in particular in the form of the bulge and the at least two front contact body 39; 41 in contact with each other.

Weiter bevorzugt weist die Spannvorrichtung 101 zumindest einen, beispielsweise als Feder 107 ausgebildeten Stützkörper 107 auf, der sich sowohl an der zumindest einen ersten Klemmvorrichtung 21 als auch an der zumindest einen zweiten Klemmvorrichtung 61 abstützt und mittels dem die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 gegen die erste Kanalwand 18 gedrückt wird und mittels dem die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 gegen die zweite Kanalwand 19 gedrückt wird. Bevorzugt sind vier solche als Federn 107 ausgebildete Stützkörper 107 angeordnet, die jeweils eine Kraft von 600 N bis 1000 N (sechshundert Newton bis eintausend Newton) ausüben. Durch Einstellung der zumindest zwei zweiten Abstützstellen 33; 34 wird gegebenenfalls eine Durchbiegung der zumindest einen ersten Klemmvorrichtung 21 beeinflusst.Further preferably, the tensioning device 101 has at least one support body 107 formed as a spring 107, for example, which is supported both on the at least one first clamping device 21 and on the at least one second clamping device 61 and by means of which the at least one front clamping device 21 bears against the first Channel wall 18 is pressed and by means of which the at least one rear clamping device 61 is pressed against the second channel wall 19. Preferably, four such formed as springs 107 support body 107 are arranged, each of which exert a force of 600 N to 1000 N (six hundred Newton to one thousand Newton). By Adjustment of the at least two second support points 33; If necessary, a deflection of the at least one first clamping device 21 is influenced.

Je nach Lage der vorderen Kontaktkörper 39; 41 relativ zu der vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 und/oder dem Zylinderballen 12 und somit der Abstützstellen 33; 34; 36 zueinander ist das zumindest eine radial äußere vordere Klemmelement 22 und das zumindest ein radial innere vordere Klemmelement 26 entweder gleichmäßig mit Kräften beaufschlagt und geradlinig ausgebildet oder ungleichmäßig mit Kräften beaufschlagt und daher konvex oder konkav gebogen, wenn zumindest eine Kraft die vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 gegen die erste Kanalwand 18 presst. Diese zumindest eine Kraft ist bevorzugt wie oben beschrieben zumindest eine von dem zumindest einen, beispielsweise als Feder 107 ausgebildeten Stützkörper 107 ausgeübte Kraft und/oder zumindest eine durch Spannung der Druckplatte 73 ausgeübte Zugkraft. Durch entsprechende gezielte Einstellung der Lage der vorderen Kontaktkörper 39; 41 relativ zu der vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 oder dem Zylinderballen 17 und damit der Abstützstellen 33; 34; 36 zueinander kann damit eine gezielte Verspannung der Druckplatte 73 erreicht werden, beispielsweise zur Korrektur einer konvexen oder konkaven Verzerrung eines übertragenen Druckbilds. Zusätzlich oder alternativ kann beispielsweise durch in sich geradlinige, aber zur zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 insgesamt schräg stehende Lage der Abstützstellen 33; 34; 36 eine Schrägstellung der Druckplatte 73 auf dem Plattenzylinder 07 erreicht werden, beispielsweise zur Korrektur einer Schräglage des übertragenen Druckbilds auf der Druckplatte 73.Depending on the position of the front contact body 39; 41 relative to the front clamping device 21 and / or the cylindrical bale 12 and thus the support points 33; 34; To each other, the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 and the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 either uniformly applied with forces and formed rectilinearly or unevenly loaded with forces and therefore bent convexly or concavely, if at least one force, the front clamping device 21 against the first channel wall 18 presses. As described above, this at least one force is preferably at least one force exerted by the at least one supporting body 107 formed as a spring 107, for example, and / or at least one tensile force exerted by tension of the pressure plate 73. By appropriate targeted adjustment of the position of the front contact body 39; 41 relative to the front clamping device 21 or the cylindrical bale 17 and thus the support points 33; 34; 36 to each other so that a targeted tension of the pressure plate 73 can be achieved, for example, to correct a convex or concave distortion of a transmitted print image. Additionally or alternatively, for example, by in itself rectilinear, but to at least one front clamping device 21 altogether obliquely inclined position of the support points 33; 34; 36 an inclination of the pressure plate 73 can be achieved on the plate cylinder 07, for example, to correct a skew of the transmitted print image on the printing plate 73rd

Die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 ist entlang einer zweiten Bodenfläche 108 des Kanals 13 in und/oder entgegen der axialen Richtung A bewegbar und um zumindest eine zu der zweiten Bodenfläche 108 orthogonale Ausgleichsachse schwenkbar. Die Anordnung bezüglich der axialen Richtung A geschieht bevorzugt mittels eines als Axialantriebs 141. Näheres dazu wird weiter unten beschrieben. Vor einem ersten Spannen der Druckplatte 73 werden bevorzugt die vorderen Kontaktkörper 39; 41 so eingestellt, dass an allen Abstützstellen 33; 34; 36 gleiche Kräfte zwischen der ersten Kanalwand 19 und der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 herrschen.The at least one rear clamping device 61 is movable along a second bottom surface 108 of the channel 13 in and / or against the axial direction A and pivotable about at least one to the second bottom surface 108 orthogonal balance axis. The arrangement with respect to the axial direction A is preferably done by means of an axial drive 141. Further details will be described below. Before a first margins of the pressure plate 73 are preferably the front contact body 39; 41 set so that at all supporting points 33; 34; 36 equal forces between the first channel wall 19 and the at least one front clamping device 21 prevail.

Im Folgenden wird die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 beschrieben. Die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 weist zumindest ein radial äußeres hinteres Klemmelement 62 auf, das relativ zu einem hinteren Grundkörper 71 der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 unbeweglich angeordnet ist. Dieser hintere Grundkörper 71 ist an dem Zylinderballen 12 befestigt, jedoch bevorzugt zu Korrekturzwecken minimal relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 12 bewegbar angeordnet. Das zumindest eine radial äußere hintere Klemmelement 62 ist bevorzugt als eine radial äußere hintere Klemmleiste 62 ausgebildet, die sich in axialer Richtung A erstreckt, bevorzugt über zumindest 75 % und weiter bevorzugt zumindest 90 % einer axialen Länge des zumindest einen Kanals 13. Die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 weist zumindest ein hinteres Anpresselement 63 auf, das radial weiter innen angeordnet ist, als das zumindest eine radial äußere hintere Klemmelement 62. Das zumindest eine hintere Anpresselement 63 ist bevorzugt als zumindest eine hintere Blattfeder 63 ausgebildet, weiter bevorzugt als zumindest ein hinteres Federpaket 63, das aus mehreren, insbesondere flächig aneinander anliegenden Blattfedern 63 besteht. Die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 weist zumindest ein hinteres Stellelement 64 auf, mittels dem eine relative Bewegung des zumindest einen hinteren Anpresselements 63 relativ zu dem zumindest einen radial äußeren hinteren Klemmelement 62 und dadurch bevorzugt zugleich relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 12 des Plattenzylinders 07 bewirkbar ist. Bevorzugt ist das zumindest eine hintere Anpresselement 63 mittels des zumindest einen hinteren Stellelements 64 in sich verformbar. Bevorzugt ist das zumindest eine hintere Anpresselement 63 mittels des zumindest einen hinteren Stellelements 64 bezüglich einer im Wesentlichen radialen Richtung verkürzbar. Bevorzugt erstreckt sich das zumindest eine hintere Anpresselement 63 über zumindest 75 % und weiter bevorzugt zumindest 90 % einer axialen Länge des Zylinderballens 12.The at least one rear clamping device 61 will be described below. The at least one rear clamping device 61 has at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62, which is arranged immovably relative to a rear main body 71 of the at least one rear clamping device 61. This rear main body 71 is attached to the cylindrical bale 12, but preferably arranged for correction purposes minimally movable relative to the cylindrical bale 12. The at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62 is preferably designed as a radially outer rear clamping strip 62 which extends in the axial direction A, preferably over at least 75% and more preferably at least 90% of an axial length of the at least one channel 13 Rear clamping device 61 has at least one rear contact element 63, which is arranged radially further inward than the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62. The at least one rear contact element 63 is preferably formed as at least one rear leaf spring 63, more preferably as at least one rear Spring assembly 63, which consists of several, in particular flat abutting leaf springs 63. The at least one rear clamping device 61 has at least one rear adjusting element 64, by means of which a relative movement of the at least one rear pressing element 63 relative to the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62 and thereby preferably at the same time relative to the cylindrical bale 12 of the plate cylinder 07 is effected. Preferably, the at least one rear contact element 63 is deformable by means of the at least one rear actuating element 64. Preferably, the at least one rear contact element 63 can be shortened by means of the at least one rearward adjusting element 64 with respect to a substantially radial direction. Preferably, the at least one rear contact element 63 extends over at least 75% and more preferably at least 90% of an axial length of the cylinder bale 12.

Bevorzugt weist die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 zumindest zwei hintere Anpresselemente 63 und/oder zumindest ein radial inneres hinteres Klemmelement 66 auf. Die zumindest zwei hinteren Anpresselemente 63 sind wiederum bevorzugt jeweils als zumindest eine Blattfeder 63 und weiter bevorzugt jeweils als zumindest ein Federpaket 63 ausgebildet, die jeweils aus mehreren, insbesondere flächig aneinander anliegenden Blattfedern 63 bestehen. Das zumindest eine radial innere hintere Klemmelement 66 ist bevorzugt als zumindest eine radial innere hintere Klemmleiste 66 ausgebildet, die sich in axialer Richtung A erstreckt, bevorzugt über zumindest 75 % und weiter bevorzugt zumindest 90 % der axialen Länge des zumindest einen Kanals 13. Das zumindest eine radial innere hintere Klemmelement 66 ist bevorzugt in und/oder entgegen einer hinteren Klemmrichtung C bewegbar angeordnet, insbesondere auf das zumindest eine radial äußere hintere Klemmelement 62 zu und/oder von dem zumindest einen radial äußeren hinteren Klemmelement 62 weg. Die hintere Klemmrichtung C weist bevorzugt im Wesentlichen in radialer Richtung. Das bedeutet, die hintere Klemmrichtung C weist bevorzugt zumindest eine Komponente in radialer Richtung auf, die größer ist, als eine gegebenenfalls vorhandene Komponente in Umfangsrichtung D. Die hintere Klemmrichtung C ist bevorzugt orthogonal zu der axialen Richtung A ausgerichtet. Das zumindest eine radial innere hintere Klemmelement 66 ist bevorzugt bezüglich der axialen Richtung A beweglich angeordnet. Das zumindest eine hintere Anpresselement 63 und bevorzugt die zumindest zwei hinteren Anpresselemente 63 steht oder stehen bevorzugt mit dem zumindest einen radial inneren hinteren Klemmelement 66 in Kontakt.The at least one rear clamping device 61 preferably has at least two rear pressing elements 63 and / or at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66. The at least two rear pressing elements 63 are in turn preferably each formed as at least one leaf spring 63 and more preferably each as at least one spring assembly 63, each consisting of several, in particular flat abutting leaf springs 63. The at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 is preferably designed as at least one radially inner rear clamping strip 66 which extends in the axial direction A, preferably over at least 75% and more preferably at least 90% of the axial length of the at least one channel 13. The at least a radially inner rear clamping element 66 is preferably movably arranged in and / or counter to a rear clamping direction C, in particular toward the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62 and / or away from the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62. The rear clamping direction C preferably has essentially in the radial direction. That is, the rear clamping direction C preferably has at least one component in the radial direction which is larger than an optionally present component in the circumferential direction D. The rear clamping direction C is preferably aligned orthogonal to the axial direction A. The at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 is preferably arranged movably with respect to the axial direction A. The at least one rear contact element 63 and preferably the at least two rear contact elements 63 are or are preferably in contact with the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66.

Bevorzugt ist das zumindest eine radial innere hintere Klemmelement 66 mittels des zumindest einen hinteren Anpresselements 63 und weiter bevorzugt mittels der zumindest zwei hinteren Anpresselemente 63 in der hinteren Klemmrichtung C auf das zumindest eine radial äußere hintere Klemmelement 62 zu mit einer Kraft beaufschlagbar und/oder beaufschlagt. Das zumindest eine hintere Stellelement 64 steht bevorzugt mit dem zumindest einen hinteren Anpresselement 63 in direktem Kontakt. Bevorzugt ist in Umfangsrichtung D bezüglich des Plattenzylinders 07 das zumindest eine hintere Stellelement 64 zwischen den zumindest zwei radial inneren hinteren Anpresselementen 63 angeordnet. Das zumindest eine hintere Stellelement 64 ist bevorzugt als zumindest ein hinterer Klemmlöseantrieb 64, weiter bevorzugt als mit einem Druckmittel beaufschlagbarer und/oder beaufschlagter hinterer Lösekörper 64 und noch weiter bevorzugt als zumindest ein hinterer Löseschlauch 64, insbesondere hinterer Klemmlöseschlauch 64 ausgebildet, der weiter bevorzugt mit einem Fluid befüllt und/oder befüllbar ist, beispielsweise mit Druckluft. Wenn im Folgenden von dem hinteren Klemmlöseschlauch 64 die Rede ist, so ist damit auch allgemein ein mit einem Druckmittel beaufschlagbarer und/oder beaufschlagter hinterer Lösekörper 64 gemeint. Bevorzugt ist die Druckluft in einem Inneren des zumindest einen hinteren Klemmlöseschlauchs 64 mit einem Druck von bis zu 8 bar oder mehr beaufschlagbar und/oder beaufschlagt. Das zumindest eine hintere Stellelement 64 kann aber auch als zumindest ein Hydraulikzylinder 64 und/oder zumindest ein Pneumatikzylinder 64 und/oder zumindest ein Elektromotor 64 ausgebildet sein. Die Einfachheit der Konstruktion im Fall eines Klemmlöseschlauchs 64 ist jedoch vorteilhaft.Preferably, the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 is acted upon and / or acted on by means of the at least one rear pressing element 63 and more preferably by means of the at least two rear pressing elements 63 in the rear clamping direction C on the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62 , The at least one rear adjusting element 64 is preferably in direct contact with the at least one rear pressing element 63. Preferred is in Circumferential direction D with respect to the plate cylinder 07 which arranged at least one rear adjusting element 64 between the at least two radially inner rear pressing elements 63. The at least one rear adjusting element 64 is preferably designed as at least one rear clamping dissolving drive 64, more preferably as a rear dissolving body 64 which can be acted upon and / or acted upon by a pressure medium and even more preferably as at least one rear dissolving hose 64, in particular behind the rear clamping hose 64, which is also preferred a fluid filled and / or filled, for example, with compressed air. If, in the following, the rear clamping solution hose 64 is mentioned, this also generally means a rear release body 64 that can be acted upon and / or acted upon by a pressure medium. Preferably, the compressed air in an interior of at least one rear Klemmlöseschlauchs 64 with a pressure of up to 8 bar or more acted upon and / or acted upon. However, the at least one rear adjusting element 64 can also be designed as at least one hydraulic cylinder 64 and / or at least one pneumatic cylinder 64 and / or at least one electric motor 64. However, the simplicity of construction in the case of a clamping release hose 64 is advantageous.

Unabhängig von der Ausbildung des zumindest einen hinteren Stellelements 64 bewirkt eine Aktivierung des zumindest einen hinteren Stellelements 64 bevorzugt eine Verkürzung des zumindest einen hinteren Anpresselements 63 und bevorzugt der zumindest zwei hinteren Anpresselemente 63 in zumindest der hinteren Klemmrichtung C, weiter bevorzugt zumindest durch eine Ausdehnung des zumindest einen hinteren Stellelements 64 in einer Richtung orthogonal zu der axialen Richtung A und orthogonal zu der hinteren Klemmrichtung C. Dies geschieht beispielsweise in Form einer Durchbiegung des zumindest einen hinteren Anpresselements 63 und bevorzugt mittels zueinander entgegen gesetzten Durchbiegungen der zumindest zwei hinteren Anpresselemente 63. Dies bewirkt eine Bewegung des zumindest einen radial inneren hinteren Klemmelements 66 von dem zumindest einen radial äußeren hinteren Klemmelement 62 weg und damit ein Öffnen eines hinteren Klemmspalts 67. Der hintere Klemmspalt 67 wird bevorzugt durch das zumindest eine radial äußere hintere Klemmelement 62 einerseits und das zumindest eine radial innere hintere Klemmelement 66 andererseits gebildet. Die zumindest zwei hinteren Anpresselemente 63 sind bevorzugt mit dem hinteren Grundkörper 71 flexibel verbunden, weiter bevorzugt derart, dass sie nicht von diesem entfernt werden können, aber dennoch relativ zu ihm bewegbar sind, insbesondere während ihrer Verformung. Die zumindest zwei hinteren Anpresselemente 63 sind bevorzugt mit dem zumindest einen radial inneren hinteren Klemmelement 66 flexibel verbunden, weiter bevorzugt derart, dass sie nicht von diesem entfernt werden können, aber dennoch relativ zu ihm bewegbar sind, insbesondere während ihrer Verformung. Insbesondere ist also bevorzugt das zumindest eine radial innere hintere Klemmelement 66 mit den zumindest zwei hinteren Anpresselementen 63 derart flexibel verbunden, so dass eine Verkürzung des zumindest einen hinteren Anpresselements 63 das zumindest eine radial innere hintere Klemmelement 66 zwangsläufig eine Bewegung des zumindest einen radial inneren hinteren Klemmelements 66 entgegen der hinteren Klemmrichtung C bewirkt.Regardless of the configuration of the at least one rear control element 64, activation of the at least one rear control element 64 preferably effects a shortening of the at least one rear contact element 63 and preferably of the at least two rear contact elements 63 in at least the rear clamping direction C, more preferably at least by an extension of the at least one rear actuating element 64 in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction A and orthogonal to the rear clamping direction C. This takes place, for example, in the form of a deflection of the at least one rear pressing element 63 and preferably by means of opposite deflections of the at least two rear pressing elements 63 causes a movement of the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 away from the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62 and thus opening a rear clamping gap 67. The rear Clamping gap 67 is preferably formed by the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62 on the one hand and the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 on the other. The at least two rear pressing elements 63 are preferably flexibly connected to the rear base body 71, more preferably such that they can not be removed therefrom but are nevertheless movable relative to it, in particular during its deformation. The at least two rear pressing members 63 are preferably flexibly connected to the at least one radially inner rear clamping member 66, more preferably such that they can not be removed therefrom but are still movable relative thereto, in particular during their deformation. In particular, the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 is thus preferably flexibly connected to the at least two rear pressing elements 63 so that a shortening of the at least one rear pressing element 63 the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 necessarily causes a movement of the at least one radially inner rearward Clamping elements 66 against the rear clamping direction C causes.

In einer bevorzugten Ausführungsform sind die zumindest zwei hinteren Anpresselemente 63 im Wesentlichen, insbesondere abgesehen von einer Durchbiegung oder Wölbung, parallel zueinander angeordnet und erstrecken sich in der axialen Richtung A und im Wesentlichen auch in einer dazu orthogonalen zweiten Erstreckungsrichtung, die bevorzugt zumindest eine radiale Komponente aufweist. Bevorzugt ist die zweite Erstreckungsrichtung jedoch leicht gekrümmt und jedes hintere Anpresselement 63 leicht gewölbt, da die zumindest zwei hinteren Anpresselemente 63 ständig unter einer mehr oder weniger großen Vorspannung stehen. Dies ist bevorzugt auch unabhängig von einem Zustand des hinteren Klemmlöseschlauchs 64 der Fall und insbesondere dadurch bedingt, dass ein Bauraum so bemessen ist, dass den zumindest zwei hinteren Anpresselementen 63 nie, insbesondere auch nicht bei komplett entleertem hinterem Klemmlöseschlauch 64, genügend Platz zur Verfügung steht, um komplett entspannt zu sein. Der zumindest eine hintere Klemmlöseschlauch 64 ist zwischen den zumindest zwei hinteren Anpresselementen 63 angeordnet und erstreckt sich bevorzugt ebenfalls in der axialen Richtung A. Die zumindest zwei hinteren Anpresselemente 63 sind mittels zumindest zweier hinterer Verbindungselemente beweglich, insbesondere schwenkbar miteinander und/oder mit dem Grundkörper 71 der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 und/oder mit dem zumindest einen hinteren Klemmelement 62 verbunden. Der zumindest eine hintere Klemmlöseschlauch 64 ist zumindest aus einer bevorzugt axialen Richtung A betrachtet zwischen den zumindest zwei hinteren Verbindungselementen angeordnet.In a preferred embodiment, the at least two rear pressing elements 63 are substantially, in particular apart from a deflection or curvature, arranged parallel to each other and extend in the axial direction A and substantially in a second orthogonal direction of extent, preferably at least one radial component having. Preferably, however, the second extension direction is slightly curved and each rear contact element 63 slightly curved, since the at least two rear contact elements 63 are constantly under a more or less large bias. This is preferably the case regardless of a state of the rear Klemmlöseschlauchs 64 and in particular due to the fact that a space is dimensioned so that the at least two rear contact elements 63 never, especially not with completely deflated rear Klemmlöseschlauch 64, enough space available to be completely relaxed. The at least one rear grommet hose 64 is between the at least two rear pressing elements 63 and preferably also extends in the axial direction A. The at least two rear pressing elements 63 are movable by means of at least two rear connecting elements, in particular pivotable with each other and / or with the main body 71 of the at least one rear clamping device 61 and / or with the at least one rear clamping element 62 connected. The at least one rear clamping release hose 64 is arranged, viewed at least from a preferably axial direction A, between the at least two rear connecting elements.

Zumindest eines der zumindest zwei hinteren Anpresselemente 63 und bevorzugt beide hinteren Anpresselemente 63 sind bevorzugt bewegbar, weiter bevorzugt schwenkbar an dem Grundkörper 71 der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 befestigt, weiter bevorzugt mittels zumindest eines der zumindest zwei hinteren Verbindungselemente. Die zumindest zwei hinteren Anpresselemente 63 sind bevorzugt bewegbar, weiter bevorzugt schwenkbar an dem zumindest einen radial inneren hinteren Klemmelement 66 befestigt, weiter bevorzugt mittels zumindest eines der zumindest zwei Verbindungselemente. Jeweils beidseits des zumindest einen hinteren Klemmlöseschlauchs 64 ist zumindest ein Klammerelement eine Entfernung von Enden der zumindest zwei hinteren Anpresselemente 63 voneinander über eine maximale Entfernung hinaus verhindernd angeordnet. Dies bewirkt, dass bei einem Aufblasen des zumindest einen hinteren Klemmlöseschlauchs 64 die zumindest zwei hinteren Anpresselemente 63 nicht lediglich voneinander wegschwenken, sondern sich von dem zumindest einen hinteren Klemmlöseschlauch 64 weg nach außen wölben, da ihre Enden sich jeweils nicht von den Enden der benachbarten Anpresselemente 63 entfernen können. Bevorzugt ist zumindest ein Klammerelement durch das zumindest eine radial innere hintere Klemmelement 66 gebildet. Bevorzugt ist zumindest ein Klammerelement durch den Grundkörper 71 der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 gebildet.At least one of the at least two rear pressing elements 63 and preferably both rear pressing elements 63 are preferably movable, more preferably pivotally attached to the main body 71 of the at least one rear clamping device 61, more preferably by means of at least one of the at least two rear connecting elements. The at least two rear pressing elements 63 are preferably movable, more preferably pivotally attached to the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66, more preferably by means of at least one of the at least two connecting elements. On both sides of the at least one rear clamping release hose 64, at least one clamping element is arranged so as to prevent removal of ends of the at least two rear pressing elements 63 from each other over a maximum distance. This causes inflation of the at least one rear gripper hose 64 to cause the at least two rear abutment members 63 to pivot away from each other rather than arch outwardly away from the at least one grommet hose 64, since their ends are not spaced from the ends of the adjacent press members 63 can remove. Preferably, at least one clip element is formed by the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66. Preferably, at least one clip element is formed by the base body 71 of the at least one rear clamping device 61.

Durch die ausgebildete Wölbung verkürzen sich die zumindest zwei hinteren Anpresselemente 63 jedoch beispielsweise bezüglich einer Richtung von einem Verbindungselement durch den zumindest einen hinteren Klemmlöseschlauch 64 zu einem anderen Verbindungselement, insbesondere bezüglich der hinteren Klemmrichtung C. Insbesondere wird ein geradliniger Abstand zweier Enden ein und desselben hinteren Anpresselements 63 verkürzt. Dadurch bewegt sich das zumindest eine radial innere hinteren Klemmelement 66 relativ zu dem Grundkörper 71 der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 und insbesondere auf diesen zu und die Klemmung wird gelöst. Beispielsweise sind die zumindest zwei Verbindungselemente als Verbindungsstifte ausgebildete, die durch Langlöcher der zumindest zwei hinteren Anpresselemente 63 hindurchragen und an ihren beiden Enden jeweils mit dem Grundkörper 71 der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 oder mit dem zumindest einen radial inneren hinteren Klemmelement 66 verbunden sind.However, for example, with respect to a direction from one connecting element through the at least one rear clamping release hose 64 to another connecting element, in particular with respect to the rear clamping direction C, the at least two rear pressing elements 63 shorten due to the formed curvature. In particular, a rectilinear distance between two ends of the same rear one Pressing 63 shortened. As a result, the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 moves relative to the main body 71 of the at least one rear clamping device 61 and in particular to this and the clamping is released. For example, the at least two connecting elements are designed as connecting pins, which project through slots of the at least two rear pressing elements 63 and are connected at their two ends to the main body 71 of the at least one rear clamping device 61 or to the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66.

Bei einer Deaktivierung des zumindest einen hinteren Stellelements 64 bewirkt eine Rückstellkraft des zumindest einen hinteren Anpresselements 63 eine Bewegung des zumindest einen radial inneren hinteren Klemmelements 66 auf das zumindest einen radial äußeren hinteren Klemmelement 62 zu und damit ein Schließen des hinteren Klemmspalts 67. Eine solche Deaktivierung des zumindest einen hinteren Stellelements 64 besteht beispielsweise in einer Absenkung des Drucks im Inneren des hinteren Klemmlöseschlauchs 64, beispielsweise bis auf einen Umgebungsdruck, insbesondere Atmosphärendruck. Bevorzugt steht das zumindest eine hintere Anpresselement 63 und weiter bevorzugt stehen die zumindest zwei hinteren Anpresselemente 63 jederzeit unter einer zumindest minimalen Vorspannung, unabhängig davon, ob die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 geöffnet oder geschlossen ist und unabhängig davon, ob sich eine Druckplatte 73 in dem hinteren Klemmspalt 67 befindet oder nicht. Insbesondere sind die hinteren Blattfedern 63, weiter bevorzugt das zumindest eine hintere Federpaket 63 bevorzugt jederzeit leicht durchgebogen und vorgespannt.Upon deactivation of the at least one rear actuating element 64, a restoring force of the at least one rear pressing element 63 causes a movement of the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 on the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62 and thus closing the rear clamping gap 67. Such a deactivation the at least one rear actuating element 64 consists, for example, in a lowering of the pressure in the interior of the rear clamping hose 64, for example, to an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure. Preferably, this is at least one rear contact pressure 63 and more preferably the at least two rear contact elements 63 at any time under an at least minimum bias, regardless of whether the at least one rear clamping device 61 is open or closed and regardless of whether a pressure plate 73 in the rear nip 67 is or not. In particular, the rear leaf springs 63, more preferably the at least one rear spring package 63 are preferably slightly bent and biased at all times.

Das zumindest eine radial innere hintere Klemmelement 66 ist bevorzugt immer bevorzugt mittels zumindest eines hinteren Andrückelements 68, beispielsweise zumindest einer hinteren Andrückfeder 68 bezüglich der Umfangsrichtung D in einer definierten Lage gehalten, beispielsweise gegen eine hintere Ausrichtfläche 69 gedrückt. Die hintere Ausrichtfläche 69 ist bevorzugt zwischen dem zumindest einen hinteren Andrückelement 68 und der zweiten Kanalwand 19 angeordnet. Die hintere Ausrichtfläche 69 ist bevorzugt eine Fläche 69 des zumindest einen hinteren Grundkörpers 71. Insbesondere wirkt eine von dem zumindest einen hinteren Andrückelement 68 auf das zumindest eine radial innere hintere Klemmelement 62 ausgeübte Kraft in einer Richtung auf die zweite Kanalwand 19 zu. Die von dem zumindest einen hinteren Andrückelement 68 ausgeübte Kraft ist bevorzugt kleiner als die von dem zumindest einen hinteren Anpresselement 63 ausgeübte Kraft im geklemmten Zustand. Dadurch ist gewährleistet, dass das zumindest eine radial innere hintere Klemmelement 66 zwar in Umfangsrichtung D in einer definierten Lage gehalten ist, aber bezüglich Bewegungen in der hinteren Klemmrichtung C von dem zumindest einen hinteren Andrückelement 68 nicht beeinträchtigt wird. Die in Umfangsrichtung D definierte Lage gewährleistet, dass die Druckplatte 73 bei dem Klemmvorgang nicht ungewollt bewegt wird. Dadurch wird eine hohe Präzision der Lage der Druckplatte 73 in ihrem geklemmten Zustand und insbesondere während des Klemmvorgangs aufrechterhalten.The at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 is preferably always held by means of at least one rear pressure element 68, for example at least one rear pressure spring 68 with respect to the circumferential direction D in a defined position, for example pressed against a rear alignment surface 69. The rear alignment surface 69 is preferably arranged between the at least one rear pressure element 68 and the second channel wall 19. The rear alignment surface 69 is preferably a surface 69 of the at least one rear base body 71. In particular, a force exerted by the at least one rear pressure element 68 on the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 62 acts in one direction towards the second channel wall 19. The force exerted by the at least one rear pressure element 68 is preferably smaller than the force exerted by the at least one rear pressure element 63 in the clamped state. This ensures that the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 is held in the circumferential direction D in a defined position, but is not affected by the at least one rear pressure element 68 with respect to movements in the rear clamping direction C. The position defined in the circumferential direction D ensures that the pressure plate 73 is not unintentionally moved during the clamping process. Thereby, a high precision of the position of the pressure plate 73 is maintained in its clamped state and in particular during the clamping operation.

Das zumindest eine radial innere hintere Klemmelement 66 und/oder das zumindest eine radial äußere hintere Klemmelement 62 weist oder weisen bevorzugt zumindest eine Oberfläche aus einem gehärteten Werkstoff, beispielsweise gehärtetem Stahl auf, die bevorzugt zusätzlich oder alternativ mit einer Struktur aus regelmäßigen und/oder unregelmäßen Erhebungen und/oder Vertiefungen versehen ist, beispielsweise sich kreuzenden geradlinigen Kerben. Dies verbessert im Fall einer geklemmten Druckplatte 73 einen Kraftschluss zwischen der Druckplatte 73 einerseits und dem zumindest einen radial inneren hinteren Klemmelement 66 und/oder dem zumindest einen radial äußeren hinteren Klemmelement 62 andererseits.The at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 and / or the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62 preferably has or have at least one surface of a hardened material, for example hardened steel, which preferably additionally or alternatively has a structure of regular and / or irregular Elevations and / or depressions is provided, for example, intersecting rectilinear notches. This improves in the case of a clamped pressure plate 73 a frictional connection between the pressure plate 73 on the one hand and the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 and / or the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62 on the other.

Die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 ist bevorzugt Teil zumindest eines Schlittens 102 der zumindest einen Spannvorrichtung 101. Der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 und damit die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 ist bevorzugt zumindest teilweise entlang eines Spannwegs und/oder in einer Spannrichtung E bewegbar angeordnet. Bevorzugt erstreckt sich der Spannweg orthogonal zu der Rotationsachse 11 des Plattenzylinders 07. Bevorzugt erstreckt sich der Spannweg innerhalb einer Ebene, deren Flächennormale parallel zu der Rotationsachse 11 des Plattenzylinders 07 orientiert ist. Bevorzugt erstreckt sich der Spannweg im Wesentlichen in und/oder entgegen der Umfangsrichtung D oder weiter bevorzugt in und/oder entgegen einer zu der Umfangsrichtung D bevorzugt tangentialen Spannrichtung E. Bevorzugt ist der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 innerhalb des zumindest einen Kanals 13 entlang des Spannwegs auf die zumindest einen vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 zu bewegbar angeordnet. Bevorzugt ist zumindest eine Führung angeordnet, die die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 entlang ihres Spannwegs führt. Ein maximaler Spannweg, also ein maximaler Verstellweg des zumindest einen Schlittens 102 in und/oder entgegen der Spannrichtung E beträgt bevorzugt zwischen 10 mm und 35 mm, weiter bevorzugt zumindest 15 mm und noch weiter bevorzugt zwischen 15 mm und 20 mm. Eine zum Spannen zurückgelegte Länge des Spannwegs ist bevorzugt zwischen 0,1 mm und 2 mm lang, weiter bevorzugt zwischen 0,5 mm und 1,2 mm. Die Spannrichtung E ist bevorzugt parallel zu der zweiten Bodenfläche 108 des Kanals 13 im Bereich der hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 ausgerichtet. Der maximale Verstellweg des zumindest einen Schlittens 102 ist bevorzugt relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 12 des Plattenzylinders 07 in und/oder entgegen der Spannrichtung E zumindest so groß, wie eine in der Spannrichtung E gemessene Ausdehnung einer vorgesehenen oder tatsächlichen Kontaktfläche einer in der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 geklemmten Druckplatte 73 mit dem zumindest einen radial äußeren Klemmelement 62 der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61. Die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 21 ist bevorzugt mittels zumindest einer Verankerung, beispielsweise zumindest einer, sich beispielsweise entlang dieser zweiten Bodenfläche 108 des Kanals 13 bevorzugt im Wesentlichen in einer Richtung orthogonal zu der Rotationsachse 11 des Plattenzylinders 07 erstreckenden Schiene gelagert. Dadurch ist die gesamte hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 12 bevorzugt zumindest linear bewegbar. Dies dient einerseits einer vereinfachten Einführung des hinteren Endes 76 der Druckplatte 73 in die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 und andererseits einer Spannung und/oder einer Ausrichtung der sowohl in der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 als auch der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 geklemmten Druckplatte 73.The at least one rear clamping device 61 is preferably part of at least one carriage 102 of the at least one tensioning device 101. The at least one carriage 102 and thus the at least one rear clamping device 61 is preferably arranged to be movable at least partially along a tensioning path and / or in a tensioning direction E. Preferably, the clamping path extends orthogonal to the axis of rotation 11 of the plate cylinder 07. Preferably, the clamping path extends within a plane whose surface normal is oriented parallel to the axis of rotation 11 of the plate cylinder 07. The tensioning path preferably extends substantially in and / or against the circumferential direction D or more preferably in and / or against a tensioning direction E which is preferably tangential to the circumferential direction D. Preferably, the at least one carriage 102 extends within the at least one channel 13 along the tensioning path the at least one front clamping device 21 arranged to be movable. Preferably, at least one guide is arranged, which guides the at least one rear clamping device 61 along its clamping path. A maximum tensioning travel, that is to say a maximum displacement of the at least one carriage 102 in and / or against the tensioning direction E, is preferably between 10 mm and 35 mm, more preferably at least 15 mm and even more preferably between 15 mm and 20 mm. A distance traveled for clamping the clamping distance is preferably between 0.1 mm and 2 mm long, more preferably between 0.5 mm and 1.2 mm. The tensioning direction E is preferably aligned parallel to the second bottom surface 108 of the channel 13 in the region of the rear clamping device 61. The maximum adjustment path of the at least one carriage 102 is preferably at least as large relative to the cylindrical bale 12 of the plate cylinder 07 in and / or counter to the tensioning direction E as a dimension measured in the tensioning direction E of an intended or actual contact surface of one in the at least one rear clamping device 61 clamped pressure plate 73 with the at least one radially outer clamping element 62 of the at least one rear clamping device 61st The at least one rear clamping device 21 is preferably mounted by means of at least one anchoring, for example at least one, for example, along this second bottom surface 108 of the channel 13 preferably substantially in a direction orthogonal to the axis of rotation 11 of the plate cylinder 07 extending rail. As a result, the entire rear clamping device 61 is preferably at least linearly movable relative to the cylindrical bale 12. This serves on the one hand a simplified introduction of the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 in the at least one rear clamping device 61 and on the other hand a voltage and / or orientation of both in the at least one front clamping device 21 and the at least one rear clamping device 61 clamped pressure plate 73rd

Zumindest ein als Spannantrieb 104 ausgebildeter Antrieb 104 ist mit der zumindest einen zweiten Klemmvorrichtung 61 in Verbindung stehend angeordnet. Mittels des zumindest einen Spannantriebs 104 ist zumindest eine bevorzugt einstellbare Kraft auf den zumindest einen Schlitten 102 ausübbar und/oder ausgeübt, die in einer Richtung von der zweiten Kanalwand 19 auf den zumindest einen Schlitten 102 zu weist. Bevorzugt ist der zumindest eine Spannantrieb 104 zwischen einer ersten Stützfläche 103 des zumindest einen Schlittens 102 und der zweiten Kanalwand 19 angeordnet. Der zumindest eine Spannantrieb 104 ist bevorzugt als zumindest ein mit einem Druckmittel beaufschlagbarer und/oder beaufschlagter Stellkörper 104 ausgebildet. Ein solches Druckmittel ist beispielsweise ein Hydraulikmedium oder ein Pneumatikmedium, insbesondere Luft. Der zumindest eine Spannantrieb 104 ist weiter bevorzugt als zumindest ein Spannschlauch 104 ausgebildet. Der zumindest eine Stellkörper 104 und bevorzugt der zumindest eine Spannschlauch 104 ist bevorzugt mit Drücken von bis 10 bar und mehr beaufschlagbar. Der zumindest eine Spannantrieb 104 kann aber auch als zumindest ein Hydraulikzylinder 104 und/oder zumindest ein Pneumatikzylinder 104 und/oder zumindest ein Elektromotor 104 ausgebildet sein. Der zumindest eine Spannantrieb 104 ist bevorzugt gegen ein relativ zu dem Plattenzylinder 07 starr angeordnetes Bauteil oder einen Bestandteil des Plattenzylinders 07 selbst abgestützt, beispielsweise die zweite Kanalwand 19. Wenn im Vorangegangenen oder im Folgenden von dem zumindest einen Spannschlauch 104 die Rede ist, so ist damit ebenfalls allgemein der zumindest eine mit einem Druckmittel beaufschlagbare und/oder beaufschlagte Stellkörper 104 gemeint.At least one drive 104 embodied as a tensioning drive 104 is arranged in connection with the at least one second clamping device 61. By means of the at least one tensioning drive 104, at least one preferably adjustable force can be exerted and / or exerted on the at least one carriage 102 which points in a direction from the second passage wall 19 to the at least one carriage 102. Preferably, the at least one tensioning drive 104 is arranged between a first support surface 103 of the at least one carriage 102 and the second passage wall 19. The at least one tensioning drive 104 is preferably designed as at least one actuating body 104 that can be acted upon and / or acted upon by a pressure medium. Such a pressure medium is for example a hydraulic medium or a pneumatic medium, in particular air. The at least one tensioning drive 104 is further preferably designed as at least one tensioning hose 104. The at least one adjusting body 104 and preferably the at least one tensioning hose 104 can preferably be acted upon by pressures of up to 10 bar and more. However, the at least one tensioning drive 104 can also be designed as at least one hydraulic cylinder 104 and / or at least one pneumatic cylinder 104 and / or at least one electric motor 104. The at least one tensioning drive 104 is preferably supported against a relative to the plate cylinder 07 rigidly arranged component or a part of the plate cylinder 07 itself, for example, the second channel wall 19. If in Previous or hereinafter of the at least one tensioning hose 104 is mentioned, so it is also generally meant at least one actuatable and / or acted upon by a pressure means actuating body 104.

Bevorzugt ist zumindest ein Rückstellelement 106 angeordnet, beispielsweise zumindest eine als Rückstellfeder 106 ausgebildete Feder 106; 107. Das zumindest eine Rückstellelement 106 bewirkt eine Rückstellkraft auf den zumindest einen Schlitten 102, die entgegen der Spannrichtung E orientiert ist. Das zumindest eine Rückstellelement 106 ist in einer Ausführungsform gegen ein relativ zu dem Plattenzylinder 07 starr angeordnetes Bauteil oder einen Bestandteil des Plattenzylinders 07 selbst abgestützt. Bevorzugt ist jedoch das zumindest eine Rückstellelement 106 mit dem als Feder 107 ausgebildeten Stützkörper 107 identisch, der sich sowohl an der zumindest einen ersten Klemmvorrichtung 21 als auch an der zumindest einen zweiten Klemmvorrichtung 61 abstützt und mittels dem die zumindest eine erste Klemmvorrichtung 21 gegen die erste Kanalwand 18 gedrückt wird. Solange der zumindest eine Spannantrieb 104 deaktiviert ist, ist der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 in einer ersten, auch Randlage genannten, der zweiten Kanalwand 19 näheren Position des zumindest einen Schlittens 102 angeordnet, insbesondere wegen der von dem zumindest einen Rückstellelement 106 auf den zumindest einen Schlitten ausgeübten Rückstellkraft.Preferably, at least one return element 106 is arranged, for example at least one spring 106 designed as a return spring 106; 107. The at least one return element 106 causes a restoring force on the at least one carriage 102, which is oriented counter to the clamping direction E. The at least one return element 106 is supported in one embodiment against a relative to the plate cylinder 07 rigidly arranged component or a part of the plate cylinder 07 itself. Preferably, however, the at least one restoring element 106 is identical to the supporting body 107 formed as a spring 107, which is supported both on the at least one first clamping device 21 and on the at least one second clamping device 61 and by means of which the at least one first clamping device 21 against the first Channel wall 18 is pressed. As long as the at least one tensioning drive 104 is deactivated, the at least one carriage 102 is arranged in a first, also peripheral position closer to the second channel wall 19 position of the at least one carriage 102, in particular because of the at least one restoring element 106 on the at least one carriage applied restoring force.

Die zumindest eine Spannvorrichtung 101 weist bevorzugt zumindest eine Fixiereinrichtung 109 auf, mittels der die zumindest eine zweite Klemmvorrichtung 61 in ihrer Lage und insbesondere unter Aufrechterhaltung einer Spannung der Druckplatte 73 fixierbar ist, insbesondere zumindest bezüglich Bewegungen des zumindest einen Schlittens 102 auf die zweite Kanalwand 18 zu. Im Folgenden werden zwei unterschiedliche Ausführungsformen der Fixiereinrichtung 109 beschrieben.The at least one tensioning device 101 preferably has at least one fixing device 109, by means of which the at least one second clamping device 61 can be fixed in its position and in particular while maintaining a tension of the pressure plate 73, in particular at least with respect to movements of the at least one carriage 102 onto the second channel wall 18 to. In the following, two different embodiments of the fixing device 109 will be described.

Eine erste Ausführungsform der Fixiereinrichtung 109 wird im Folgenden beschrieben. In der ersten Ausführungsform weist die Fixiereinrichtung 109 zumindest einen bevorzugt einstellbaren hinteren Abstandshalter 131 auf, der bevorzugt als zumindest eine hintere Stellschraube 131 ausgebildet ist. Der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter 131 ist mittels eines Lagers, das bevorzugt zumindest ein Gewinde aufweist oder als Gewinde ausgebildet ist, bevorzugt in dem zumindest einen Schlitten 102 und in der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 gelagert, insbesondere in dem hinteren Grundkörper 71. Es ist aber auch möglich, den zumindest einen hinteren Abstandshalter 131 mittels eines Lagers in einem Bestandteil des Zylinderballens 12 oder einem relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 12 starr angeordneten Bauteil zu lagern. Der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter 131 ist relativ zu dem zumindest einen Schlitten 102 bewegbar, insbesondere in seiner relativen Position zu dem zumindest einen Schlitten 102 einstellbar, beispielsweise durch eine Schraubbewegung in dem zumindest einen Gewinde. Der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter 131 ist bevorzugt gemeinsam mit dem zumindest einen Schlitten 102 bewegbar. Der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter 131 ist insbesondere in zumindest einer eingefahrenen Position und in zumindest einer und bevorzugt mehreren ausgefahrenen Positionen relativ zu dem zumindest einen Schlitten 102 anordenbar. In der zumindest einen ausgefahrenen Position des zumindest einen hinteren Abstandshalters 131 ragt der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter 131 bevorzugt weiter in einer auf die zweite Kanalwand 19 zu weisenden Richtung über eine der zweiten Kanalwand 13 zugewandte hintere Randfläche 132 des zumindest einen Schlittens 102 hinaus, als in der eingefahrenen Position.A first embodiment of the fixing device 109 will be described below. In the first embodiment, the fixing device 109 at least one preferred adjustable rear spacer 131, which is preferably designed as at least one rear adjusting screw 131. The at least one rear spacer 131 is preferably mounted in the at least one carriage 102 and in the at least one rear clamping device 61, in particular in the rear main body 71, by means of a bearing which preferably has at least one thread or is formed as a thread It is also possible to support the at least one rear spacer 131 by means of a bearing in a component of the cylinder bale 12 or a component rigidly arranged relative to the cylinder bale 12. The at least one rear spacer 131 is movable relative to the at least one carriage 102, in particular in its relative position to the at least one carriage 102 adjustable, for example by a screwing movement in the at least one thread. The at least one rear spacer 131 is preferably movable together with the at least one carriage 102. The at least one rear spacer 131 can be arranged in particular in at least one retracted position and in at least one and preferably a plurality of extended positions relative to the at least one carriage 102. In the at least one extended position of the at least one rear spacer 131, the at least one rear spacer 131 preferably protrudes further in a direction towards the second channel wall 19 beyond a rear edge surface 132 of the at least one carriage 102 facing the second channel wall 13 than in FIG the retracted position.

Ist der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter 131 mittels eines Lager in einem Bestandteil des Zylinderballens 12 oder einem relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 12 starr angeordneten Bauteil gelagert, so ist der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter 131 insbesondere in zumindest einer eingefahrenen Position und in zumindest einer und bevorzugt mehreren ausgefahrenen Positionen relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 12 anordenbar. In der zumindest einen ausgefahrenen Position des zumindest einen hinteren Abstandshalters 131 ragt der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter 131 dann bevorzugt weiter in einer auf den zumindest einen Schlitten 102 zu weisenden Richtung über die dem zumindest einen Schlitten 102 zugewandte zweite Kanalwand 13 hinaus, als in der eingefahrenen Position.If the at least one rear spacer 131 is mounted by means of a bearing in a component of the cylinder bale 12 or a component rigidly arranged relative to the cylindrical bale 12, the at least one rear spacer 131 is in particular in at least one retracted position and in at least one and preferably several extended Positions relative to the cylindrical bale 12 can be arranged. In the at least one extended position of the at least one rear spacer 131, the at least one rear spacer 131 then preferably protrudes beyond the in a direction to be pointed towards the at least one carriage 102 the at least one carriage 102 facing the second channel wall 13 addition than in the retracted position.

Das zumindest eine Rückstellelement 106 bewirkt, wie bereits beschrieben, eine Rückstellkraft auf den zumindest einen Schlitten 102, die entgegen der Spannrichtung E orientiert ist. Sofern keine entgegen gesetzten Kräfte wirken, wird der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 also gegen die zweite Kanalwand 19 gepresst. Je nach Position des zumindest einen hinteren Abstandshalters 131 wird der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 jedoch daran gehindert, der zweiten Kanalwand 19 maximal nahe und insbesondere in seine Randlage zu kommen. Befindet sich der zumindest eine hinteren Abstandshalters 131 in der eingefahrenen Position und steht der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter 131 und/oder der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 selbst mit der zweiten Kanalwand 19 in Kontakt, so ist der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 weiter von der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 entfernt angeordnet, als wenn der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter 131 sich in einer ausgefahrenen Position und in Kontakt mit der zweiten Kanalwand 13 befindet. Entsprechend verhalten sich auch kleinste Abstände zwischen der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmöffnung 27 und der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmöffnung 67. Eine in der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 und in der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 geklemmte und um den Zylinderballen 12 gelegte Druckplatte 73 ist also bei deaktiviertem Spannantrieb 104 je nach Position des zumindest einen hinteren Abstandshalters 131 mehr oder weniger gespannt. Die Fixiereinrichtung 109 in der ersten Ausführungsform wirkt also der Spannkraft der Druckplatte 73 und/oder der Rückstellkraft des zumindest einen Rückstellelements 106 entgegen und fixiert so den zumindest einen Schlitten 102 und damit die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61.The at least one return element 106 causes, as already described, a restoring force on the at least one carriage 102, which is oriented counter to the clamping direction E. If no opposing forces act, the at least one carriage 102 is thus pressed against the second channel wall 19. Depending on the position of the at least one rear spacer 131, however, the at least one carriage 102 is prevented from coming closest to the second channel wall 19, and in particular to its peripheral position. If the at least one rear spacer 131 is in the retracted position and the at least one rear spacer 131 and / or the at least one carriage 102 itself are in contact with the second channel wall 19, the at least one carriage 102 is farther from the at least one front one Clamping device 21 disposed away as if the at least one rear spacer 131 is in an extended position and in contact with the second channel wall 13. Accordingly, even the smallest distances between the at least one front clamping opening 27 and the at least one rear clamping opening 67 behave. A pressure plate 73 which is clamped in the at least one front clamping device 21 and in the at least one rear clamping device 61 and placed around the cylindrical bale 12 is thus deactivated Clamping drive 104 depending on the position of the at least one rear spacer 131 more or less tensioned. The fixing device 109 in the first embodiment therefore counteracts the clamping force of the pressure plate 73 and / or the restoring force of the at least one restoring element 106 and thus fixes the at least one carriage 102 and thus the at least one rear clamping device 61.

Die Fixiereinrichtung 109 in der ersten Ausführungsform wird bevorzugt derart betrieben, dass eine sowohl in der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 als auch in der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 geklemmte Druckplatte 73 zunächst gespannt wird, indem der zumindest eine Spannantrieb 104 aktiviert wird, beispielsweise indem der mit einem Druckmittel beaufschlagbare und/oder beaufschlagte Stellkörper 104, insbesondere der Spannschlauch 104 mit einem Druck beaufschlagt wird und sich so ausdehnt, dass er den zumindest einen Schlitten 102 bewegt. Dabei ist der zumindest ein hintere Abstandshalter 131 zunächst in der eingefahrenen Position relativ zu dem zumindest einen Schlitten 102 angeordnet. Der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 und damit die gesamte zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 bewegt sich auf die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 zu. Dadurch wird die um den Plattenzylinder 07 gewickelte Druckplatte 73 gespannt. Der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 bewegt sich bevorzugt so weit, dass eine gewünschte Spannung der Druckplatte 73 erreicht oder weiter bevorzugt zumindest leicht überschritten wird. Im Anschluss wird der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter 131 von der eingefahrenen Position in eine definierte ausgefahrene Position bewegt. Im Anschluss wird der Spannantrieb 104 deaktiviert, beispielsweise indem der Druck im Spannschlauch 104 reduziert wird, beispielsweise auf Umgebungsdruck, insbesondere Atmosphärendruck. Gegebenenfalls bewegt sich der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 wieder auf die zweite Kanalwand 19 zu, bis der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter 131 die zweite Kanalwand 19 an jeweils zumindest einer und bevorzugt genau einer Abstandskontaktstelle 133 berührt und dadurch der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 gestoppt wird. Alternativ berührt der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 den zumindest einen in dem Zylinderballen 12 gelagerten Abstandshalter 131, um den zumindest einen Schlitten 102 zu stoppen.The fixing device 109 in the first embodiment is preferably operated such that a pressure plate 73 clamped both in the at least one front clamping device 21 and in the at least one rear clamping device 61 is tensioned by the at least one tensioning drive 104 is activated, for example by the pressure element is acted upon and / or acted actuator 104, in particular the tensioning tube 104 is subjected to a pressure and expands so that it moves the at least one carriage 102. In this case, the at least one rear spacer 131 is initially arranged in the retracted position relative to the at least one carriage 102. The at least one carriage 102 and thus the entire at least one rear clamping device 61 moves toward the at least one front clamping device 21. As a result, the pressure plate 73 wound around the plate cylinder 07 is tensioned. The at least one carriage 102 preferably moves so far that a desired tension of the pressure plate 73 is reached or more preferably at least slightly exceeded. Subsequently, the at least one rear spacer 131 is moved from the retracted position to a defined extended position. Subsequently, the tensioning drive 104 is deactivated, for example by reducing the pressure in the tensioning hose 104, for example to ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure. Optionally, the at least one carriage 102 again moves towards the second channel wall 19 until the at least one rear spacer 131 contacts the second channel wall 19 at respectively one and preferably exactly one spacer contact point 133 and thereby stops the at least one slide 102. Alternatively, the at least one carriage 102 contacts the at least one spacer 131 mounted in the cylinder bale 12 to stop the at least one carriage 102.

Die hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 wird in diesem Zustand, wie bereits beschrieben, dadurch in ihrer Position gehalten, dass die Rückstellkraft des zumindest einen Rückstellelement 106 und/oder die Spannung der Druckplatte 73 den zumindest einen Schlitten 102 und damit die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 gegen die zweite Kanalwand 19 presst, allerdings in einem durch die Position des zumindest einen hinteren Abstandshalter 131 festgelegten Abstand. Dazu muss kein Antrieb dauerhaft aktiviert bleiben und insbesondere muss kein Schlauch dauerhaft mit Druck beaufschlagt bleiben. Der zumindest eine Spannantrieb 104, der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter 131 und das zumindest eine hintere Stellelement 64 sind bevorzugt gegen ein gleiches Bauteil des Schlittens 102 und der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 62 abgestützt, weiter bevorzugt gegen den hinteren Grundkörper 71. Betätigungen des zumindest einen Spannantriebs 104, des zumindest einen hinteren Abstandshalters 131 und des zumindest einen hinteren Stellelements 64 sind bevorzugt unabhängig voneinander ausführbar.The rear clamping device 61 is in this state, as already described, thereby held in its position that the restoring force of the at least one restoring element 106 and / or the voltage of the pressure plate 73, the at least one carriage 102 and thus the at least one rear clamping device 61 against the second channel wall 19 presses, but in a fixed by the position of the at least one rear spacer 131 distance. For this, no drive must remain permanently activated and, in particular, no hose must be permanently pressurized. The at least one tensioning drive 104, the at least one rear spacer 131 and the at least one rear adjusting element 64 are preferably supported against a same component of the carriage 102 and the at least one rear clamping device 62, more preferably against the rear body 71. Operations of at least one tensioning drive 104, the at least one rear spacer 131 and the at least one rear adjusting element 64 are preferably independently executable.

Die genaue Position des zumindest einen hinteren Abstandshalters 131 definiert den minimalen Abstand des zumindest einen Schlittens 102 von der zweiten Kanalwand 19. Durch die genaue Position des zumindest einen hinteren Abstandshalters 131 ist somit eine maximale auf die gespannte Druckplatte 73 einwirkende Spannkraft festgelegt. Bevorzugt sind mehrere, weiter bevorzugt zumindest vier der beschriebenen hinteren Abstandshalter 131 in axialer Richtung A voneinander beabstandet angeordnet. In einer bevorzugten Ausführungsform ist der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter 131 mittels zumindest eines als Abstandsantrieb 134 ausgebildeten Antriebs 134 in seiner Position einstellbar. Der zumindest eine Abstandsantrieb 134 ist bevorzugt als zumindest ein Elektromotor 134 ausgebildet. Der zumindest eine Abstandsantrieb 134 kann auch als pneumatischer und/oder hydraulischer Antrieb 134 ausgebildet sein. Der zumindest eine Abstandsantrieb 134 und/oder der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter 131 weist weiter bevorzugt zumindest einen Abstandssensor auf, der eine Position des zumindest einen Abstandsantriebs 134, beispielsweise eine Drehwinkellage des zumindest einen Elektromotors erfasst und/oder der eine Position des zumindest einen hinteren Abstandshalters 131 erfasst. Bevorzugt ist der zumindest eine Abstandssensor mit der Maschinensteuerung verbunden und/oder ist der zumindest eine Abstandsantrieb 134 mit der Maschinensteuerung verbunden. Alternativ oder zusätzlich ist eine Position des zumindest einen Abstandshalters 131 manuell einstellbar.The exact position of the at least one rear spacer 131 defines the minimum distance of the at least one carriage 102 from the second channel wall 19. The exact position of the at least one rear spacer 131 thus defines a maximum tension force acting on the tensioned pressure plate 73. Preferably, a plurality, more preferably at least four of the described rear spacers 131 are arranged spaced from one another in the axial direction A. In a preferred embodiment, the at least one rear spacer 131 is adjustable in position by means of at least one drive 134 designed as a distance drive 134. The at least one distance drive 134 is preferably designed as at least one electric motor 134. The at least one distance drive 134 may also be designed as a pneumatic and / or hydraulic drive 134. The at least one distance drive 134 and / or the at least one rear spacer 131 further preferably has at least one distance sensor, which detects a position of the at least one distance drive 134, for example a rotational angle position of the at least one electric motor and / or the one position of the at least one rear spacer 131 recorded. Preferably, the at least one distance sensor is connected to the machine control and / or the at least one distance drive 134 is connected to the machine control. Alternatively or additionally, a position of the at least one spacer 131 is manually adjustable.

Eine zweite Ausführungsform der Fixiereinrichtung 109 weist zumindest einen Anschlagkörper 111 und zumindest ein bevorzugt in seiner Lage relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 12 und/oder dem zumindest einen Schlitten 102 gezielt veränderbares hinteres Anschlagstellelement 112, beispielsweise zumindest eine hintere Anschlagschraube 112 auf. Das zumindest eine hintere Anschlagstellelement 112 weist bevorzugt zumindest ein Anschlaggetriebe 113 auf, beispielsweise um eine feinere Einstellung der Lage des zumindest einen hinteren Anschlagstellelements 112 zu ermöglichen. Das zumindest eine hintere Anschlagstellelement 112 ist bevorzugt in zumindest einem Lager 122 gelagert, das beispielsweise als Lagerblock 122 ausgebildet ist. Bevorzugt steht das zumindest eine hintere Anschlagstellelement 112 über zumindest ein Gewinde mit dem zumindest einen Lager 122 in Verbindung. Das zumindest eine Lager 122 ist bevorzugt ortsfest relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 12 angeordnet, beispielsweise als Teil des Zylinderballens 12 ausgebildet. Der zumindest eine Anschlagkörper 111 ist bevorzugt an dem zumindest einen Schlitten 102 angeordnet und mit diesem zusammen bewegbar. Das zumindest eine hintere Anschlagstellelement 112 ist bevorzugt den maximalen Stellweg des zumindest einen Schlittens 102 begrenzend angeordnet. Der maximale Stellweg des zumindest einen Schlittens 102 ist dann bevorzugt an einem Ende durch das zumindest eine hintere Anschlagstellelement 112 und an einem anderen Ende durch die zweite Kanalwand 19 begrenzt. Durch Veränderung der Lage des zumindest einen hinteren Anschlagstellelements 112 bezüglich der Spannrichtung E ist der maximale Stellweg des zumindest einen Schlittens 102 einstellbar, insbesondere verlängerbar und/oder verkürzbar.A second embodiment of the fixing device 109 has at least one stop body 111 and at least one preferably in its position relative to the cylindrical bale 12 and / or the at least one carriage 102 variably adjustable rear stop actuator 112, for example, at least one rear stop screw 112. The at least one rear stop actuating element 112 preferably has at least one stop gear 113, for example in order to enable a finer adjustment of the position of the at least one rear stop actuating element 112. The at least one rear stop actuating element 112 is preferably mounted in at least one bearing 122, which is designed, for example, as a bearing block 122. Preferably, the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 is connected to the at least one bearing 122 via at least one thread. The at least one bearing 122 is preferably arranged stationary relative to the cylindrical bale 12, for example formed as part of the cylinder bale 12. The at least one stop body 111 is preferably arranged on the at least one carriage 102 and can be moved together with it. The at least one rear stop actuating element 112 is preferably arranged delimiting the maximum travel of the at least one carriage 102. The maximum travel of the at least one carriage 102 is then preferably limited at one end by the at least one rear stop actuator element 112 and at another end by the second channel wall 19. By changing the position of the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 with respect to the clamping direction E, the maximum travel of the at least one carriage 102 is adjustable, in particular extendible and / or shortenable.

Bevorzugt ist zumindest ein Schlittenklemmelement 114 an dem zumindest einen Schlitten 102 angeordnet. Das zumindest eine Schlittenklemmelement 114 ist bevorzugt mittels zumindest eines als Schlittenlöseantrieb 116 ausgebildeten Antriebs 116 relativ zu dem zumindest einen Schlitten 102 bewegbar 114 angeordnet. Mittels des zumindest einen Schlittenlöseantriebs 116 ist das zumindest eine Schlittenklemmelement 114 mit einer ersten Schlittenklemmfläche 117 des zumindest einen Kanals 13 in und/oder außer Kontakt bringbar. In einer fixierten Stellung des zumindest einen Schlittens 102 stützt sich der zumindest eine Schlittenlöseantrieb 116 einerseits an dem zumindest einen Schlitten 102 und damit an der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 ab und stützt sich der zumindest eine Schlittenlöseantrieb 116 andererseits über das zumindest eine Schlittenklemmelement 114 an der ersten Schlittenklemmfläche 117 des Kanals 13 ab. Der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 und damit die zumindest eine zweite Klemmvorrichtung 61 stützt sich bevorzugt wiederum an einer der ersten Schlittenklemmfläche 117 des Kanals 13 gegenüberliegenden zweiten Schlittenklemmfläche 118 des Kanals 13 ab. Dadurch ist der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 in dem Kanal 13 fixiert. Bevorzugt ist der zumindest eine Schlittenlöseantrieb 116 analog zu dem Prinzip der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 und/oder der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 aufgebaut.Preferably, at least one carriage clamping element 114 is arranged on the at least one carriage 102. The at least one carriage clamping element 114 is preferably arranged to be movable relative to the at least one carriage 102 by means of at least one drive 116 designed as a slide-release drive 116. By means of the at least one carriage release drive 116, the at least one carriage clamping element 114 with a first carriage clamping surface 117 of the at least one channel 13 in and / or outside Contactable. In a fixed position of the at least one carriage 102, the at least one carriage release drive 116 is supported on the one hand on the at least one carriage 102 and thus on the at least one rear clamping device 61, and on the other hand the at least one carriage release drive 116 is supported on the at least one carriage clamping element 114 first carriage clamping surface 117 of the channel 13 from. The at least one carriage 102 and thus the at least one second clamping device 61 preferably again supports itself on one of the first carriage clamping surface 117 of the channel 13 opposite the second carriage clamping surface 118 of the channel 13. As a result, the at least one carriage 102 is fixed in the channel 13. Preferably, the at least one carriage release drive 116 is constructed analogously to the principle of the at least one front clamping device 21 and / or the at least one rear clamping device 61.

Dazu weist der zumindest eine Schlittenlöseantrieb 116 bevorzugt zumindest ein und weiter bevorzugt zumindest zwei Schlittenanpresselemente 119 auf. Das zumindest eine Schlittenanpresselement 119 ist bevorzugt als zumindest eine Schlittenblattfeder 119 ausgebildet, weiter bevorzugt als zumindest ein vorderes Schlittenfederpaket 119, das aus mehreren, insbesondere flächig aneinander anliegenden Blattfedern 119 besteht. Der zumindest eine Schlittenlöseantrieb 116 weist bevorzugt zumindest einen Schlittenfreisteller 121 auf. Der zumindest eine Schlittenfreisteller 121 ist bevorzugt als zumindest ein Schlittenlöseschlauch 121 ausgebildet, der mit einem Fluid befüllt und/oder befüllbar ist, beispielsweise mit Druckluft. Bevorzugt ist die Druckluft in einem Inneren des zumindest einen Schlittenlöseschlauchs 121 mit einem Druck von bis zu 10 bar oder mehr beaufschlagbar und/oder beaufschlagt. Der zumindest eine Schlittenfreisteller 121 kann auch als zumindest ein Hydraulikzylinder 121 und/oder zumindest ein Pneumatikzylinder 121 und/oder zumindest ein Elektromotor 121 ausgebildet sein.For this purpose, the at least one carriage release drive 116 preferably has at least one and more preferably at least two carriage contact elements 119. The at least one Schlittenanpresselement 119 is preferably formed as at least one carriage leaf spring 119, more preferably as at least one front carriage spring assembly 119, which consists of several, in particular flat abutting leaf springs 119. The at least one carriage release drive 116 preferably has at least one carriage release plate 121. The at least one carriage release plate 121 is preferably designed as at least one carriage release hose 121, which is filled with a fluid and / or can be filled, for example with compressed air. Preferably, the compressed air in an interior of the at least one Schlittenlöseschlauchs 121 with a pressure of up to 10 bar or more acted upon and / or acted upon. The at least one carriage release plate 121 can also be designed as at least one hydraulic cylinder 121 and / or at least one pneumatic cylinder 121 and / or at least one electric motor 121.

Unabhängig von der Ausbildung des zumindest einen Schlittenfreistellers 121 bewirkt eine Aktivierung des zumindest einen Schlittenfreistellers 121 bevorzugt eine Verkürzung des zumindest einen Schlittenanpresselements 119 und bevorzugt der zumindest zwei Schlittenanpresselemente 119 in zumindest einer Schlittenklemmrichtung F, die weiter bevorzugt parallel zu der zweiten Klemmrichtung C orientiert ist. Dies geschieht beispielsweise mittels einer Durchbiegung des zumindest einen Schlittenanpresselements 119 und bevorzugt mittels zueinander entgegen gesetzten Durchbiegungen der zumindest zwei Schlittenanpresselemente 119. Dies bewirkt eine Bewegung des zumindest einen Schlittenklemmelements 114 von der ersten Schlittenklemmfläche 117 weg und damit ein Lösen des zumindest einen Schlittens 102. Das zumindest eine und bevorzugt die zumindest zwei Schlittenanpresselemente 119 sind bevorzugt mit dem zumindest einen Schlitten 102 flexibel verbunden, weiter bevorzugt derart, dass sie nicht von diesem entfernt werden können, aber dennoch relativ zu ihm bewegbar sind, insbesondere während ihrer Verformung. Das zumindest eine und bevorzugt die zumindest zwei Schlittenanpresselemente 119 sind bevorzugt mit dem zumindest einen Schlittenklemmelement 114 flexibel verbunden, weiter bevorzugt derart, dass sie nicht von diesem entfernt werden können, aber dennoch relativ zu ihm bewegbar sind, insbesondere während ihrer Verformung. Insbesondere ist also bevorzugt das zumindest eine Schlittenklemmelement 114 mit dem zumindest einen Schlittenanpresselement 119 derart flexibel verbunden, so dass eine Verkürzung des zumindest einen Schlittenanpresselements 119 das zumindest eine Schlittenklemmelement 114 zwangsläufig eine Bewegung des zumindest einen Schlittenklemmelements 114 entgegen der Schlittenklemmrichtung F und damit ein Lösen des zumindest einen Schlittens 102 und damit der zumindest einen Fixiereinrichtung 109 bewirkt.Irrespective of the design of the at least one carriage freesteller 121, activation of the at least one carriage freestanding plate 121 preferably effects shortening of the carriage at least one Schlittenanpresselements 119 and preferably the at least two Schlittenanpresselemente 119 in at least one carriage clamping direction F, which is further preferably oriented parallel to the second clamping direction C. This is done for example by means of a deflection of the at least one Schlittenanpresselements 119 and preferably by means of mutually opposite deflections of the at least two Schlittenanpresselemente 119. This causes movement of the at least one Schlittenklemmelements 114 away from the first carriage clamping surface 117 and thus releasing the at least one carriage 102th Das at least one, and preferably the at least two carriage press members 119 are preferably flexibly connected to the at least one carriage 102, more preferably such that they can not be removed therefrom but still be movable relative thereto, in particular during their deformation. The at least one and preferably the at least two carriage pressing members 119 are preferably flexibly connected to the at least one carriage clamping element 114, more preferably such that they can not be removed therefrom but are still movable relative thereto, in particular during their deformation. In particular, the at least one carriage clamping element 114 is thus flexibly connected to the at least one carriage pressing element 119 such that a shortening of the at least one carriage pressing element 119 necessarily causes the at least one carriage clamping element 114 to move against the carriage clamping direction F and thus to release the at least one carriage clamping element 114 at least one carriage 102 and thus the at least one fixing device 109 causes.

Die zumindest zwei Schlittenanpresselemente 119 sind bevorzugt, insbesondere abgesehen von einer Durchbiegung oder Wölbung, parallel zueinander angeordnet und erstrecken sich in der axialen Richtung A und im Wesentlichen auch in einer dazu orthogonalen weiteren, beispielsweise dritten Erstreckungsrichtung, die bevorzugt zumindest eine radiale Komponente aufweist. Bevorzugt ist die weitere, beispielsweise dritte Erstreckungsrichtung jedoch leicht gekrümmt und jedes Schlittenanpresselement 119 leicht gewölbt, da die zumindest zwei Schlittenanpresselemente 119 ständig unter einer mehr oder weniger großen Vorspannung stehen. Dies ist bevorzugt auch unabhängig von einem Zustand des Schlittenlöseschlauchs 121 der Fall und insbesondere dadurch bedingt, dass der Bauraum so bemessen ist, dass den zumindest zwei Schlittenanpresselementen 119 nie, insbesondere auch nicht bei komplett entleertem Schlittenlöseschlauch 121, genügend Platz zur Verfügung steht, um komplett entspannt zu sein. Der zumindest eine Schlittenlöseschlauch 121 ist zwischen den zumindest zwei Schlittenanpresselementen 119 angeordnet und erstreckt sich bevorzugt ebenfalls in der axialen Richtung A. Die zumindest zwei Schlittenanpresselemente 119 sind mittels zumindest zweier Verbindungselemente beweglich, insbesondere schwenkbar miteinander und/oder mit dem Grundkörper 71 der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 und/oder mit dem zumindest einen Schlittenklemmelement 114 verbunden. Der zumindest eine Schlittenlöseschlauch 121 ist zumindest aus einer bevorzugt axialen Richtung A betrachtet zwischen den zumindest zwei Verbindungselementen angeordnet.The at least two Schlittenanpresselemente 119 are preferably, in particular apart from a deflection or curvature, arranged parallel to each other and extend in the axial direction A and substantially in an orthogonal thereto further, for example, third extension direction, which preferably has at least one radial component. Preferably, however, the further, for example third extension direction is slightly curved and each Schlittenanpresselement 119 slightly curved, since the at least two Schlittenanpresselemente 119 are constantly under a more or less large bias. This is preferably the case regardless of a state of the Schlittenlöseschlauchs 121 and in particular due to the fact that the space is dimensioned so that the at least two Schlittenanpresselementen 119 never, especially not with completely empty Schlittenlöseschlauch 121, enough space available to complete to be relaxed. The at least one sled release tube 121 is arranged between the at least two Schlittenanpresselementen 119 and preferably also extends in the axial direction A. The at least two Schlittenanpresselemente 119 are movable by means of at least two connecting elements, in particular pivotally with each other and / or with the main body 71 of the at least one rear Clamping device 61 and / or connected to the at least one carriage clamping element 114. The at least one carriage release hose 121 is arranged, viewed at least from a preferably axial direction A, between the at least two connecting elements.

Zumindest eines der zumindest zwei Schlittenanpresselemente 119 und bevorzugt beide Schlittenanpresselemente 119 sind bevorzugt bewegbar, weiter bevorzugt schwenkbar an dem Grundkörper 71 der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 befestigt, weiter bevorzugt mittels zumindest eines der zumindest zwei Verbindungselemente. Die zumindest zwei Schlittenanpresselemente 119 sind bevorzugt bewegbar, weiter bevorzugt schwenkbar an dem Schlittenklemmelement 114 befestigt, weiter bevorzugt mittels zumindest eines der zumindest zwei Verbindungselemente. Jeweils beidseits des Schlittenlöseschlauchs 121 ist zumindest ein Klammerelement eine Entfernung von Enden der zumindest zwei Schlittenanpresselemente 119 voneinander über eine maximale Entfernung hinaus verhindernd angeordnet. Dies bewirkt, dass bei einem Aufblasen des Schlittenlöseschlauchs 121 die zumindest zwei Schlittenanpresselemente 119 nicht lediglich voneinander wegschwenken, sondern sich von dem Schlauch weg nach außen wölben, da ihre Enden sich jeweils nicht von den Enden der benachbarten Schlittenanpresselemente 119 entfernen können. Bevorzugt ist zumindest ein Klammerelement durch das zumindest eine Schlittenklemmelement 114 gebildet. Bevorzugt ist zumindest ein Klammerelement durch den Grundkörper 71 der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 gebildetAt least one of the at least two Schlittenanpresselemente 119 and preferably both Schlittenanpresselemente 119 are preferably movable, more preferably pivotally attached to the main body 71 of the at least one rear clamping device 61, more preferably by means of at least one of the at least two connecting elements. The at least two Schlittenanpresselemente 119 are preferably movable, more preferably pivotally attached to the carriage clamping element 114, more preferably by means of at least one of the at least two connecting elements. On both sides of the Schlittenlöseschlauchs 121 at least one clip element is arranged to prevent removal of ends of the at least two Schlittenanpresselemente 119 from each other over a maximum distance. This causes that upon inflation of the Schlittenlöseschlauchs 121, the at least two Schlittenanpresselemente 119 not only swing away from each other, but bulge away from the hose to the outside, since their ends are not from the ends of the adjacent Remove carriage pressing elements 119. Preferably, at least one clip element is formed by the at least one carriage clamping element 114. Preferably, at least one clip element is formed by the base body 71 of the at least one rear clamping device 61

Durch die ausgebildete Wölbung verkürzen sich die zumindest zwei Schlittenanpresselemente 119 jedoch beispielsweise bezüglich einer Richtung von einem Verbindungselement durch den Schlittenlöseschlauch 121 zu einem anderen Verbindungselement. Insbesondere wird ein geradliniger Abstand zweier Enden ein und desselben Schlittenanpresselements 119 verkürzt. Dadurch bewegt sich das zumindest eine Schlittenklemmelement 114 relativ zu dem Grundkörper 71 der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 und insbesondere auf diesen zu und die Klemmung wird gelöst. Beispielsweise sind die zumindest zwei Verbindungselemente als Verbindungsstifte ausgebildete, die durch Langlöcher der zumindest zwei Schlittenanpresselemente 119 hindurchragen und an ihren beiden Enden jeweils mit dem Grundkörper 71 der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 71 oder mit dem zumindest einen Schlittenklemmelement 114 verbunden sind.By virtue of the formed curvature, however, the at least two carriage pressing elements 119 shorten, for example, with respect to a direction from one connecting element through the carriage-releasing hose 121 to another connecting element. In particular, a straight-line distance between two ends of one and the same Schlittenanpresselements 119 is shortened. As a result, the at least one carriage clamping element 114 moves relative to the main body 71 of the at least one rear clamping device 61 and in particular to this and the clamping is released. For example, the at least two connecting elements are formed as connecting pins, which protrude through slots of the at least two Schlittenanpresselemente 119 and are connected at its two ends respectively to the main body 71 of the at least one rear clamping device 71 or with the at least one carriage clamping element 114.

Bei einer Deaktivierung des zumindest einen Schlittenfreistellers 121 bewirkt eine Rückstellkraft des zumindest einen vorderen Schlittenanpresselements 119 eine Bewegung des zumindest einen Schlittenklemmelements 114 auf die erste Schlittenklemmfläche 117 zu und damit ein Klemmen des zumindest einen Schlittens 102 und des hinteren Grundkörpers 71 und damit der zumindest einen Fixiereinrichtung 109. Eine solche Deaktivierung des zumindest einen vorderen Schlittenfreistellers 121 besteht beispielsweise in einer Absenkung des Drucks im Inneren des Schlittenlöseschlauchs 121, beispielsweise bis auf einen Umgebungsdruck, insbesondere Atmosphärendruck. Bevorzugt steht das zumindest eine Schlittenanpresselement 119 und weiter bevorzugt stehen die zumindest zwei Schlittenanpresselemente 119 jederzeit unter einer zumindest minimalen Vorspannung, unabhängig davon, ob die zumindest eine Fixiereinrichtung 109 gelöst oder geklemmt ist und unabhängig davon, wo sich der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 befindet. Insbesondere sind die Schlittenblattfedern 119, weiter bevorzugt das zumindest eine Schlittenfederpaket 119 jederzeit leicht durchgebogen und vorgespannt.Upon deactivation of the at least one carriage free plate 121, a restoring force of the at least one carriage actuating element 119 causes movement of the at least one carriage clamping element 114 towards the first carriage clamping surface 117 and thereby clamping the at least one carriage 102 and the rear body 71 and thus the at least one fixing device 109. Such a deactivation of the at least one front slide plate 121 consists, for example, in a lowering of the pressure in the interior of the slide tube hose 121, for example, to an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure. Preferably, this is at least one Schlittenanpresselement 119 and more preferably are the at least two Schlittenanpresselemente 119 at any time under an at least minimum bias, regardless of whether the at least one fixing device 109th dissolved or clamped and regardless of where the at least one carriage 102 is located. In particular, the carriage leaf springs 119, more preferably the at least one carriage spring package 119 are slightly bent and biased at all times.

Die Fixiereinrichtung 109 in der zweiten Ausführungsform wird bevorzugt derart betrieben, dass eine sowohl in der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 als auch in der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 geklemmte Druckplatte 73 zunächst gespannt wird, indem der zumindest eine Spannantrieb 104 aktiviert wird, beispielsweise indem der Spannschlauch 104 mit einem Druck beaufschlagt wird und sich so ausdehnt, dass er den zumindest einen Schlitten 102 bewegt. Dabei ist die Fixiereinrichtung 109 zunächst gelöst, beispielsweise indem der Schlittenlöseschlauch 121 mit Druck beaufschlagt ist und dadurch die beiden Schlittenfederpakete 119 derart verformt, dass das zumindest einen Schlittenklemmelement 114 zurückgezogen ist. Der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 und damit die gesamte zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 bewegt sich auf die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 zu. Dadurch wird die um den Plattenzylinder 07 gewickelte Druckplatte 73 gespannt. Der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 bewegt sich bevorzugt so weit, bis der zumindest eine Anschlagkörper 111 das zumindest eine hintere Anschlagstellelement 112 an einem Anschlagkontakt 123 berührt und dadurch der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 gestoppt wird. Das zumindest eine hintere Anschlagstellelement 112 ist bevorzugt bereits in einer Lage angeordnet, die eine optimale Position des zumindest einen Schlittens 102 gewährleistet, sobald der zumindest eine Anschlagkörper 111 das zumindest eine hintere Anschlagstellelement 112 berührt. Dann wird die Fixiereinrichtung 109 geklemmt, beispielsweise indem der Druck im Schlittenlöseschlauch 121 soweit reduziert wird, dass die Schlittenfederpakete 119 sich entspannen und dadurch das zumindest eine Schlittenklemmelement 114 gegen die erste Schlittenklemmfläche 117 pressen. Sobald die Fixiereinrichtung 109 geklemmt ist, wird der Spannantrieb 104 deaktiviert, beispielsweise indem der Druck im Spannschlauch 104 reduziert wird, beispielsweise auf Umgebungsdruck, insbesondere Atmosphärendruck. Die hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 wird in diesem Zustand dadurch in ihrer Position gehalten, dass die Fixiereinrichtung 109 den zumindest einen Schlitten 102 und damit die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 in ihrer Lage im Kanal 13 festklemmt. Dazu muss kein Antrieb dauerhaft aktiviert bleiben und insbesondere muss kein Schlauch dauerhaft mit Druck beaufschlagt bleiben. Der zumindest eine Spannantrieb 104, der zumindest eine Schlittenfreisteller 121 und das zumindest eine hintere Stellelement 64 sind bevorzugt gegen ein gleiches Bauteil 71 des Schlittens 102 und der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 62 abgestützt, weiter bevorzugt gegen den hinteren Grundkörper 71. Betätigungen des zumindest einen Spannantriebs 104, des zumindest einen Schlittenfreistellers 121 und des zumindest einen hinteren Stellelements 64 sind bevorzugt unabhängig voneinander ausführbar.The fixing device 109 in the second embodiment is preferably operated such that a pressure plate 73 clamped both in the at least one front clamping device 21 and in the at least one rear clamping device 61 is first tensioned by activating the at least one tensioning drive 104, for example by the Clamping hose 104 is pressurized and expands to move the at least one carriage 102. In this case, the fixing device 109 is initially released, for example by the carriage release tube 121 is pressurized and thereby the two carriage spring assemblies 119 deformed such that the at least one carriage clamping element 114 is withdrawn. The at least one carriage 102 and thus the entire at least one rear clamping device 61 moves toward the at least one front clamping device 21. As a result, the pressure plate 73 wound around the plate cylinder 07 is tensioned. The at least one carriage 102 preferably moves so far until the at least one stop body 111 contacts the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 at a stop contact 123 and thereby stops the at least one carriage 102. The at least one rear stop actuating element 112 is preferably already arranged in a position which ensures an optimum position of the at least one carriage 102 as soon as the at least one stop body 111 contacts the at least one rear stop actuating element 112. Then, the fixing device 109 is clamped, for example, by the pressure in the Schlittenlöseschlauch 121 is reduced so much that the Schlittenfederpakete 119 relax and thereby press the at least one carriage clamping element 114 against the first carriage clamping surface 117. As soon as the fixing device 109 is clamped, the tensioning drive 104 is deactivated, for example by reducing the pressure in the tensioning hose 104, for example to ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure. The rear clamping device 61 is held in its position in this state in that the fixing device 109 clamps the at least one carriage 102 and thus the at least one rear clamping device 61 in its position in the channel 13. For this, no drive must remain permanently activated and, in particular, no hose must be permanently pressurized. The at least one tensioning drive 104, the at least one carriage free plate 121 and the at least one rear adjusting element 64 are preferably supported against a same component 71 of the carriage 102 and the at least one rear clamping device 62, more preferably against the rear body 71. Actuations of the at least one tensioning drive 104, the at least one carriage free plate 121 and the at least one rear actuating element 64 are preferably independently executable.

Die genaue Lage des zumindest einen hinteren Anschlagstellelements 112 definiert den maximalen Stellweg des zumindest einen Schlittens 102. Durch die genaue Lage des zumindest einen hinteren Anschlagstellelements 112 ist somit eine maximale auf die gespannte Druckplatte 73 einwirkende Spannkraft festgelegt. Bevorzugt sind mehrere, weiter bevorzugt zumindest zwei und noch weitere bevorzugt zumindest vier der beschriebenen hinteren Anschlagstellelemente 112 in axialer Richtung A voneinander beabstandet angeordnet. In einer bevorzugten Ausführungsform ist das zumindest eine hintere Anschlagstellelement 112 mittels zumindest eines als Anschlagantrieb ausgebildeten Antriebs in seiner Lage einstellbar. Der zumindest eine Anschlagantrieb ist bevorzugt als zumindest ein Elektromotor ausgebildet. Der zumindest eine Anschlagantrieb kann auch als pneumatischer und/oder hydraulischer Antrieb ausgebildet sein. Der zumindest eine Anschlagantrieb und/oder das zumindest eine hintere Anschlagstellelement 112 weist weiter bevorzugt zumindest einen Sensor auf, der eine Lage des zumindest einen Anschlagantriebs, beispielsweise eine Drehwinkellage des zumindest einen Elektromotors erfasst und/oder der eine Lage des zumindest einen hinteren Anschlagelements 112 erfasst. Bevorzugt ist der zumindest eine Sensor mit der Maschinensteuerung verbunden und/oder ist der zumindest eine Anschlagantrieb mit der Maschinensteuerung verbunden. Alternativ oder zusätzlich ist eine Lage des zumindest einen hinteren Anschlagstellelements 112 manuell einstellbar.The exact position of the at least one rear stop actuator element 112 defines the maximum travel of the at least one carriage 102. The exact position of the at least one rear stop actuator element 112 thus defines a maximum tension force acting on the tensioned pressure plate 73. Preferably, a plurality, more preferably at least two and even more preferably at least four of the rear stop actuating elements 112 described are arranged spaced from one another in the axial direction A. In a preferred embodiment, the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 is adjustable in its position by means of at least one drive designed as a stop drive. The at least one stop drive is preferably designed as at least one electric motor. The at least one stop drive can also be designed as a pneumatic and / or hydraulic drive. The at least one stop drive and / or the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 further preferably has at least one sensor which detects a position of the at least one stop drive, for example a rotational angle position of the at least one electric motor and / or detects a position of the at least one rear stop element 112 , Preferably, the at least one sensor is connected to the machine control and / or the at least one stop drive with the Machine control connected. Alternatively or additionally, a position of the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 is manually adjustable.

Bevorzugt ist der zumindest eine Anschlagkörper 111 zwischen einer Anschlagposition und einer Passierposition bewegbar angeordnet, bevorzugt in einer Richtung orthogonal zu der Spannrichtung E, beispielsweise in der axialen Richtung A. In der Anschlagposition befindet sich der zumindest eine Anschlagkörper 111 bezüglich der Spannrichtung E gegenüber des zumindest einen hinteren Anschlagstellelements 112. Das Zusammenwirken geschieht dann wie oben beschrieben. In der Passierposition befindet sich der zumindest eine Anschlagkörper 111 außerhalb einer Verlängerung des zumindest einen hinteren Anschlagstellelements 112 in der Spannrichtung E. Solange der zumindest eine Anschlagkörper 111 sich in der Passierposition befindet, begrenzt der zumindest eine Anschlagkörper 111 also insbesondere nicht den Stellweg des zumindest einen Schlittens 102. Dies erlaubt einen größeren Stellweg als den für Spannvorgänge festgelegten maximalen Stellweg des zumindest einen Schlittens 102, ohne dass das zumindest eine hintere Anschlagstellelement 112 dazu anders eingestellt werden müsste. Dies erleichtert ein Auflegen der Druckplatte 73 auf den Plattenzylinder 07 und erlaubt damit eine besonders effektive Einführung der Druckplatte 73 in die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61.Preferably, the at least one stop body 111 is movably arranged between a stop position and a passing position, preferably in a direction orthogonal to the tensioning direction E, for example in the axial direction A. In the stop position, the at least one stop body 111 is at least opposite to the tensioning direction E a rear stop actuator element 112. The interaction then takes place as described above. In the passing position, the at least one stop body 111 is located outside an extension of the at least one rear stop element 112 in the tensioning direction E. As long as the at least one stop body 111 is in the passing position, the at least one stop body 111 thus does not limit the travel of the at least one Schlittens 102. This allows a greater travel than the set for clamping operations maximum travel of the at least one carriage 102 without the at least one rear stop actuator 112 would have to be set differently. This facilitates placement of the pressure plate 73 on the plate cylinder 07 and thus allows a particularly effective introduction of the pressure plate 73 in the at least one rear clamping device 61st

In einer bevorzugten Ausführungsform ist der zumindest eine Anschlagkörper 111 mittels zumindest eines als Positionierantrieb ausgebildeten Antriebs in seiner Position einstellbar, insbesondere zwischen der Anschlagposition und der Passierposition bewegbar. Der zumindest eine Positionierantrieb ist bevorzugt als zumindest ein Elektromotor ausgebildet. Der zumindest eine Positionierantrieb kann auch als pneumatischer und/oder hydraulischer Antrieb ausgebildet sein. Der zumindest eine Positionierantrieb und/oder der zumindest eine Anschlagkörper 111 weist weiter bevorzugt zumindest einen Sensor auf, der eine Lage des zumindest einen Positionierantriebs, beispielsweise eine Drehwinkellage des zumindest einen Elektromotors erfasst und/oder der eine Lage des zumindest einen Anschlagkörpers 111 erfasst. Bevorzugt ist der zumindest eine Sensor mit der Maschinensteuerung verbunden und/oder ist der zumindest eine Positionierantrieb mit der Maschinensteuerung verbunden. Alternativ oder zusätzlich ist die Position des zumindest einen Anschlagkörpers 111 manuell einstellbar.In a preferred embodiment, the at least one stop body 111 is adjustable in its position by means of at least one drive configured as a positioning drive, in particular being movable between the stop position and the passing position. The at least one positioning drive is preferably designed as at least one electric motor. The at least one positioning drive can also be designed as a pneumatic and / or hydraulic drive. The at least one positioning drive and / or the at least one stop body 111 further preferably has at least one sensor which has a position of the at least one positioning drive, for example a rotational angle position of the at least one Electric motor detected and / or detects a position of at least one stop body 111. Preferably, the at least one sensor is connected to the machine control and / or the at least one positioning drive is connected to the machine control. Alternatively or additionally, the position of the at least one stop body 111 is manually adjustable.

Unabhängig von der Ausführungsform der Fixiereinrichtung 109 ist bevorzugt die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 und weiter bevorzugt der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 in und/oder entgegen der axialen Richtung A relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 13 bewegbar angeordnet. Mittels zumindest einer Seiteneinstellvorrichtung 144, beispielsweise einer Seiteneinstellschraube 144, ist die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 und weiter bevorzugt der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 in der axialen Richtung A in seiner Position einstellbar. Bevorzugt ist die Seiteneinstellvorrichtung 144 mittels zumindest eines als Axialantrieb 141 ausgebildeten Antriebs 141 antreibbar und/oder angetrieben. In einer Ausführungsform ist die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 und weiter bevorzugt der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 bereits durch die zumindest eine Seiteneinstellvorrichtung 144 in ihrer axialen Lage festgelegt. In einer bevorzugten Ausführungsform ist die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 und weiter bevorzugt der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 in der axialen Richtung A auf einer Seite, beispielsweise der Seite I, mittels eines seitlichen Andrückelements 142, beispielsweise einer seitlichen Feder 142 und/oder eines seitlichen Hydraulikkolbens 142 gegen einen bevorzugt einstellbaren Seitenanschlag 143 gedrückt. Der einstellbare Seitenanschlag 143 ist bevorzugt auf der gegenüberliegenden Seite, beispielsweise auf der Seite II angeordnet. Der einstellbare Seitenanschlag 143 kann beispielsweise als die zumindest eine zuvor beschrieben Seiteneinstellvorrichtung 144 insbesondere Seiteneinstellschraube 144 ausgebildet sein. Der zumindest eine Axialantrieb 141 ist bevorzugt in einer Vertiefung innerhalb des Kanals 13 angeordnet, beispielsweise zwischen der zumindest einen Spanneinrichtung 101 und der Rotationsachse 11 des Plattenzylinders 07.Regardless of the embodiment of the fixing device 109, the at least one rear clamping device 61, and more preferably the at least one slide 102, is arranged movably in and / or counter to the axial direction A relative to the cylindrical bale 13. By means of at least one side adjustment device 144, for example a side adjustment screw 144, the at least one rear clamping device 61 and more preferably the at least one carriage 102 in the axial direction A is adjustable in its position. The side adjusting device 144 is preferably drivable and / or driven by means of at least one drive 141 designed as an axial drive 141. In one embodiment, the at least one rear clamping device 61, and more preferably the at least one slide 102, is already fixed in its axial position by the at least one side setting device 144. In a preferred embodiment, the at least one rear clamping device 61, and more preferably the at least one carriage 102 in the axial direction A on one side, for example the side I, by means of a lateral pressing element 142, for example a lateral spring 142 and / or a lateral hydraulic piston 142 pressed against a preferably adjustable side stop 143. The adjustable side stop 143 is preferably arranged on the opposite side, for example on the side II. The adjustable side stop 143 can be configured, for example, as the at least one previously described side adjusting device 144, in particular side adjusting screw 144. The at least one axial drive 141 is preferably arranged in a recess within the channel 13, for example between the at least one clamping device 101 and the axis of rotation 11 of the plate cylinder 07.

Der zumindest eine Plattenzylinder 07 weist bevorzugt zumindest eine Zuführeinrichtung, beispielsweise zumindest eine Dreheinführung auf. Die zumindest eine Zuführeinrichtung ist bevorzugt als Luftzuführung und/oder Luftabführung und/oder Stromdurchführung und/oder Flüssigkeitszuführung und/oder Flüssigkeitsabführung ausgebildet. Die zumindest eine Zuführeinrichtung dient bevorzugt einer Zufuhr und/oder Abfuhr von Druckluft und/oder Strom und/oder elektrischen Steuersignalen und/oder zumindest einer Temperierflüssigkeit. Bevorzugt ist die zumindest eine Zuführeinrichtung als zumindest eine Drehzuführung ausgebildet. Bevorzugt weist die zumindest eine Zuführeinrichtung zumindest zwei Druckluftzuführungen auf, von denen beispielsweise eine erste Druckluftzuführung der Zuführung von Druckluft zur Beaufschlagung des bevorzugt als Spannschlauch 104 ausgebildeten Spannantriebs 104 dient und/oder von denen beispielsweise eine zweite Druckluftzuführung der Zufuhr von Druckluft zur Beaufschlagung des bevorzugt als vorderer Klemmlöseschlauch 24 ausgebildeten vorderen Stellelements 24 und/oder des bevorzugt als hinterer Klemmlöseschlauch 64 ausgebildeten hinteren Stellelements 64 und/oder des bevorzugt als Schlittenlöseschlauch 121 ausgebildeten Schlittenfreistellers 121 und/oder des zumindest einen Positionierantriebs des zumindest einen Anschlagkörpers 111 dient. Bevorzugt ist zumindest eine Sendeeinheit und eine drahtlos damit verbundene oder verbindbare Empfangseinheit angeordnet, mittels denen elektrische Steuersignale und/oder Messsignale zwischen dem rotierenden und/oder rotierbaren Plattenzylinder 07 einerseits und einem ortsfesten Maschinenbestandteil, beispielsweise dem Gestell der Druckeinheit 02 und insbesondere der Maschinensteuerung andererseits übertragen werden und/oder übertragbar sind. Die zumindest eine Zuführung ist bevorzugt einem Zylinderzapfen 17 des Plattenzylinders 07 zugeordnet, der auf einer anderen Seite des Zylinderballens 12 angeordnet ist, als ein den Plattenzylinder 07 antreibender Antrieb. Ein solcher den Plattenzylinder 07 antreibender Antrieb kann beispielsweise in Form eines Motors oder eines bevorzugt schräg verzahnten Zahnrads vorliegen.The at least one plate cylinder 07 preferably has at least one feed device, for example at least one rotary feed-in. The at least one feed device is preferably designed as an air supply and / or air discharge and / or current feedthrough and / or liquid supply and / or liquid removal. The at least one feed device preferably serves to supply and / or discharge compressed air and / or electricity and / or electrical control signals and / or at least one temperature control liquid. Preferably, the at least one feed device is designed as at least one rotary feed. The at least one feed device preferably has at least two compressed air supply lines, of which, for example, a first compressed air supply serves to supply compressed air for acting on the tensioning drive 104, which is preferably designed as a tensioning hose 104, and / or for example a second compressed air supply to supply compressed air for acting as preferred Front Klemmlöseschlauch 24 formed front actuator 24 and / or preferably designed as a rear Klemmlöseschlauch 64 rear actuator 64 and / or preferably designed as Schlittenlöseschlauch 121 carriage plate 121 and / or the at least one positioning of the at least one stop body 111 is used. Preferably, at least one transmitting unit and a wirelessly connected or connectable receiving unit is arranged, by means of which electrical control signals and / or measuring signals between the rotating and / or rotatable plate cylinder 07 on the one hand and a fixed machine component, such as the frame of the printing unit 02 and in particular the machine control on the other hand be and / or are transferable. The at least one feed is preferably associated with a cylinder pin 17 of the plate cylinder 07, which is arranged on another side of the cylinder bale 12, as a driving the plate cylinder 07 drive. Such a drive driving the plate cylinder 07 may, for example, be in the form of a motor or a preferably helical gear.

Bevorzugt weist der Plattenzylinder 07 zumindest eine Pneumatiksteuerung 127 auf, die bevorzugt zumindest ein Ventil aufweist. Bevorzugt weist der Plattenzylinder 07 zumindest eine Steuerelektronik 128 auf. Bevorzugt ist oder sind die zumindest eine Pneumatiksteuerung 127 und/oder die zumindest eine Steuerelektronik 128 in zumindest einem und weiter bevorzugt genau einem Steuerungsbehälter 129 angeordnet, der weiter bevorzugt Bestandteil des Plattenzylinders 07 ist. Bevorzugt ist der zumindest eine Steuerungsbehälter 129 bezüglich der axialen Richtung A seitlich an dem Zylinderballen 12 im Bereich eines Zylinderzapfens 17 angeordnet.The plate cylinder 07 preferably has at least one pneumatic control 127, which preferably has at least one valve. The plate cylinder 07 preferably has at least one control electronics 128. Preferably, the at least one pneumatic controller 127 and / or the at least one control electronics 128 are or are arranged in at least one and more preferably exactly one control container 129, which is further preferably part of the plate cylinder 07. Preferably, the at least one control vessel 129 is arranged laterally with respect to the axial direction A on the cylindrical bale 12 in the region of a cylinder journal 17.

Im Folgenden wird ein Verfahren zum Anordnen, insbesondere zum Klemmen und/oder Spannen der Druckplatte 73 auf dem Plattenzylinder 07 beschrieben.In the following, a method for arranging, in particular for clamping and / or clamping the pressure plate 73 on the plate cylinder 07 will be described.

In einem auch als Ausgangszustand bezeichneten ersten Betriebszustand des Plattenzylinders 07 befindet sich bevorzugt keine Druckplatte 73 in Kontakt mit der zumindest einen Spannvorrichtung 101. Die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 und insbesondere der vordere Klemmspalt 27 ist bevorzugt geschlossen. Das zumindest eine vordere Stellelement 24 ist bevorzugt deaktiviert. Weiter bevorzugt steht der zumindest eine vordere Klemmlöseschlauch 24 unter einem Umgebungsdruck, insbesondere Atmosphärendruck. Die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 ist bevorzugt geschlossen. Das zumindest eine hintere Stellelement 64 ist bevorzugt deaktiviert. Weiter bevorzugt steht der zumindest eine hintere Klemmlöseschlauch 64 unter einem Umgebungsdruck, insbesondere Atmosphärendruck. Der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 steht bevorzugt mit der zweiten Kanalwand 19 in Kontakt, insbesondere in seiner Randlage. Bevorzugt befindet sich der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter 131 in der eingefahrenen Position.In a first operating state of the plate cylinder 07, which is also referred to as the initial state, there is preferably no pressure plate 73 in contact with the at least one tensioning device 101. The at least one front clamping device 21 and in particular the front clamping gap 27 is preferably closed. The at least one front control element 24 is preferably deactivated. More preferably, the at least one front grommet hose 24 is under an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure. The at least one rear clamping device 61 is preferably closed. The at least one rear adjusting element 64 is preferably deactivated. More preferably, the at least one rear clamping solution hose 64 is under an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure. The at least one carriage 102 is preferably in contact with the second channel wall 19, in particular in its peripheral position. Preferably, the at least one rear spacer 131 is in the retracted position.

In einem ersten Verfahrensvorgang, der auch als vorderer Öffnungsvorgang bezeichnet wird, wird die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 geöffnet. Dazu wird bevorzugt das zumindest eine vordere Stellelement 24 aktiviert. Weiter bevorzugt wird der zumindest eine vordere Klemmlöseschlauch 24 mit Druckluft beaufschlagt, die unter einem Druck von bevorzugt zwischen 3 bar und 10 bar, weiter bevorzugt zwischen 5 bar und 7 bar steht. Dadurch dehnt sich der zumindest eine vordere Klemmlöseschlauch 24 aus und stützt sich an dem zumindest einen und bevorzugt an den beiden vorderen Anpresselementen 23 ab. Das zumindest eine vordere Anpresselement 23 biegt sich bevorzugt durch und bevorzugt biegen sich die beiden vorderen Anpresselemente 23 in entgegen gesetzter Richtung durch. Bevorzugt dadurch wird das zumindest eine radial innere vordere Klemmelement 26 von dem zumindest einen radial äußeren vorderen Klemmelement 22 entfernt, bevorzugt um 0,9 mm bis 1,5 mm, und der vordere Klemmspalt 27 wird geöffnet. Zuvor und/oder währenddessen und/oder danach wird bevorzugt der Plattenzylinder 07 bezüglich seiner Rotationsachse 11 in eine für ein Einlegen der Druckplatte 73 vorgesehene Winkellage gebracht. Bevorzugt befindet sich in dieser vorgesehenen Winkellage der vordere Klemmspalt 27 in unmittelbarer Nähe zu der Druckplatte 73, die weiter bevorzugt zumindest teilweise innerhalb des zumindest einen Druckplattenspeichers angeordnet ist. Bevorzugt ist die Druckplatte 73 in dem zumindest einen Druckplattenspeicher im Wesentlichen entlang einer Tangenten an den Plattenzylinder 07 angeordnet.In a first method operation, which is also referred to as a front opening operation, the at least one front clamping device 21 is opened. For this purpose, the at least one front control element 24 is preferably activated. Further preferred is the at least one front Klemmlöseschlauch 24 pressurized air, which is under a pressure of preferably between 3 bar and 10 bar, more preferably between 5 bar and 7 bar. As a result, the at least one front clamping release hose 24 expands and is supported on the at least one and preferably on the two front pressing elements 23. The at least one front pressing element 23 preferably bends and preferably the two front pressing elements 23 deflect in the opposite direction. Preferably, the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 is thereby removed from the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22, preferably by 0.9 mm to 1.5 mm, and the front clamping gap 27 is opened. Before and / or during and / or after the plate cylinder 07 is preferably brought with respect to its axis of rotation 11 in an intended for insertion of the pressure plate 73 angular position. Preferably, in this intended angular position of the front nip 27 in close proximity to the pressure plate 73, which is further preferably at least partially disposed within the at least one pressure plate storage. The printing plate 73 is preferably arranged in the at least one printing plate store substantially along a tangent to the plate cylinder 07.

Ein zweiter Betriebszustand, der auch vorne geöffneter Betriebszustand des Plattenzylinders 07 genannt wird, unterscheidet sich von dem ersten Betriebszustand bevorzugt lediglich dadurch, dass die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 und insbesondere der vordere Klemmspalt 27 geöffnet ist und das zumindest eine vordere Stellelement 24 aktiviert ist und weiter bevorzugt dass der zumindest eine vordere Klemmlöseschlauch 24 unter einem erhöhten Druck von bevorzugt zwischen 3 bar und 10 bar, weiter bevorzugt zwischen 5 bar und 7 bar steht und dass das zumindest eine vordere Anpresselement 23 stärker durchgebogen ist.A second operating state, which is also called front open operating state of the plate cylinder 07, preferably differs from the first operating state only in that the at least one front clamping device 21 and in particular the front clamping gap 27 is opened and the at least one front control element 24 is activated and more preferably that the at least one front Klemmlöseschlauch 24 under an elevated pressure of preferably between 3 bar and 10 bar, more preferably between 5 bar and 7 bar and that the at least one front pressing member 23 is bent more.

In einem zweiten Verfahrensvorgang, der auch vorderer Einlegevorgang genannt wird, wird ein vorderes Ende 74 der Druckplatte 73 in den die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 und insbesondere in den vorderen Klemmspalt 27 eingelegt. Zuvor wird die Druckplatte 73 bevorzugt in eine dafür vorgesehene Bereitschaftslage gebracht, in der weiter bevorzugt eine Lage und Orientierung relativ zu dem vorderen Klemmspalt 27 der Druckplatte 73 auf das nachfolgende Einlegen in den vorderen Klemmspalt 27 hin optimiert ist, beispielsweise mittels des zumindest einen Druckplattenspeichers.In a second process operation, which is also called front loading operation, a front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 in which the at least one front Clamping device 21 and in particular in the front clamping gap 27 inserted. Previously, the pressure plate 73 is preferably brought into a standby position provided for this purpose, in which a position and orientation relative to the front clamping gap 27 of the pressure plate 73 is further optimized for subsequent insertion into the front clamping gap 27, for example by means of the at least one pressure plate store.

Ein dritter Betriebszustand, der auch vorderer Einlagezustand des Plattenzylinders 07 genannt wird, unterscheidet sich von dem zweiten Betriebszustand bevorzugt lediglich dadurch, dass das vordere Ende 74 der Druckplatte 73 in die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 und insbesondere in den vorderen Klemmspalt 27 eingelegt ist.A third operating state, which is also referred to as front inserting state of the plate cylinder 07, differs from the second operating state preferably only in that the front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 is inserted into the at least one front clamping device 21 and in particular into the front clamping gap 27.

In einem dritten Verfahrensvorgang, der auch vorderer Klemmvorgang genannt wird, wird die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 und insbesondere der vordere Klemmspalt 27 geschlossen und dabei das vordere Ende 74 der Druckplatte 73 in der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 und insbesondere in dem vorderen Klemmspalt 27 eingeklemmt. Dazu wird bevorzugt das zumindest eine vordere Stellelement 24 deaktiviert. Weiter bevorzugt wird der Druck in dem zumindest einen vorderen Klemmlöseschlauch 24 reduziert, insbesondere bis der zumindest eine vordere Klemmlöseschlauch 24 unter einem Umgebungsdruck, insbesondere Atmosphärendruck steht. Dadurch schrumpft bevorzugt der zumindest eine vordere Klemmlöseschlauch 24. Das zumindest eine vordere Anpresselement 23 nutzt bevorzugt den frei werdenden Raum und streckt sich und bevorzugt strecken sich die beiden vorderen Anpresselemente 23 und bewegen sich teilweise in entgegen gesetzter Richtung aufeinander zu. Bevorzugt dadurch bewegt das zumindest eine radial innere vordere Klemmelement 26 auf das zumindest eine radial äußere vordere Klemmelement 22 zu und der vordere Klemmspalt 27 wird geschlossen. In einem Auflagevorgang, der beispielsweise Teil des dritten Verfahrensvorgangs ist, wird bevorzugt die Druckplatte 73 auf die Mantelfläche 124 des Plattenzylinders 07 aufgelegt. Dies geschieht beispielsweise indem der Plattenzylinder 07 um seine Rotationsachse 11 geschwenkt wird und dabei, bevorzugt mittels einer Auflageeinrichtung, beispielsweise einer Anpressrolle, die Druckplatte 73 an die Mantelfläche 124 des Plattenzylinders 07 angepresst wird. Optional kann zumindest eine Unterlage zwischen der Mantelfläche des Plattenzylinders 07 und der Druckplatte 73 angeordnet werden, beispielsweise um Abweichungen des Durchmessers von einem idealen Durchmesser auszugleichen.In a third method operation, which is also called front clamping operation, the at least one front clamping device 21 and in particular the front clamping gap 27 is closed while the front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 is clamped in the at least one front clamping device 21 and in particular in the front clamping gap 27 , For this purpose, the at least one front control element 24 is preferably deactivated. More preferably, the pressure in the at least one front clamping release hose 24 is reduced, in particular until the at least one front clamping release hose 24 is under an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure. As a result, the at least one front clamping release hose 24 preferably shrinks. The at least one front pressing element 23 preferably uses the space that is freed and stretches and preferably the two front pressing elements 23 extend and move toward one another in some opposite direction. Preferably, the at least one radially inner front clamping element 26 moves towards the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22 and the front clamping gap 27 is closed. In a support process, which is part of the third process, for example, the pressure plate 73 is preferably placed on the lateral surface 124 of the plate cylinder 07. This happens, for example, by the plate cylinder 07 is pivoted about its axis of rotation 11 and thereby, preferably by means of a Support device, such as a pressure roller, the pressure plate 73 is pressed against the lateral surface 124 of the plate cylinder 07. Optionally, at least one base can be arranged between the lateral surface of the plate cylinder 07 and the pressure plate 73, for example to compensate for deviations of the diameter from an ideal diameter.

Ein vierter Betriebszustand des Plattenzylinders 07, der auch vorderer Klemmzustand genannt wird, unterscheidet sich von dem dritten Betriebszustand bevorzugt lediglich dadurch, dass die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 und insbesondere der vordere Klemmspalt 27 geschlossen ist und dass das vordere Ende 74 der Druckplatte 73 in der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 und insbesondere in dem vorderen Klemmspalt 27 eingeklemmt ist und dass das zumindest eine vordere Stellelement 24 deaktiviert ist und weiter bevorzugt dass der zumindest eine vordere Klemmlöseschlauch 24 unter einem Umgebungsdruck, insbesondere Atmosphärendruck steht und dass das zumindest eine vordere Anpresselement 23 weniger stark durchgebogen ist und weiter bevorzugt dass die Druckplatte 73 an die Mantelfläche 124 des Plattenzylinders 07 angepresst ist.A fourth operating state of the plate cylinder 07, which is also called front clamping state, preferably differs from the third operating state only in that the at least one front clamping device 21 and in particular the front clamping gap 27 is closed and that the front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 in the at least one front clamping device 21 and in particular in the front clamping gap 27 is clamped and that the at least one front control element 24 is deactivated and more preferably that the at least one front Klemmlöseschlauch 24 is under an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure and that the at least one front pressing member 23 less is strongly bent and more preferably that the pressure plate 73 is pressed against the lateral surface 124 of the plate cylinder 07.

In einem vierten Verfahrensvorgang, der auch hinterer Öffnungsvorgang genannt wird, wird bevorzugt die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 geöffnet. Dazu wird bevorzugt das zumindest eine hintere Stellelement 64 aktiviert. Weiter bevorzugt wird der zumindest eine hintere Klemmlöseschlauch 64 mit Druckluft beaufschlagt, die unter einem Druck von bevorzugt zwischen 3 bar und 10 bar, weiter bevorzugt zwischen 5 bar und 7 bar steht. Bevorzugt dadurch dehnt sich der zumindest eine hintere Klemmlöseschlauch 64 aus und stützt sich an dem zumindest einen und bevorzugt an den beiden hinteren Anpresselementen 63 ab. Das zumindest eine hintere Anpresselement 63 biegt sich durch und bevorzugt biegen sich die beiden hinteren Anpresselemente 63 in entgegen gesetzter Richtung durch. Bevorzugt dadurch wird das zumindest eine radial innere hintere Klemmelement 66 von den zumindest einen radial äußeren hinteren Klemmelement 62 entfernt und der hintere Klemmspalt 67 wird geöffnet. Zuvor und/oder zugleich und/oder danach wird bevorzugt der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 aus seiner Randlage entlang des Spannwegs um eine Einlegestrecke auf die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 und die erste Kanalwand 18 zu in eine zentrale oder innere Lage bewegt. Die Einlegestrecke ist bevorzugt zwischen 10 mm und 30 mm, weiter bevorzugt zumindest 15 mm und noch weiter bevorzugt zwischen 15 mm und 25 mm lang. Dazu wird der zumindest eine als Spannantrieb 104 ausgebildete Antrieb 104 aktiviert. Weiter bevorzugt wird der zumindest eine Spannschlauch 104 mit Druckluft beaufschlagt, die unter einem Druck von bevorzugt zwischen 1 bar und 10 bar, weiter bevorzugt zwischen 4 bar und 6 bar steht. Da sich bevorzugt der zumindest eine Spannschlauch 104 sowohl an der zweiten Kanalwand 19 als auch an dem zumindest einen Schlitten 102 abstützt, wird somit bevorzugt der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 bewegt. Im Anschluss wird bevorzugt der Plattenzylinder um seine Rotationsachse 11 gedreht und dabei die Druckplatte 73 auf dessen Mantelfläche aufgelegt. Bevorzugt wird sie dabei mittels zumindest eines Drückmittels, beispielsweise einer Drückrolle, gegen diese Mantelfläche des zumindest einen Plattenzylinders 07 gepresst.In a fourth method operation, which is also called the rear opening process, the at least one rear clamping device 61 is preferably opened. For this purpose, the at least one rear adjusting element 64 is preferably activated. More preferably, the at least one rear clamping hose 64 is pressurized with compressed air, which is under a pressure of preferably between 3 bar and 10 bar, more preferably between 5 bar and 7 bar. Preferably, the at least one rear clamping release hose 64 expands and is supported on the at least one and preferably on the two rear contact pressing elements 63. The at least one rear contact element 63 bends through and preferably the two rear contact elements 63 deflect in the opposite direction. Preferably, this is the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 of the at least one radially outer rear Clamping element 62 is removed and the rear clamping gap 67 is opened. Before and / or at the same time and / or afterwards, the at least one carriage 102 is preferably moved from its peripheral position along the clamping path about an insertion path onto the at least one front clamping device 21 and the first channel wall 18 to a central or inner position. The insertion distance is preferably between 10 mm and 30 mm, more preferably at least 15 mm and even more preferably between 15 mm and 25 mm long. For this purpose, the at least one drive 104 designed as a tensioning drive 104 is activated. More preferably, the at least one tensioning hose 104 is acted upon by compressed air, which is under a pressure of preferably between 1 bar and 10 bar, more preferably between 4 bar and 6 bar. Since the at least one tensioning hose 104 is preferably supported both on the second channel wall 19 and on the at least one slide 102, the at least one slide 102 is thus preferably moved. Following the plate cylinder is preferably rotated about its axis of rotation 11 while the pressure plate 73 is placed on the lateral surface. In this case, it is preferably pressed against this lateral surface of the at least one plate cylinder 07 by means of at least one pushing means, for example a spinning roller.

Ein fünfter Betriebszustand, der auch hinten geöffneter Betriebszustand des Plattenzylinders 07 genannt wird, unterscheidet sich von dem vierten Betriebszustand bevorzugt lediglich dadurch, dass die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 und insbesondere der hintere Klemmspalt 67 geöffnet ist und das zumindest eine hintere Stellelement 64 aktiviert ist und weiter bevorzugt dass der zumindest eine hintere Klemmlöseschlauch 64 unter einem erhöhten Druck von bevorzugt zwischen 3 bar und 10 bar, weiter bevorzugt zwischen 5 bar und 7 bar steht und dass das zumindest eine hintere Anpresselement 63 stärker durchgebogen ist und dass der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 sich in der zentralen oder inneren Lage befindet.A fifth operating state, which is also called rear open operating state of the plate cylinder 07, differs from the fourth operating state preferably only in that the at least one rear clamping device 61 and in particular the rear clamping gap 67 is opened and the at least one rear control element 64 is activated and more preferably that the at least one rear Klemmlöseschlauch 64 under an elevated pressure of preferably between 3 bar and 10 bar, more preferably between 5 bar and 7 bar and that the at least one rear contact element 63 is more deflected and that the at least one carriage 102 itself located in the central or inner location.

In einem fünften Verfahrensvorgang, der auch hinterer Einlegevorgang genannt wird, wird bevorzugt ein hinteres Ende 76 der Druckplatte 73, die mittlerweile um den Plattenzylinder 07 gelegt, insbesondere mittels der Drückrolle gepresst wurde, derart auf den Plattenzylinder 07 gelegt, dass das hintere Ende 76 der Druckplatte 73 über eine die zweiten Kanalwand 19 mit der Mantelfläche 124 des Plattenzylinders 07 verbindende Kante 72 herausragt. Anders ausgedrückt wird das hintere Ende 76 der Druckplatte 73 in einen Wirkbereich der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 in deren Randlage gebracht. Im Anschluss wird bevorzugt der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 aus seiner zentralen oder inneren Lage entlang des Spannwegs um die Einlegestrecke auf die zweite Kanalwand 19 zu in seine Randlage bewegt. Dazu wird bevorzugt der zumindest eine Spannantrieb 104 deaktiviert. Weiter bevorzugt wird der Druck in dem zumindest einen Spannschlauch 104 reduziert, insbesondere bis der zumindest eine vordere Spannschlauch 104 unter einem Umgebungsdruck, insbesondere Atmosphärendruck steht. Bevorzugt umschließen dabei das zumindest eine radial äußere hintere Klemmelement 62 und das zumindest eine radial innere hintere Klemmelement 66 das hintere Ende 76 der Druckplatte 73, wobei weiter bevorzugt höchstens das zumindest eine radial äußere hintere Klemmelement 62 oder das zumindest eine radial innere hintere Klemmelement 66 das hintere Ende 76 der Druckplatte 73 berührt. Bevorzugt wird das hintere Ende 76 der Druckplatte 73 zumindest teilweise von dem zumindest einen hinteren Klemmspalt 67 der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 umschlossen, während der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 entlang des Spannwegs aus seiner inneren Lage auf die zweite Kanalwand 19 zu in seine Randlage bewegt wird. Es ist genauso gut möglich, die Reihenfolge des vierten Verfahrensvorgangs und der Teile des fünften Verfahrensvorgangs zu ändern, beispielsweise das zumindest ein hintere Klemmelement 61 erst dann zu öffnen, wenn der Schlitten 102 sich bereits in seiner zentralen oder inneren Lage befindet.In a fifth method operation, which is also called a back inserting operation, a rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73, which meanwhile surrounds the plate cylinder, is preferred 07, in particular by means of the pressure roller was pressed, placed on the plate cylinder 07 so that the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 projects beyond a second channel wall 19 with the lateral surface 124 of the plate cylinder 07 connecting edge 72. In other words, the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 is brought into an effective range of the at least one rear clamping device 61 in its peripheral position. Subsequently, the at least one carriage 102 is preferably moved from its central or inner position along the clamping path about the insertion path to the second channel wall 19 in its peripheral position. For this purpose, the at least one tensioning drive 104 is preferably deactivated. More preferably, the pressure in the at least one tensioning hose 104 is reduced, in particular until the at least one front tensioning hose 104 is under an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure. Preferably, the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62 and the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 surround the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73, more preferably at most the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62 or the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 touched. Preferably, the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 is at least partially enclosed by the at least one rear clamping gap 67 of the at least one rear clamping device 61, while the at least one carriage 102 is moved along the clamping path from its inner position to the second channel wall 19 to its edge position , It is equally possible to change the order of the fourth method procedure and of the parts of the fifth method procedure, for example to open the at least one rear clamping element 61 only when the carriage 102 is already in its central or inner position.

Ein sechster Betriebszustand, der auch hinterer Einlagezustand des Plattenzylinders 07 genannt wird, unterscheidet sich von dem fünften Betriebszustand bevorzugt lediglich dadurch, dass das hintere Ende 76 der Druckplatte 73 in die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 und insbesondere in den hinteren Klemmspalt 67 eingelegt ist und dass der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 sich in der Randlage befindet.A sixth operating state, which is also referred to as the rear inserting state of the plate cylinder 07, preferably differs from the fifth operating state only in that the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 fits into the at least one rearward one Clamping device 61 and in particular in the rear clamping gap 67 is inserted and that the at least one carriage 102 is in the peripheral position.

In einem sechsten Verfahrensvorgang, der auch hinterer Klemmvorgang genannt wird, wird die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 und insbesondere der hintere Klemmspalt 67 geschlossen und dabei das hintere Ende 76 der Druckplatte 73 in der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 und insbesondere in dem hinteren Klemmspalt 67 eingeklemmt. Dazu wird bevorzugt das zumindest eine hintere Stellelement 64 deaktiviert. Weiter bevorzugt wird der Druck in dem zumindest einen hinteren Klemmlöseschlauch 64 reduziert, insbesondere bis der zumindest eine hintere Klemmlöseschlauch 64 unter einem Umgebungsdruck, insbesondere Atmosphärendruck steht. Dadurch schrumpft bevortzugt der zumindest eine hintere Klemmlöseschlauch 64. Das zumindest eine hintere Anpresselement 63 nutzt bevorzugt den frei werdenden Raum und streckt sich und bevorzugt strecken sich die beiden hinteren Anpresselemente 63 und bewegen sich zumindest teilweise in entgegen gesetzter Richtung aufeinander zu. Bevorzugt dadurch bewegt das zumindest eine radial innere hintere Klemmelement 66 auf das zumindest eine radial äußere hintere Klemmelement 62 zu und der hintere Klemmspalt 67 wird geschlossen.In a sixth process operation, which is also called the rear clamping process, the at least one rear clamping device 61 and in particular the rear clamping gap 67 is closed, thereby trapping the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 in the at least one rear clamping device 61 and in particular in the rear clamping gap 67 , For this purpose, the at least one rear adjusting element 64 is preferably deactivated. More preferably, the pressure in the at least one rear clamping solution hose 64 is reduced, in particular until the at least one rear clamping solution hose 64 is under an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure. The at least one rear contact element 63 preferably uses the space released and stretches and preferably the two rear contact elements 63 extend and move towards each other at least partially in the opposite direction. Preferably, the at least one radially inner rear clamping element 66 moves toward the at least one radially outer rear clamping element 62 and the rear clamping gap 67 is closed.

Ein siebter Betriebszustand des Plattenzylinders 07, der auch hinterer Klemmzustand genannt wird, unterscheidet sich von dem sechsten Betriebszustand bevorzugt lediglich dadurch, dass die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 und insbesondere der hintere Klemmspalt 67 geschlossen ist und dass das hintere Ende 76 der Druckplatte 73 in der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 und insbesondere in dem hinteren Klemmspalt 67 eingeklemmt ist und dass das zumindest eine hintere Stellelement 64 deaktiviert ist und weiter bevorzugt dass der zumindest eine hintere Klemmlöseschlauch 64 unter einem Umgebungsdruck, insbesondere Atmosphärendruck steht und dass das zumindest eine hintere Anpresselement 63 weniger stark durchgebogen ist.A seventh operating state of the plate cylinder 07, which is also called the rear clamping state, differs from the sixth operating state preferably only in that the at least one rear clamping device 61 and in particular the rear clamping gap 67 is closed and that the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 in the at least one rear clamping device 61 and in particular in the rear clamping gap 67 is clamped and that the at least one rear control element 64 is deactivated and more preferably that the at least one rear Klemmlöseschlauch 64 is under an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure and that the at least one rear contact 63 less is strongly bent.

Ein siebter Verfahrensvorgang, der auch Spannvorgang genannt wird, hängt von der Ausführungsform der Fixiereinrichtung 109 ab. Der siebte Verfahrensvorgang wird im Zusammenhang mit der Fixiereinrichtung 109 in der ersten Ausführungsform bevorzugt wie im Folgenden beschrieben durchgeführt. Zunächst wird in einem ersten Abschnitt des Spannvorgangs bevorzugt die Druckplatte 73 vorbereitet, indem der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 auf die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 und die erste Kanalwand 18 zu bewegt wird, weiter bevorzugt weiter, als es für einen Druckbetrieb mit dieser Druckplatte 73 vorgesehen ist. Insbesondere wird dabei der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 von der zweiten Kanalwand 19 weg bewegt. Bevorzugt wird die Druckplatte 73 dabei mit einer ersten Kraft gespannt. Bevorzugt wird die Druckplatte 73 dabei mit stärker gespannt, als es für einen Druckbetrieb mit dieser Druckplatte 73 vorgesehen ist. Dazu wird der zumindest eine Spannantrieb 104 aktiviert. Weiter bevorzugt wird der zumindest eine Spannschlauch 104 mit Druckluft beaufschlagt, die unter einem Druck von bevorzugt zwischen 3 bar und 10 bar steht, weiter bevorzugt zwischen 6 bar und 8 bar. Da sich der zumindest eine Spannschlauch 104 bevorzugt sowohl an der zweiten Kanalwand 19 als auch an dem zumindest einen Schlitten 102 abstützt, wird somit der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 bewegt. Der Druck ist bevorzugt höher gewählt, als in dem hinteren Einlegevorgang vorgesehen, weil gegen die sich in der Druckplatte 73 aufbauende Spannung gearbeitet werden muss. Im Anschluss wird in einem zweiten Abschnitt des Spannvorgangs die Druckplatte 73 wieder entlastet, indem der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 wieder auf die zweite Kanalwand 19 zu bewegt wird, weiter bevorzugt in seine Randlage. Dazu wird zumindest eine Spannantrieb 104 deaktiviert. Weiter bevorzugt wird der Druck in dem zumindest einen Spannschlauch 104 reduziert, insbesondere bis der zumindest eine vordere Spannschlauch 104 unter einem niedrigeren Druck steht, beispielsweise einem Umgebungsdruck, insbesondere Atmosphärendruck.A seventh process operation, which is also called clamping operation, depends on the embodiment of the fixing device 109. The seventh process operation is preferably carried out in connection with the fixing device 109 in the first embodiment, as described below. First, in a first portion of the tensioning operation, the pressure plate 73 is preferably prepared by moving the at least one carriage 102 towards the at least one front clamping device 21 and the first channel wall 18, more preferably further than providing it with a pressure plate 73 is. In particular, the at least one carriage 102 is moved away from the second channel wall 19. Preferably, the pressure plate 73 is thereby tensioned with a first force. Preferably, the pressure plate 73 is thereby stretched with more than it is provided for a printing operation with this pressure plate 73. For this purpose, the at least one tensioning drive 104 is activated. More preferably, the at least one tensioning hose 104 is acted upon by compressed air, which is under a pressure of preferably between 3 bar and 10 bar, more preferably between 6 bar and 8 bar. Since the at least one tensioning hose 104 is preferably supported both on the second channel wall 19 and on the at least one carriage 102, the at least one carriage 102 is thus moved. The pressure is preferably selected to be higher than that provided in the rear insertion process, because it is necessary to work against the stress built up in the pressure plate 73. Subsequently, in a second section of the clamping operation, the pressure plate 73 is relieved again by the at least one carriage 102 is moved back to the second channel wall 19, more preferably in its peripheral position. For this purpose, at least one tensioning drive 104 is deactivated. More preferably, the pressure in the at least one tensioning hose 104 is reduced, in particular until the at least one front tensioning hose 104 is under a lower pressure, for example an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure.

Im Anschluss wird in einem dritten Abschnitt des Spannvorgangs bevorzugt erneut der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 auf die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 und die erste Kanalwand 18 zu bewegt, weiter bevorzugt weiter, als es für einen Druckbetrieb vorgesehen ist. Bevorzugt wird die Druckplatte dabei mit einer zweiten Kraft gespannt. Bevorzugt ist die zweite Kraft genauso groß, wie die erste Kraft. Das bevorzugt schnelle Spannen über das im Druckbetrieb vorgesehene Maß hinaus gewährleistet, dass eine Spannkraft sich entlang des gesamten Umfangs der Druckplatte 73 auf die Druckplatte 73 auswirken kann und nicht wegen statischer Reibung nur ein Randbereich durch die Spannkraft beeinflusst, insbesondere gedehnt wird. Dazu wird wiederum der zumindest eine Spannantrieb 104 aktiviert. Weiter bevorzugt wird der zumindest eine Spannschlauch 104 mit Druckluft beaufschlagt, die unter einem Druck von bevorzugt zwischen 2 bar und 8 bar steht, weiter bevorzugt zwischen 2 bar und 5 bar für eine Druckplatte 73 mit einer Trägerplatte aus Aluminium und zwischen 3 bar und 6 bar für eine Druckplatte 73 mit einer Trägerplatte aus Stahl. Bevorzugt bleibt die Druckplatte 73 und insbesondere deren hinteres Ende 76 zumindest vom Anfang des ersten Abschnitts des Spannvorgangs bis zum Ende des dritten Abschnitts des Spannvorgangs in der hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 geklemmt. Der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 ist zunächst in einem Zwischenzustand näher an der ersten Kanalwand 18 und der zumindest einen ersten Klemmvorrichtung 21 angeordnet, als in dem Druckbetrieb vorgesehen. Nun wird der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter 131 auf eine Position relativ zu dem zumindest eine Schlitten 102 eingestellt, die einen bestimmten Abstand der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 von der zweiten Kanalwand 19 festlegt, der eine im Druckbetrieb vorgesehene Spannung der Druckplatte 73 gewährleistet. Bevorzugt wird dazu die zumindest eine hintere Stellschraube 131 relativ zu dem zumindest einen Schlitten 102 und/oder relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 12 um ihre Gewindeachse gedreht, weiter bevorzugt mittels des zumindest einen als Abstandsantrieb 134 ausgebildeten Antriebs 134. Im Anschluss wird die Druckplatte 73 wieder teilweise entlastet, indem der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 wieder auf die zweite Kanalwand 19 zu bewegt wird, bevorzugt bis der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter 131 mit der zweiten Kanalwand 19 an der zumindest einen Abstandskontaktstelle 133 in Kontakt kommt. Dazu wird zumindest eine Spannantrieb 104 bevorzugt zumindest teilweise deaktiviert. Weiter bevorzugt wird der Druck in dem zumindest einen Spannschlauch 104 reduziert, insbesondere bis der zumindest eine Spannschlauch 104 unter einem niedrigeren Druck steht als zuvor, beispielsweise unter einem Umgebungsdruck, insbesondere Atmosphärendruck. Die Druckplatte 73 ist jetzt gespannt und der Plattenzylinder 07 befindet sich in einem achten Betriebszustand in einer ersten Ausführungsform. Insbesondere ist in dem ersten Abschnitt des Spannvorgangs und in dem dritten Abschnitt des Spannvorgangs zumindest zeitweise der Druck innerhalb des Spannschlauchs 104 jeweils größer, als in dem zweiten Abschnitt des Spannvorgangs. Bevorzugt ist eine dritte Kraft, mit der die Druckplatte 73 in dem achten Betriebszustand gespannt ist, kleiner, als die erste Kraft und/oder die zweite Kraft, mit der die Druckplatte 73 während des ersten Abschnitts und/oder während des dritten Abschnitts des Spannvorgangs gespannt wird.Following this, in a third section of the tensioning process, the at least one slide 102 is preferably moved toward the at least one front clamping device 21 and the first channel wall 18, more preferably further than for a printing operation is provided. Preferably, the pressure plate is tensioned with a second force. Preferably, the second force is the same size as the first force. The preferred fast clamping beyond the measure provided in the printing operation ensures that a clamping force can affect the pressure plate 73 along the entire circumference of the pressure plate 73 and not only an edge region is influenced, in particular stretched, by the tension force due to static friction. For this purpose, in turn, the at least one tensioning drive 104 is activated. More preferably, the at least one tensioning hose 104 is acted upon by compressed air, which is under a pressure of preferably between 2 bar and 8 bar, more preferably between 2 bar and 5 bar for a pressure plate 73 with a support plate made of aluminum and between 3 bar and 6 bar for a printing plate 73 with a support plate made of steel. Preferably, the pressure plate 73 and in particular its rear end 76 remains clamped at least from the beginning of the first portion of the clamping operation to the end of the third portion of the clamping operation in the rear clamping device 61. The at least one carriage 102 is initially arranged in an intermediate state closer to the first channel wall 18 and the at least one first clamping device 21, as provided in the printing operation. Now, the at least one rear spacer 131 is set to a position relative to the at least one carriage 102, which defines a certain distance of the at least one rear clamping device 61 of the second channel wall 19, which ensures a pressure of the pressure plate 73 provided in the printing operation. For this purpose, the at least one rear adjusting screw 131 is preferably rotated relative to the at least one carriage 102 and / or relative to the cylindrical bale 12 about its threaded axis, more preferably by means of the at least one drive 134 designed as a distance drive 134. Subsequently, the pressure plate 73 becomes partially again relieved by the at least one carriage 102 is moved back to the second channel wall 19, preferably until the at least one rear spacer 131 comes into contact with the second channel wall 19 at the at least one distance contact point 133. For this purpose, at least one tensioning drive 104 is preferably at least partially deactivated. More preferably, the pressure in the at least one tensioning hose 104 is reduced, in particular until the at least one tensioning hose 104 is under a lower pressure than before, for example under an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure. The pressure plate 73 is now stretched and the plate cylinder 07 is in an eighth operating state in a first embodiment. In particular, in the first section of the clamping operation and in the third section of the clamping operation, the pressure inside the tensioning hose 104 is at least temporarily greater than in the second section of the tensioning operation. Preferably, a third force, with which the pressure plate 73 is tensioned in the eighth operating state, is smaller than the first force and / or the second force, with which the pressure plate 73 is tensioned during the first section and / or during the third section of the tensioning process becomes.

Der achte Betriebszustand in der ersten Ausführungsform, der auch Spannzustand oder Druckbetriebszustand genannt wird, unterscheidet sich bei Einsatz der Fixiereinrichtung 109 in der ersten Ausführungsform von dem siebten Betriebszustand bevorzugt lediglich dadurch, dass der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 von der zweiten Kanalwand 19 einen größeren Abstand hat als in dem siebten Betriebszustand und dass der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 von der ersten Kanalwand 18 einen kleineren Abstand hat als in dem siebten Betriebszustand und dass der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter 131 in seiner Position relativ zu dem zumindest eine Schlitten 102 derart verändert ist, dass der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter 131 bezüglich der Umfangsrichtung D relativ zu dem zumindest einen Schlitten 102 weiter in Richtung auf die hintere Kanalwand 19 zu angeordnet ist als in dem siebten Betriebszustand und dass die Druckplatte 73 auf der Mantelfläche 124 des Plattenzylinders 07 gespannt ist. In diesem achten Betriebszustand ist der Plattenzylinder 07 bereit für einen Druckbetrieb und/oder befindet sich der Plattenzylinder in dem Druckbetrieb.The eighth operating state in the first embodiment, which is also called the clamping state or printing operating state, preferably differs from the seventh operating state when using the fixing device 109 in the first embodiment only in that the at least one carriage 102 has a greater distance from the second channel wall 19 as in the seventh operating state, and that the at least one carriage 102 is spaced from the first channel wall 18 by a smaller distance than in the seventh operating state and the at least one rear spacer 131 is changed in position relative to the at least one carriage 102 such that the at least one rear spacer 131 with respect to the circumferential direction D is arranged relative to the at least one carriage 102 toward the rear channel wall 19 as in the seventh operating state and that the pressure plate 73 is stretched on the lateral surface 124 of the plate cylinder 07. In this eighth operating state, the plate cylinder 07 is ready for a printing operation and / or the plate cylinder is in the printing operation.

Der siebte Verfahrensvorgang, der auch Spannvorgang genannt wird, wird dagegen im Zusammenhang mit der Fixiereinrichtung 109 in der zweiten Ausführungsform bevorzugt wie im Folgenden beschrieben durchgeführt. Zunächst wird in einem ersten Abschnitt des Spannvorgangs bevorzugt die Druckplatte 73 vorbereitet, indem der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 auf die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 und die erste Kanalwand 18 zu bewegt wird, weiter bevorzugt weiter, als es für einen Druckbetrieb vorgesehen ist. Insbesondere wird dabei der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 von der zweiten Kanalwand 19 weg bewegt. Dazu wird bevorzugt zunächst die Fixiereinrichtung 109 gelöst, indem der zumindest eine, bevorzugt als Schlittenlöseantrieb 116 ausgebildete Antrieb 116 aktiviert wird. Dazu wird beispielsweise der Druck im Schlittenlöseschlauch 121 soweit erhöht wird, dass die Schlittenfederpakete 119 sich verformen und dadurch sich das zumindest eine Schlittenklemmelement 114 von der ersten Schlittenklemmfläche 117 löst. Bevorzugt wird der zumindest eine Anschlagkörper 111 in seine Passierposition bewegt, um die im Folgenden beschriebenen Bewegungen des zumindest einen Schlittens 102 zu erleichtern, weiter bevorzugt mittels des als zumindest ein als Positionierantrieb ausgebildeten Antriebs. Nun wird der zumindest eine Spannantrieb 104 aktiviert. Weiter bevorzugt wird der zumindest eine Spannschlauch 104 mit Druckluft beaufschlagt, die unter einem Druck von bevorzugt zwischen 3 bar und 10 bar steht, weiter bevorzugt zwischen 6 bar und 8 bar. Da sich der zumindest eine Spannschlauch 104 sowohl an der zweiten Kanalwand 19 als auch an dem zumindest einen Schlitten 102 abstützt, wird somit der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 bewegt. Der Druck ist bevorzugt höher gewählt, als in dem hinteren Einlegevorgang vorgesehen, weil gegen die sich in der Druckplatte 73 aufbauende Spannung gearbeitet werden muss.On the other hand, the seventh process operation, which is also called clamping operation, is preferably carried out in connection with the fixing device 109 in the second embodiment, as described below. First, in a first section of the Tensioning preferably prepares the pressure plate 73 by moving the at least one carriage 102 toward the at least one front clamping device 21 and the first channel wall 18, more preferably further than is intended for a printing operation. In particular, the at least one carriage 102 is moved away from the second channel wall 19. For this purpose, the fixing device 109 is preferably first achieved by activating the at least one drive 116, which is preferably designed as a slide-release drive 116. For this purpose, for example, the pressure in the Schlittenlöseschlauch 121 is increased to such an extent that the Schlittenfederpakete 119 deform and thereby the at least one carriage clamping element 114 detaches from the first carriage clamping surface 117. Preferably, the at least one stop body 111 is moved into its passing position in order to facilitate the movements of the at least one slide 102 described below, more preferably by means of the drive designed as at least one positioning drive. Now the at least one tensioning drive 104 is activated. More preferably, the at least one tensioning hose 104 is acted upon by compressed air, which is under a pressure of preferably between 3 bar and 10 bar, more preferably between 6 bar and 8 bar. Since the at least one tensioning hose 104 is supported both on the second channel wall 19 and on the at least one carriage 102, the at least one carriage 102 is thus moved. The pressure is preferably selected to be higher than that provided in the rear insertion process, because it is necessary to work against the stress built up in the pressure plate 73.

Im Anschluss wird in einem zweiten Abschnitt des Spannvorgangs die Druckplatte 73 wieder entlastet, indem der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 wieder auf die zweite Kanalwand 19 zu bewegt wird, weiter bevorzugt in seine Randlage. Dazu wird zumindest eine Spannantrieb 104 deaktiviert. Weiter bevorzugt wird der Druck in dem zumindest einen Spannschlauch 104 reduziert, insbesondere bis der zumindest eine vordere Spannschlauch 104 unter einem niedrigeren Druck steht, beispielsweise einem Umgebungsdruck, insbesondere Atmosphärendruck. Dann wird bevorzugt zunächst der zumindest eine Anschlagkörper 111 in die Anschlagposition bewegt, weiter bevorzugt mittels des als zumindest ein als Positionierantrieb ausgebildeten Antriebs. Zuvor und/oder im Anschluss und/oder zugleich wird das zumindest eine hintere Anschlagstellelement 112 bezüglich der Spannrichtung E bevorzugt relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 12 in eine Anschlagsolllage bewegt, weiter bevorzugt mittels des zumindest einen als Anschlagantrieb ausgebildeten Antriebs. Weiter bevorzugt wird dazu die zumindest eine hintere Anschlagschraube 112 um ihre Gewindeachse gedreht. Dadurch wird, wie beschrieben, der maximale Stellweg des zumindest einen Schlittens 102 und damit die maximale auf die gespannte Druckplatte 73 einwirkende Spannkraft festgelegt.Subsequently, in a second section of the clamping operation, the pressure plate 73 is relieved again by the at least one carriage 102 is moved back to the second channel wall 19, more preferably in its peripheral position. For this purpose, at least one tensioning drive 104 is deactivated. More preferably, the pressure in the at least one tensioning hose 104 is reduced, in particular until the at least one front tensioning hose 104 is under a lower pressure, for example an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure. Then, the at least one stop body 111 is preferably first moved into the stop position, more preferably by means of at least one drive designed as a positioning drive. Previously and / or subsequently and / or at the same time, the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 is preferably moved relative to the cylindrical bale 12 with respect to the clamping direction E into a stop target position, more preferably by means of the at least one drive designed as a stop drive. More preferably, the at least one rear stop screw 112 is rotated about its threaded axis. As a result, as described, the maximum travel of the at least one carriage 102 and thus the maximum clamping force acting on the tensioned pressure plate 73 are determined.

Nun wird bevorzugt in einem dritten Abschnitt des Spannvorgangs erneut der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 auf die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 und die erste Kanalwand 18 zu und insbesondere von der zweiten Kanalwand 19 weg bewegt bis das zumindest eine hintere Anschlagstellelement 112 den zumindest einen Anschlagkörper 111 berührt. Eine Fortsetzung der Bewegung des zumindest einen Schlittens 102 ist dann wegen des Kontakts des zumindest einen hinteren Anschlagstellelements 112 mit dem zumindest einen Anschlagkörper 111 nicht möglich. Dazu wird wiederum der zumindest eine Spannantrieb 104 aktiviert. Weiter bevorzugt wird der zumindest eine Spannschlauch 104 mit Druckluft beaufschlagt, die unter einem Druck von bevorzugt zwischen 2 bar und 8 bar steht, weiter bevorzugt zwischen 2 bar und 5 bar für eine Druckplatte 73 mit einer Trägerplatte aus Aluminium und zwischen 3 bar und 6 bar für eine Druckplatte 73 mit einer Trägerplatte aus Stahl.Now, in a third section of the clamping operation, the at least one carriage 102 is preferably moved towards the at least one front clamping device 21 and the first channel wall 18 and, in particular, away from the second channel wall 19 until the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 contacts the at least one stop body 111 , A continuation of the movement of the at least one carriage 102 is then not possible because of the contact of the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 with the at least one stop body 111. For this purpose, in turn, the at least one tensioning drive 104 is activated. More preferably, the at least one tensioning hose 104 is acted upon by compressed air, which is under a pressure of preferably between 2 bar and 8 bar, more preferably between 2 bar and 5 bar for a pressure plate 73 with a support plate made of aluminum and between 3 bar and 6 bar for a printing plate 73 with a support plate made of steel.

Im Anschluss wird die Fixiereinrichtung 109 geklemmt, beispielsweise indem der Druck im Schlittenlöseschlauch 121 soweit reduziert wird, dass die Schlittenfederpakete 119 sich entspannen und dadurch das zumindest eine Schlittenklemmelement 114 gegen die erste Schlittenklemmfläche 117 pressen, beispielsweise auf Umgebungsdruck, insbesondere Atmosphärendruck. Sobald die Fixiereinrichtung 109 geklemmt ist, wird der Spannantrieb 104 deaktiviert, beispielsweise indem der Druck im Spannschlauch 104 reduziert wird, beispielsweise auf Umgebungsdruck, insbesondere Atmosphärendruck. Die hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 wird in diesem Zustand dadurch in ihrer Position gehalten, dass die Fixiereinrichtung 109 den zumindest einen Schlitten 102 und damit die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 in ihrer Lage in dem zumindest einen Kanal 13 festklemmt. Die Druckplatte 73 ist jetzt gespannt und der Plattenzylinder 07 befindet sich in einem achten Betriebszustand in einer zweiten Ausführungsform.Subsequently, the fixing device 109 is clamped, for example, by the pressure in the Schlittenlöseschlauch 121 is reduced so that the Schlittenfederpakete 119 relax and thereby press the at least one carriage clamping element 114 against the first carriage clamping surface 117, for example, to ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure. As soon as the fixing device 109 is clamped, the tensioning drive 104 is deactivated, for example by reducing the pressure in the tensioning hose 104, for example to ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure. The back Clamping device 61 is held in its position in this state in that the fixing device 109 clamps the at least one carriage 102 and thus the at least one rear clamping device 61 in its position in the at least one channel 13. The pressure plate 73 is now stretched and the plate cylinder 07 is in an eighth operating state in a second embodiment.

Der achte Betriebszustand in der zweiten Ausführungsform, der auch Spannzustand oder Druckbetriebszustand genannt wird, unterscheidet sich bei Einsatz der Fixiereinrichtung 109 in der zweiten Ausführungsform von dem siebten Betriebszustand bevorzugt lediglich dadurch, dass der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 von der zweiten Kanalwand 19 einen größeren Abstand hat als in dem siebten Betriebszustand und dass der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 von der ersten Kanalwand 18 einen kleineren Abstand hat als in dem siebten Betriebszustand und dass der zumindest eine Anschlagkörper 111 das zumindest eine hintere Anschlagstellelement 112 berührt und dass die Druckplatte 73 auf der Mantelfläche 124 des Plattenzylinders 07 gespannt ist. In diesem achten Betriebszustand ist der Plattenzylinder 07 bereit für einen Druckbetrieb und/oder befindet sich der Plattenzylinder in dem Druckbetrieb.The eighth operating state in the second embodiment, which is also called the clamping state or printing operating state, preferably differs from the seventh operating state when using the fixing device 109 in the second embodiment only in that the at least one carriage 102 has a greater distance from the second channel wall 19 as in the seventh operating state and that the at least one carriage 102 from the first channel wall 18 has a smaller distance than in the seventh operating state and that the at least one stop body 111 contacts the at least one rear stop actuator 112 and that the pressure plate 73 on the lateral surface 124 of Plate cylinder 07 is tensioned. In this eighth operating state, the plate cylinder 07 is ready for a printing operation and / or the plate cylinder is in the printing operation.

Unabhängig von der Ausführungsform des Spannvorgangs bleibt die Druckplatte 73 und insbesondere deren hinteres Ende 76 bevorzugt zumindest vom Anfang des ersten Abschnitts des Spannvorgangs bis zum Ende des dritten Abschnitts des Spannvorgangs in der hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 geklemmt. Unabhängig von der Ausführungsform des Spannvorgangs wird bevorzugt in dem ersten Abschnitt des Spannvorgangs der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 mittels einer ersten Kraft auf die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 und die erste Kanalwand 18 zu bewegt und dabei die Druckplatte 73 gespannt, die bevorzugt genauso groß ist, wie eine zweite Kraft, mit der in dem dritten Abschnitt des Spannvorgangs der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 auf die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 und die erste Kanalwand 18 zu bewegt und dabei die Druckplatte 73 gespannt wird. Bevorzugt ist dabei eine erste zentrale oder erste innere Lage, in der der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 in dem ersten Abschnitt des Spannvorgangs anhält, näher an der zweiten Kanalwand 19 als eine zweite zentrale oder zweite innere Lage, in der der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 in dem dritten Abschnitt des Spannvorgangs anhält. Dies beruht darauf, dass die Druckplatte 73 sich in dem ersten Abschnitt des Spannvorgangs absetzt und dabei Verspannungen gelöst und etwaige Hohlräume reduziert werden, sich die Druckplatte 73 also insgesamt setzt.Regardless of the embodiment of the clamping operation, the pressure plate 73 and in particular its rear end 76 preferably remains clamped in the rear clamping device 61 at least from the beginning of the first portion of the tensioning operation to the end of the third portion of the tensioning operation. Regardless of the embodiment of the clamping operation, the at least one carriage 102 is preferably moved toward the at least one front clamping device 21 and the first channel wall 18 by means of a first force in the first section of the clamping operation, thereby tensioning the pressure plate 73, which is preferably the same size. such as a second force with which, in the third section of the clamping operation, the at least one carriage 102 moves toward the at least one front clamping device 21 and the first channel wall 18, thereby tensioning the pressure plate 73. Preference is given to a first central or first inner The situation in which the at least one carriage 102 stops in the first portion of the tensioning operation, closer to the second channel wall 19 as a second central or second inner layer in which the at least one carriage 102 stops in the third portion of the tensioning operation. This is due to the fact that the pressure plate 73 settles in the first portion of the tensioning process, thereby loosening tension and reducing any voids, so that the pressure plate 73 is set in total.

Bevorzugt wird unabhängig von der Ausführungsform der Fixiereinrichtung 109 in zumindest einem achten Verfahrensvorgang zumindest ein Probedruck ausgeführt. Ein Exemplar eines Druckprodukts, beispielsweise eines Bogens 09, wird für diesen Probedruck bedruckt. Anhand des entstandenen Druckbildes wird ausgewertet, ob und wie weit die Plattenspannung verändert werden sollte und/oder ob und wie weit eine Schräglage der Druckplatte 73 auf dem Plattenzylinder 07 verändert werden sollte und/oder ob und wie weit eine konvexe und/oder konkave Verformung des vorderen Endes 74 der Druckplatte 73 und/oder des hinteren Endes 76 der Druckplatte 73 verändert werden sollte. Sollte das Druckbild bereits einwandfrei sein, werden alle Einstellungen der Spannvorrichtung 101 beibehalten. Dieser Vorgang wird bevorzugt so oft wie erforderlich wiederholt. Weiter bevorzugt ist nicht mehr als dieser eine Probedruck notwendig, um eine vollständige und endgültige Einstellung des Plattenzylinders 07 und noch weiter bevorzugt aller mit einem gemeinsamen Übertragungszylinder 06 zusammenwirkender Plattenzylinder 07 festzulegen.Regardless of the embodiment of the fixing device 109, at least one test print is preferably carried out in at least one eighth process operation. A copy of a printed product, for example a sheet 09, is printed for this proof. On the basis of the resulting print image is evaluated whether and how far the plate tension should be changed and / or if and how far an inclined position of the pressure plate 73 should be changed on the plate cylinder 07 and / or if and how far a convex and / or concave deformation of front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 and / or the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 should be changed. Should the print image already be perfect, all settings of the tensioning device 101 are retained. This process is preferably repeated as many times as necessary. More preferably, no more than this a trial print is necessary to set a complete and final adjustment of the plate cylinder 07 and even more preferably all cooperating with a common transfer cylinder 06 plate cylinder 07.

Ansonsten werden in zumindest einem neunten Verfahrensvorgang Anpassungen der Einstellungen der Spannvorrichtung 101 entsprechend der Auswertung im achten Verfahrensvorgang durchgeführt. Unabhängig von der Art der Anpassungen wird zunächst die Fixiereinrichtung 109 wieder gelöst und die Druckplatte 73 zumindest teilweise entspannt.Otherwise, in at least one ninth process operation, adjustments of the settings of the tensioning device 101 are carried out in accordance with the evaluation in the eighth process operation. Regardless of the type of adjustments, the fixing device 109 is first released again and the pressure plate 73 is at least partially relaxed.

Bei Verwendung der ersten Ausführungsform der Fixiereinrichtung 109 wird im neunten Verfahrensvorgang zunächst der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 wieder von der zweiten Kanalwand 19 entfernt und auf die erste Kanalwand 18 und die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 zu bewegt. Bevorzugt wird dazu der zumindest eine Spannantrieb 104 aktiviert. Weiter bevorzugt wird der zumindest eine Spannschlauch 104 mit Druckluft beaufschlagt, die unter einem Druck von bevorzugt zwischen 3 bar und 10 bar steht, bis der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 die genannte Bewegung ausführt. Dann wird der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 gestoppt. Nun wird der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter 131 auf eine Position relativ zu dem zumindest eine Schlitten 102 und/oder relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 12 eingestellt, die einen geringeren Abstand der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 von der zweiten Kanal wand 19 erlaubt. Bevorzugt wird dazu die zumindest eine hintere Stellschraube 131 relativ zu dem zumindest einen Schlitten 102 und/oder relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 12 um ihre Gewindeachse gedreht, weiter bevorzugt mittels des zumindest einen Abstandsantriebs 134. Im Anschluss wird die Druckplatte 73 wieder entlastet, indem der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 wieder auf die zweite Kanalwand 19 zu bewegt wird, bevorzugt bis der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 sich wieder in seiner Randlage befindet und/oder bis der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter 131 mit der zweiten Kanalwand 19 und/oder dem zumindest einen Schlitten 102 an der zumindest einen Abstandskontaktstelle 133 in Kontakt kommt. Dazu wird der zumindest eine Spannantrieb 104 bevorzugt zumindest teilweise deaktiviert. Weiter bevorzugt wird der Druck in dem zumindest einen Spannschlauch 104 reduziert, insbesondere bis der zumindest eine Spannschlauch 104 unter einem niedrigeren Druck steht als zuvor, beispielsweise unter einem Umgebungsdruck, insbesondere Atmosphärendruck.When using the first embodiment of the fixing device 109, the at least one carriage 102 is first removed from the second channel wall 19 and moved toward the first channel wall 18 and the at least one front clamping device 21 in the ninth process operation. Preferably, the at least one tensioning drive 104 is activated for this purpose. More preferably, the at least one tensioning hose 104 is acted upon by compressed air, which is under a pressure of preferably between 3 bar and 10 bar, until the at least one carriage 102 carries out said movement. Then, the at least one carriage 102 is stopped. Now, the at least one rear spacer 131 is set to a position relative to the at least one carriage 102 and / or relative to the cylindrical bale 12, the wall 19 allows a smaller distance of the at least one rear clamping device 61 of the second channel. For this purpose, the at least one rear adjusting screw 131 is preferably rotated relative to the at least one carriage 102 and / or relative to the cylindrical bale 12 about its threaded axis, more preferably by means of the at least one distance drive 134. Subsequently, the pressure plate 73 is relieved again by the at least a carriage 102 is again moved towards the second channel wall 19, preferably until the at least one carriage 102 is again in its peripheral position and / or until the at least one rear spacer 131 engages with the second channel wall 19 and / or the at least one carriage 102 the at least one contact pad 133 comes into contact. For this purpose, the at least one tensioning drive 104 is preferably at least partially deactivated. More preferably, the pressure in the at least one tensioning hose 104 is reduced, in particular until the at least one tensioning hose 104 is under a lower pressure than before, for example under an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure.

Bei Verwendung der zweiten Ausführungsform der Fixiereinrichtung 109 wird im neunten Verfahrensvorgang bevorzugt zunächst der zumindest eine Spannantrieb 104 aktiviert. Weiter bevorzugt wird der zumindest eine Spannschlauch 104 mit Druckluft beaufschlagt, die unter einem Druck von bevorzugt zwischen 3 bar und 10 bar steht. Der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 und insbesondere das zumindest eine hintere Anschlagstellelement 112 wird jetzt von dem zumindest einen Spannantrieb 104 mit ausreichend großer Kraft gegen den zumindest eine Anschlagkörper 111 gepresst. Nun wird bevorzugt zunächst die Fixiereinrichtung 109 gelöst, beispielsweise indem der Druck im Schlittenlöseschlauch 121 soweit erhöht wird, dass die Schlittenfederpakete 119 sich verformen und dadurch sich das zumindest eine Schlittenklemmelement 114 von der ersten Schlittenklemmfläche 117 löst. Im Anschluss wird die Druckplatte 73 wieder entlastet, indem der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 wieder auf die zweite Kanalwand 19 zu bewegt wird, bevorzugt bis der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 sich wieder in seiner Randlage befindet und/oder bis der zumindest eine hintere Abstandshalter 131 mit der zweiten Kanalwand 19 an der zumindest einen Abstandskontaktstelle 133 in Kontakt kommt. Dazu wird zumindest eine Spannantrieb 104 bevorzugt zumindest teilweise deaktiviert. Weiter bevorzugt wird der Druck in dem zumindest einen Spannschlauch 104 reduziert, insbesondere bis der zumindest eine Spannschlauch 104 unter einem niedrigeren Druck steht als zuvor, beispielsweise unter einem Umgebungsdruck, insbesondere Atmosphärendruck.When using the second embodiment of the fixing device 109, the at least one tensioning drive 104 is preferably activated in the ninth method operation. More preferably, the at least one tensioning hose 104 is acted upon by compressed air, which is under a pressure of preferably between 3 bar and 10 bar. The least a carriage 102 and in particular the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 is now pressed by the at least one tensioning drive 104 with a sufficiently large force against the at least one stop body 111. Now, the fixing device 109 is preferably first of all released, for example by increasing the pressure in the carriage release hose 121 to such an extent that the carriage spring packs 119 deform and thereby detach the at least one carriage clamping element 114 from the first carriage clamping surface 117. Following the pressure plate 73 is relieved again by the at least one carriage 102 is moved back to the second channel wall 19, preferably until the at least one carriage 102 is again in its peripheral position and / or until the at least one rear spacer 131 with the second channel wall 19 at the at least one distance contact point 133 comes into contact. For this purpose, at least one tensioning drive 104 is preferably at least partially deactivated. More preferably, the pressure in the at least one tensioning hose 104 is reduced, in particular until the at least one tensioning hose 104 is under a lower pressure than before, for example under an ambient pressure, in particular atmospheric pressure.

Unabhängig von der Ausführungsform der Fixiereinrichtung 109 werden dann ein oder mehrere der folgenden Teilvorgänge durchgeführt.Regardless of the embodiment of the fixing device 109 then one or more of the following sub-operations are performed.

In einem Teilvorgang zur Korrektur einer Schräglage der Druckplatte 73 und/oder in einem Teilvorgang zur Korrektur einer konvexen und/oder konkaven Verformung des vorderen Endes 74 der Druckplatte 73 wird zumindest eine der zumindest zwei und werden bevorzugt die zumindest zwei zweiten Abstützstellen 34; 36 eingestellt. Dazu werden bevorzugt die zumindest zwei bevorzugt als vordere Stellschrauben 39; 41 ausgebildeten vorderen Kontaktkörper 39; 41 in ihrer Lage relativ zu der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21, insbesondere zu dem zumindest einen radial äußeren vorderen Klemmelement 22 und/oder relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 12 eingestellt. Weiter bevorzugt wird zumindest eine und werden insbesondere die zumindest zwei vorderen Stellschrauben 39; 41 um ihre Gewindeachse relativ zu der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 und/oder relativ zu dem Zylinderballen 12 gedreht, noch weiter bevorzugt mittels des zumindest einen als vorderer Vorspannantrieb 43; 44 ausgebildeten Antriebs 43; 44. Da bevorzugt jederzeit an allen Abstützstellen 33; 34; 36 die erste Kanalwand 18 und die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21, insbesondere das zumindest eine radial äußere vordere Klemmelement 22, insbesondere in Form der Auswölbung und der zumindest zwei vorderen Kontaktkörper 39; 41 miteinander in Kontakt stehen, wird durch Einstellung der zumindest zwei zweiten Abstützstellen 33; 34 eine Durchbiegung und/oder eine Schräglage der zumindest einen ersten Klemmvorrichtung 21 relativ zu der ersten Kanalwand 18 beeinflusst.In a partial process for correcting an inclined position of the pressure plate 73 and / or in a partial process for correcting a convex and / or concave deformation of the front end 74 of the pressure plate 73, at least one of the at least two and preferably the at least two second support locations 34; 36 set. For this purpose, the at least two are preferred as the front adjusting screws 39; 41 formed front contact body 39; 41 in their position relative to the at least one front clamping device 21, in particular to the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22 and / or adjusted relative to the cylindrical bale 12. Further preferred is at least one and in particular the at least two front adjusting screws 39; 41 about its threaded axis relative to the at least one front Clamping device 21 and / or rotated relative to the cylindrical bale 12, more preferably by means of the at least one as a front biasing drive 43; 44 formed drive 43; 44. Since preferably at all support points 33; 34; 36, the first channel wall 18 and the at least one front clamping device 21, in particular the at least one radially outer front clamping element 22, in particular in the form of the bulge and the at least two front contact body 39; 41 are in contact with each other, by adjusting the at least two second support points 33; 34 a deflection and / or an inclined position of the at least one first clamping device 21 relative to the first channel wall 18 is influenced.

Werden beispielsweise die zumindest zwei vorderen Stellschrauben 39; 41 bei deren Einstellung relativ zu der Auswölbung der zumindest einen ersten Spannvorrichtung 21 von der ersten Kanalwand 18 weg bewegt, so bilden der ersten Kanalwand 18 zugewandte Enden der zumindest zwei vorderen Stellschrauben 39; 41 zusammen mit der bevorzugt bezüglich der axialen Richtung A dazwischen angeordneten Auswölbung keine gerade Linie. Durch einwirkende Kräfte, beispielsweise aufgrund der als Feder 107 ausgebildeten Stützkörper 107 und/oder der gespannten Druckplatte 73, wird dann zumindest die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 derart verformt, dass axial äußere Bereiche der zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 und der aufgespannten Druckplatte 73 stärker zur ersten Kanalwand 18 gezogen werden, als ein axial mittlerer Bereich der zumindest einen ersten Klemmvorrichtung 21 und der aufgespannten Druckplatte 73. Die aufgespannte Druckplatte 73 wird also an ihrem vorderen Ende 74 konvex verformt. Eine solche konvexe Verformung am vorderen Ende 74 der Druckplatte 73 pflanzt sich bevorzugt durch die gesamte Druckplatte 73 in Umfangsrichtung D fort und wird weiter bevorzugt so eingestellt, dass sie einer konkaven Verformung des Druckbildes auf der Druckplatte 73 entgegenwirkt.If, for example, the at least two front adjusting screws 39; 41 moves at its setting relative to the bulge of the at least one first clamping device 21 away from the first channel wall 18, so form the first channel wall 18 facing ends of the at least two front adjusting screws 39; 41 together with the preferably with respect to the axial direction A arranged therebetween bulge no straight line. By acting forces, for example due to the formed as a spring 107 supporting body 107 and / or the tensioned pressure plate 73, then at least the at least one front clamping device 21 is deformed such that axially outer portions of the at least one front clamping device 21 and the tensioned pressure plate 73 stronger first channel wall 18 are drawn, as an axially central region of the at least one first clamping device 21 and the clamped pressure plate 73. The spanned pressure plate 73 is thus deformed convexly at its front end 74. Such a convex deformation at the front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 preferably propagates through the entire pressure plate 73 in the circumferential direction D and is further preferably set to oppose a concave deformation of the printed image on the pressure plate 73.

Werden beispielsweise die zumindest zwei vorderen Stellschrauben 39; 41 bei deren Einstellung relativ zu der Auswölbung der zumindest einen ersten Spannvorrichtung 21 auf die erste Kanalwand 18 zu bewegt, so bilden die der ersten Kanalwand 18 zugewandten Enden der zumindest zwei vorderen Stellschrauben 39; 41 zusammen mit der bevorzugt bezüglich der axialen Richtung A dazwischen angeordneten Auswölbung keine gerade Linie. Durch einwirkende Kräfte, beispielsweise aufgrund der als Feder 107 ausgebildeten Stützkörper 107 und/oder der gespannten Druckplatte 73, wird dann zumindest die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 derart verformt, dass axial äußere Bereiche der zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 und der aufgespannten Druckplatte 73 weniger stark zur ersten Kanalwand 18 gezogen werden, als ein axial mittlerer Bereich der zumindest einen ersten Klemmvorrichtung 21 und der aufgespannten Druckplatte 73. Die aufgespannte Druckplatte 73 wird also an ihrem vorderen Ende 74 konkav verformt. Eine solche konkave Verformung am vorderen Ende 74 der Druckplatte 73 pflanzt sich bevorzugt durch die gesamte Druckplatte 73 in Umfangsrichtung D fort und wird weiter bevorzugt so eingestellt, dass sie einer konvexen Verformung des Druckbildes auf der Druckplatte 73 entgegenwirkt.If, for example, the at least two front adjusting screws 39; 41 at their setting relative to the bulge of the at least one first clamping device 21st moved towards the first channel wall 18, so the first channel wall 18 facing ends of the at least two front adjusting screws 39; 41 together with the preferably with respect to the axial direction A arranged therebetween bulge no straight line. By acting forces, for example due to the formed as a spring 107 supporting body 107 and / or the tensioned pressure plate 73, then at least the at least one front clamping device 21 is deformed such that axially outer regions of the at least one front clamping device 21 and the tensioned pressure plate 73 less are drawn to the first channel wall 18, as an axially central region of the at least one first clamping device 21 and the clamped pressure plate 73. The spanned pressure plate 73 is thus deformed concave at its front end 74. Such a concave deformation at the front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 preferably propagates through the entire pressure plate 73 in the circumferential direction D and is further preferably adjusted so that it counteracts a convex deformation of the printed image on the pressure plate 73.

Werden beispielsweise die zumindest zwei vorderen Stellschrauben 39; 41 bei deren Einstellung relativ zu der Auswölbung der zumindest einen ersten Spannvorrichtung 21 zueinander gegensätzlich bewegt, so bilden die der ersten Kanalwand 18 zugewandte Enden der zumindest zwei vorderen Stellschrauben 39; 41 zusammen mit der bevorzugt bezüglich der axialen Richtung A dazwischen angeordneten Auswölbung bevorzugt weiterhin eine gerade Linie, die allerdings relativ zu dem vorderen Klemmspalt schräg ausgerichtet ist. Durch einwirkende Kräfte, beispielsweise aufgrund der als Feder 107 ausgebildeten Stützkörper 107 und/oder der gespannten Druckplatte 73, wird dann die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 bevorzugt zusammen mit der aufgespannten Druckplatte 73 derart an die vordere Kanalwand 18 gepresst, dass sich die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 bevorzugt zusammen mit der aufgespannten Druckplatte 73 relativ zu der vorderen Kanalwand 18 bevorzugt um eine im Wesentlichen radiale Ausrichtachse dreht. Diese Ausrichtachse verläuft bevorzugt durch die erste Abstützstelle 33. Dies geschieht insbesondere, weil ein erster axial äußerer Bereich der zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 und der aufgespannten Druckplatte 73 weiter zur ersten Kanalwand 18 gezogen werden, als ein zweiter axial äußerer Bereich der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 und der aufgespannten Druckplatte 73, der sich auf einer anderen axialen Seite der ersten Abstützstelle 33 befindet, als der erste axial äußerer Bereich. Beispielsweise ist der erste axial äußere Bereich der Seite I zugeordnet und ist der zweite axial äußere Bereich der Seite II zugeordnet. Die aufgespannte Druckplatte 73 wird also an ihrem vorderen Ende 74 schräg auf den Plattenzylinder 07 aufgelegt. Eine solche Schräglage der Druckplatte 73 pflanzt sich bevorzugt durch die gesamte Druckplatte 73 in Umfangsrichtung D fort und wird weiter bevorzugt so eingestellt, dass sie einer Schräglage des Druckbildes auf der Druckplatte 73 entgegenwirkt.If, for example, the at least two front adjusting screws 39; 41 in their setting relative to the bulge of the at least one first clamping device 21 moves opposite to each other, so the first channel wall 18 facing ends of the at least two front adjusting screws 39; 41 together with the preferably arranged with respect to the axial direction A between them bulge preferably further a straight line, which, however, is oriented obliquely relative to the front clamping gap. By acting forces, for example due to the formed as a spring 107 supporting body 107 and / or the tensioned pressure plate 73, then the at least one front clamping device 21 is preferably pressed together with the clamped pressure plate 73 to the front channel wall 18 that the at least one front Clamping device 21 preferably together with the clamped pressure plate 73 relative to the front channel wall 18 preferably rotates about a substantially radial alignment axis. This alignment axis preferably passes through the first support point 33. This happens in particular because a first axial outer region of the at least one front clamping device 21 and the clamped pressure plate 73 are pulled further to the first channel wall 18, as a second axially outer region of the at least one front clamping device 21 and the tensioned pressure plate 73 located on another axial side of the first support 33rd is located as the first axially outer region. For example, the first axially outer region of the side I is assigned and the second axially outer region of the side II is assigned. The clamped pressure plate 73 is thus placed at its front end 74 obliquely on the plate cylinder 07. Such an oblique position of the pressure plate 73 preferably propagates through the entire pressure plate 73 in the circumferential direction D and is further preferably adjusted so that it counteracts an oblique position of the printed image on the pressure plate 73.

Wenn notwendig, das heißt insbesondere bei entsprechend deformiertem Druckbild auf der Druckplatte 73, werden die zumindest zwei vorderen Stellschrauben 39; 41 so eingestellt, dass sich in Überlagerung der oben beschriebenen Effekte eine Mischung aus einer Schräglage der Druckplatte 73 auf dem Plattenzylinder 07 einerseits und einer konvexen und/oder konkaven Verformung der Druckplatte 73 in sich andererseits ergibt.If necessary, that is, in particular with a correspondingly deformed print image on the pressure plate 73, the at least two front adjusting screws 39; 41 is set so that a mixture of an inclined position of the pressure plate 73 on the plate cylinder 07 on the one hand and a convex and / or concave deformation of the pressure plate 73 on the other hand results in superposition of the effects described above.

Eine Schrägstellung der Druckplatte 73 mittels der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 erfordert gegebenenfalls zugleich eine ausgleichende Schrägstellung und eine Bewegung in der axialen Richtung A des zumindest einen, durch die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 mit der Druckplatte 73 verbundenen Schlittens 102 und/oder der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 selbst. Durch die flexible Lagerung und/oder Verankerung des zumindest einen Schlittens 102 und/oder der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 einerseits und durch die zumindest eine Seiteneinstellvorrichtung 144, insbesondere den zumindest einen als Axialantrieb 141 ausgebildeten Antrieb 141 andererseits, ist die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 und weiter bevorzugt der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 in der axialen Richtung A in seiner Position einstellbar. Ein maximaler Versatz des zumindest einen Schlittens 102 und der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 in der axialen Richtung A, insbesondere von Endlage bis Endlage, beträgt bevorzugt zwischen 1 mm und 10 mm, weiter bevorzugt zwischen 3 mm und 6 mm.An inclination of the pressure plate 73 by means of the at least one front clamping device 21 may also require a compensating inclination and a movement in the axial direction A of the at least one, connected by the at least one rear clamping device 61 to the pressure plate 73 carriage 102 and / or the at least one itself by the flexible mounting and / or anchoring of the at least one carriage 102 and / or the at least one rear clamping device 61 on the one hand and by the at least one Seiteneinstellvorrichtung 144, in particular the at least one axial drive 141 formed as a 141, the at least one rear clamping device 61 and more preferably the at least one carriage 102 in the axial direction A in its position adjustable. A maximum offset of at least a carriage 102 and the at least one rear clamping device 61 in the axial direction A, in particular from the end position to the end position, is preferably between 1 mm and 10 mm, more preferably between 3 mm and 6 mm.

Ein Teilvorgang zur Korrektur der Plattenspannung wird je nach Ausführungsform der Fixiereinrichtung 109 analog zu dem jeweiligen siebten Verfahrensvorgang durchgeführt. Dabei wird jedoch einerseits bevorzugt auf das erste Spannen und anschließende Entlasten der Druckplatte 73 verzichtet und andererseits je nach Ausführungsform der Fixiereinrichtung 109 das zumindest eine hintere Anschlagstellelement 112 oder der zumindest eine hinteren Abstandshalter 131 entsprechend der gewünschten neuen Plattenspannung eingestellt wird. Sollte die Plattenspannung bereits beim Probedruck im achten Verfahrensvorgang den idealen Wert angenommen haben, so wird bevorzugt wie oben beschrieben der siebte Verfahrensvorgang zur Spannung der Druckplatte 73 erneut vorgenommen, jedoch unter Verwendung der bereits zuvor verwendeten Einstellungen des zumindest einen hinteren Anschlagstellelements 112 oder des zumindest einen hinteren Abstandshalters 131. Ein Vorteil des erneuten Spannens der Druckplatte 73 liegt beispielsweise darin, dass reproduzierbare Verhältnisse herrschen und die Plattenspannung gleichmäßig über die gesamte Ausdehnung der Druckplatte 73 eingestellt werden kann. Darum wird die Druckplatte 73 bei jeglicher Einstellung der zumindest zwei vorderen Stellschrauben 39; 41 und/oder des zumindest einen hinteren Anschlagstellelements 112 oder des zumindest einen hinteren Abstandshalters 131 komplett neu gespannt.A partial process for correcting the plate tension is carried out analogously to the respective seventh process operation, depending on the embodiment of the fixing device 109. However, on the one hand, the first clamping and subsequent unloading of the pressure plate 73 is preferably dispensed with, and on the other hand, depending on the embodiment of the fixing device 109, the at least one rear stop actuator 112 or the at least one rear spacer 131 is set according to the desired new plate tension. If the plate tension has already assumed the ideal value during the trial print in the eighth process operation, the seventh process operation for tensioning the pressure plate 73 is again performed as described above, but using the previously used settings of the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 or the at least one rear spacer 131. An advantage of re-tensioning the pressure plate 73 is, for example, that reproducible conditions prevail and the plate tension can be adjusted uniformly over the entire extent of the pressure plate 73. Therefore, the pressure plate 73 at any setting of at least two front screws 39; 41 and / or the at least one rear stop actuating element 112 or the at least one rear spacer 131 completely tensioned.

Nachdem das Register für alle Druckfarben und/oder Druckplatten 73 gemessen und mit einem Solldruckbild verglichen wurde werden bevorzugt notwendige Korrekturen des Druckbildes ermittelt und in Korrekturen der Einstellungen der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 umgewandelt. Sollte ein von einer bestimmten Druckplatte 73 stammendes Teilbild zu kurz sein, so wird daraus bevorzugt eine geänderte Einstellung des zumindest einen hinteren Abstandshalters 131 berechnet, die eine stärkere Dehnung der entsprechenden Druckplatte 73 bewirken. Sollte ein von einer bestimmten Druckplatte 73 stammendes Teilbild zu lang sein, so wird daraus bevorzugt eine geänderte Einstellung des zumindest einen hinteren Abstandshalters 131 berechnet, die eine schwächere Dehnung der entsprechenden Druckplatte 73 bewirken. In einer Ausführungsform werden diese Korrekturen an unterschiedlichen, in axialer Richtung voneinander beabstandeten hinteren Abstandshaltern 131 eines gleichen Plattenzylinders 07 unabhängig voneinander und insbesondere untereinander unterschiedlich vorgenommen, weiter bevorzugt auf Grundlage von unterschiedlichen Korrekturwerten, die für unterschiedliche axiale Positionen ermittelt werden.After the register has been measured for all printing inks and / or printing plates 73 and compared with a desired printed image, necessary corrections of the printed image are preferably determined and converted into corrections of the settings of the at least one rear clamping device 61. Should a partial image originating from a specific printing plate 73 be too short, it is preferable to calculate a changed setting of the at least one rear spacer 131, which means a greater elongation cause the corresponding pressure plate 73. If a partial image originating from a specific printing plate 73 is too long, an altered setting of the at least one rear spacer 131 is preferably calculated therefrom, which causes a weaker stretching of the corresponding printing plate 73. In one embodiment, these corrections are made at different axially spaced rear spacers 131 of a same plate cylinder 07 independently of each other and in particular different from one another, more preferably based on different correction values determined for different axial positions.

Für eine Korrektur eines Umfangsregisterfehlers und/oder eines Seitenregisterfehlers wird bevorzugt eine an einem Zylinderzapfen 17 des Plattenzylinders 07 angeordnete Umfangsregisterverstellung und/oder Seitenregisterverstellung verwendet. Die Druckplatte 73 selbst bleibt bei derartigen Einstellungen des Umfangsregisters und/oder des Seitenregisters unverändert auf dem Plattenzylinder 07 aufgespannt.For a correction of a circumferential register error and / or a page register error, a circumferential register adjustment and / or side register adjustment arranged on a cylinder pin 17 of the plate cylinder 07 is preferably used. The pressure plate 73 itself remains unchanged in such settings of the circumferential register and / or the side register clamped on the plate cylinder 07.

Bevorzugt läuft das Verfahren zum Klemmen und/oder Spannen der Druckplatte 73 auf dem Plattenzylinder 07 maschinengesteuert ab. Dazu sind bevorzugt sämtliche Antriebe 43; 44; 104; 116; 134; 141, insbesondere der zumindest eine vordere Vorspannantrieb 43; 44 und/oder der zumindest eine Spannantrieb 104 und/oder der zumindest eine Schlittenlöseantrieb 116 und/oder der zumindest eine Abstandsantrieb 134 und/oder der zumindest eine Axialantrieb 141 und/oder der zumindest eine Anschlagantrieb mit der Maschinensteuerung verbunden und/oder von der Maschinensteuerung gesteuert und/oder steuerbar und weiter bevorzugt von der Maschinensteuerung geregelt und/oder regelbar. Bevorzugt sind auch das zumindest eine vordere Stellelement 24 und/oder das zumindest eine hintere Stellelement 64 mit der Maschinensteuerung verbunden und/oder von der Maschinensteuerung gesteuert und/oder steuerbar und weiter bevorzugt von der Maschinensteuerung geregelt und/oder regelbar. Im Fall von als Schläuchen ausgebildeten Spannantrieben 104 und/oder Stellelementen 24; 64 und/oder Schlittenlöseschläuchen 121 besteht eine Steuerung und/oder Regelung mittels der Maschinensteuerung bevorzugt in einer Steuerung und/oder Regelung des darin herrschenden Drucks mittels der Maschinensteuerung.Preferably, the method for clamping and / or clamping the printing plate 73 on the plate cylinder 07 is machine-controlled. For this purpose, all drives 43; 44; 104; 116; 134; 141, in particular the at least one front pretensioning drive 43; 44 and / or the at least one tensioning drive 104 and / or the at least one slide drive 116 and / or the at least one distance drive 134 and / or the at least one axial drive 141 and / or the at least one stop drive are connected to the machine control and / or by the machine control controlled and / or controllable and more preferably regulated and / or regulated by the machine control. Preferably, the at least one front control element 24 and / or the at least one rear control element 64 are connected to the machine control and / or controlled by the machine control and / or controllable and further preferably controlled and / or controlled by the machine control. In the case of trained as hoses clamping drives 104 and / or actuators 24; 64 and / or Schlittenlöseschläuchen 121 is a control and / or regulation means of the machine control preferably in a control and / or regulation of the pressure prevailing therein by means of the machine control.

Eine Präzision des Druckergebnisses kann noch weiter erhöht werden, wenn für jeden Plattenzylinder 07 ein Profil erstellt wird, das Abweichungen der Form dieses Plattenzylinders 07 von einer idealen Zylinderform darstellt und wenn dann beim Bebildern und/oder Belichten der Druckplatte 73en jeweils dieses jeweilige Profil berücksichtigt wird. Auf diese Art können beispielsweise Fehler im Druckbild vermieden werden, die dadurch zustande kämen, dass eine Umfangsgeschwindigkeit der Druckplatte 73 aufgrund der Form des Plattenzylinders 07 schwankt, obwohl eine Winkelgeschwindigkeit des Plattenzylinders 07 konstant bleibt. Die Druckplatte 73 kann solche regelmäßigen, geometrisch bedingten Schwankungen ausgleichen, beispielsweise durch zumindest teilweise gestreckte und/oder gestauchte Abschnitte des zu druckenden Druckbildes.A precision of the printing result can be further increased if a profile is created for each plate cylinder 07, which represents deviations of the shape of this plate cylinder 07 of an ideal cylindrical shape and then when each imaging and / or exposure of the pressure plate 73en this respective profile is taken into account , In this way, for example, errors in the printed image can be avoided, which would be caused by a peripheral speed of the pressure plate 73 fluctuates due to the shape of the plate cylinder 07, although an angular velocity of the plate cylinder 07 remains constant. The printing plate 73 can compensate for such regular, geometrically induced fluctuations, for example by at least partially stretched and / or compressed portions of the printed image to be printed.

Das Verfahren zum Anordnen, insbesondere zum Klemmen und/oder Spannen der Druckplatte 73 auf dem Plattenzylinder 07 umfasst also bevorzugt zumindest, dass in einem Verfahrensvorgang die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 und insbesondere der vordere Klemmspalt 27 geschlossen und dabei das vordere Ende 74 der Druckplatte 73 in der zumindest einen vorderen Klemmvorrichtung 21 und insbesondere in dem vorderen Klemmspalt 27 eingeklemmt wird, dass in einem Verfahrensvorgang der Plattenzylinder um seine Rotationsachse 11 gedreht und dabei die Druckplatte 73 auf dessen Mantelfläche aufgelegt wird, dass in einem Verfahrensvorgang das hintere Ende 76 der Druckplatte 73 in den Wirkbereich der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 in deren Randlage gebracht auf den Plattenzylinder 07 gelegt wird, dass in einem Verfahrensvorgang die zumindest eine hintere Klemmvorrichtung 61 und insbesondere der hintere Klemmspalt 67 geschlossen und dabei das hintere Ende 76 der Druckplatte 73 in der zumindest einen hinteren Klemmvorrichtung 61 und insbesondere in dem hinteren Klemmspalt 67 eingeklemmt wird, dass in einem Verfahrensvorgang der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 auf die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 und die erste Kanalwand 18 zu in eine zentrale oder innere Lage bewegt wird, dass diese zentrale oder innere Lage als Referenzlage des zumindest einen Schlittens 102 festgelegt wird, dass ein Probedruckausgeführt wird und dabei insbesondere eine Registerhaltigkeit der Druckfarben unterschiedlicher Plattenzylinder zueinander verglichen wird und dabei eine korrigierte zentrale oder innere Lage des Schlittens 102 ermittelt wird, danach die Druckplatte 73 wieder entlastet wird, bevorzugt indem der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 wieder auf die zweite Kanalwand 19 zu bewegt wird, weiter bevorzugt in seine Randlage, dass danach erneut der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 auf die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 und die erste Kanalwand 18 zu bewegt wird und zwar bis in die korrigierte zentrale oder innere Lage, die einer angestrebten Spannung der Druckplatte 73 entspricht und dass die Vorgänge ab dem Ausführen des Probedrucks gegebenenfalls mehrfach wiederholt werden, bis die Registerhaltigkeit zufrieden stellend ausfällt.The method for arranging, in particular for clamping and / or tensioning the pressure plate 73 on the plate cylinder 07 thus preferably comprises at least one front clamping device 21 and in particular the front clamping gap 27 closed in a process operation and thereby the front end 74 of the pressure plate 73rd is clamped in the at least one front clamping device 21 and in particular in the front clamping gap 27 that rotated in a process operation of the plate cylinder about its axis of rotation 11 while the pressure plate 73 is placed on the lateral surface, that in a process operation, the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73rd placed in the effective range of at least one rear clamping device 61 in its peripheral position on the plate cylinder 07 is that closed in a process operation the at least one rear clamping device 61 and in particular the rear clamping gap 67 while the rear end 76 of the pressure plate 73 in d he at least one rear clamping device 61 and in particular in the rear nip 67 is clamped that in a process operation, the at least one carriage 102 is moved to the at least one front clamping device 21 and the first channel wall 18 to a central or inner position that this central or inner layer as the reference position of the at least one carriage 102 is determined that a trial print is carried out and in particular a register accuracy of the inks of different plate cylinder is compared to each other and thereby a corrected central or inner position of the carriage 102 is determined, then the pressure plate 73 is relieved again, preferably by the at least one carriage 102 again is moved toward the second channel wall 19, more preferably in its peripheral position, that thereafter the at least one slide 102 is again moved towards the at least one front clamping device 21 and the first channel wall 18, up to the corrected central or inner position a targeted th voltage of the printing plate 73 corresponds and that the operations from the execution of the proof, if necessary, be repeated several times until the registration stops satisfactorily.

Weiter bevorzugt umfasst das Verfahren zusätzlich, dass der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 festgeklemmt wird, sobald er sich in der jeweiligen entsprechenden zentralen oder inneren Lage befindet und gelöst wird, bevor er aus der zentralen oder inneren Lage auf die zweite Kanalwand 19 zu bewegt wird.More preferably, the method additionally includes clamping the at least one carriage 102 once it is in the respective corresponding central or inner position and releasing it before it is moved toward the second channel wall 19 from the central or inner layer.

Weiter bevorzugt umfasst das Verfahren zusätzlich oder alternativ, dass die Referenzlage des zumindest einen Schlittens 102 mittels entsprechender Einstellung des zumindest einen hinteren Abstandshalters 131 oder Anschlagstellelements 112 festgelegt ist oder wird.More preferably, the method additionally or alternatively, that the reference position of the at least one carriage 102 is set or by means of appropriate adjustment of at least one rear spacer 131 or stop actuator 112.

Weiter bevorzugt umfasst das Verfahren zusätzlich oder alternativ, dass der zumindest eine Schlitten 102 jeweils pneumatisch auf die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 und die erste Kanalwand 18 zu in eine zentrale oder innere Lage bewegt wird.Further preferably, the method additionally or alternatively comprises that the at least one carriage 102 is pneumatically moved on the at least one front clamping device 21 and the first channel wall 18 to a central or inner position.

Weiter bevorzugt umfasst das Verfahren zusätzlich oder alternativ, dass bei einem Einlegen des vorderen Endes 74 der Druckplatte 73 in die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 Ausnehmungen der Druckplatte 73 mit den zumindest zwei Registeranschlägen 31; 32 in Kontakt gebracht werden und die zumindest eine vordere Klemmvorrichtung 21 geschlossen wird, wenn Sensoreinrichtungen eine korrekte Lage der Druckplatte 73 relativ zu den zumindest zwei Registeranschlägen 31; 32 signalisieren.Further preferably, the method additionally or alternatively, that when inserting the front end 74 of the pressure plate 73 in the at least one front clamping device 21 recesses of the pressure plate 73 with the at least two register stops 31; 32 are brought into contact and the at least one front clamping device 21 is closed when sensor means a correct position of the pressure plate 73 relative to the at least two register stops 31; 32 signal.

Weiter bevorzugt umfasst das Verfahren zusätzlich oder alternativ, dass die Druckplatte 73 aus einem Druckplatte 73speicher heraus um die Mantelfläche 124 des Plattenzylinders 07 gelegt wird und/oder dass die Druckplatte 73, während sie um die Mantelfläche 124 des Plattenzylinders 07 gelegt wird, mittels zumindest eines Drückmittels gegen diese Mantelfläche 124 gepresst wird.More preferably, the method additionally or alternatively, that the pressure plate 73 is placed out of a pressure plate 73speicher out around the lateral surface 124 of the plate cylinder 07 and / or that the pressure plate 73, while placed around the lateral surface 124 of the plate cylinder 07, by means of at least one Pressing means against this lateral surface 124 is pressed.

Weiter bevorzugt umfasst das Verfahren zusätzlich oder alternativ, dass die Ausnehmungen der Druckplatte 73 registerhaltig relativ zu einem Druckbild an der Druckplatte 73 angebracht werden, nachdem die Druckplatte 73 mit dem Druckbild versehen wurde.More preferably, the method additionally or alternatively, that the recesses of the pressure plate 73 in register relative to a printed image attached to the pressure plate 73 after the printing plate 73 has been provided with the printed image.

Weiter bevorzugt umfasst das Verfahren zusätzlich oder alternativ, dass die Klemmbereiche der Druckplatten 73 jeweils vor dem Auflegen der Druckplatte 73 auf den Plattenzylinder 07 jeweils zwischen 15° und 40° gegenüber dem Mittelteil der Duckplatte 73 abgewinkelt werden.More preferably, the method additionally or alternatively, that the clamping regions of the pressure plates 73 are each angled before the application of the pressure plate 73 on the plate cylinder 07 each between 15 ° and 40 ° relative to the central part of the Duck plate 73.

Weiter bevorzugt umfasst das Verfahren zusätzlich oder alternativ, dass an mehreren Plattenzylindern 07 jeweils zumindest eine und bevorzugt genau eine Druckplatte 73 derart auf den jeweiligen Plattenzylinder 07 aufgelegt wird.Further preferably, the method additionally or alternatively comprises that at least one and preferably exactly one pressure plate 73 is placed on the respective plate cylinder 07 on a plurality of plate cylinders 07.

BezugszeichenlisteLIST OF REFERENCE NUMBERS

0101
Druckmaschine, Rotations-Druckmaschine, Bogen-Rotationsdruckmaschine, BogendruckmaschinePrinting machine, rotary printing machine, sheet-fed rotary printing machine, sheet-fed printing machine
0202
Druckeinheit, MehrfarbendruckeinheitPrinting unit, multi-color printing unit
0303
Bogenanlegersheet feeder
0404
Bogenablagesheet deposit
0505
--
0606
Übertragungszylinder, GummituchzylinderTransfer cylinder, blanket cylinder
0707
Formzylinder, PlattenzylinderForm cylinder, plate cylinder
0808
Druckwerk, Flachdruckwerk, Offsetdruckwerk, Hochdruckwerk, StahlstichdruckwerkPrinting unit, flat printing unit, offset printing unit, high-pressure unit, steel engraving printing unit
0909
Bedruckstoff, BogenSubstrate, sheet
1010
--
1111
Rotationsachse (07)Rotation axis (07)
1212
Zylinderballen (07)Cylindrical Bales (07)
1313
Kanalchannel
1414
Ventilblockmanifold
1515
--
1616
Druckspaltnip
1717
Zylinderzapfen (07)Cylinder pin (07)
1818
Kanalwand, erste (13)Canal wall, first (13)
1919
Kanalwand, zweite (13)Canal wall, second (13)
2020
--
2121
Klemmvorrichtung, vordereClamp, front
2222
Klemmelement, Klemmleiste, radial äußeres, vorderesClamping element, terminal block, radially outer, front
2323
Anpresselement, Blattfeder, Federpaket, vorderesPressing element, leaf spring, spring package, front
2424
Stellelement, Klemmlöseantrieb, Lösekörper, Löseschlauch, Klemmlöseschlauch, Hydraulikzylinder, Pneumatikzylinder, Elektromotor, vorderesActuator, Clamping drive, Release body, Loosening hose, Clamping hose, Hydraulic cylinder, Pneumatic cylinder, Electric motor, Front
2525
--
2626
Klemmelement, radial inneres, vorderesClamping element, radially inner, front
2727
Klemmspalt, vordererNip, front
2828
Andrückelement, Andrückfeder, vorderePressure element, pressure spring, front
2929
Ausrichtfläche, Fläche, vordereAlignment surface, surface, front
3030
--
3131
Registeranschlagregister stop
3232
Registeranschlagregister stop
3333
Abstützstelle, Berührstelle, erste (37)Support point, contact point, first (37)
3434
Abstützstelle, Berührstelle, zweite (37)Support point, contact point, second (37)
3535
--
3636
Abstützstelle, Berührstelle, zweite (37)Support point, contact point, second (37)
3737
Grundkörper, vorderer (21)Main body, front (21)
3838
--
3939
Kontaktkörper, Stellschraube, vordereContact body, set screw, front
4040
--
4141
Kontaktkörper, Stellschraube, vordereContact body, set screw, front
4242
Bodenfläche, erste (13)Floor area, first (13)
4343
Antrieb, Vorspannantrieb, Elektromotor, Schrittmotor, pneumatischer und/oder hydraulischer Antrieb, vordererDrive, preload drive, electric motor, stepper motor, pneumatic and / or hydraulic drive, front
4444
Antrieb, Vorspannantrieb, Elektromotor, Schrittmotor, pneumatischer und/oder hydraulischer Antrieb, vordererDrive, preload drive, electric motor, stepper motor, pneumatic and / or hydraulic drive, front
6161
Klemmvorrichtung, hintereClamp, rear
6262
Klemmelement, Klemmleiste, radial äußeres, hinteresClamping element, terminal strip, radially outer, rear
6363
Anpresselement, Blattfeder, Federpaket, hinteresPressing element, leaf spring, spring package, rear
6464
Stellelement, Klemmlöseantrieb, Lösekörper, Löseschlauch, Klemmlöseschlauch, Hydraulikzylinder, Pneumatikzylinder, Elektromotor, hinteresControl element, clamping release drive, release body, loosening hose, clamping release hose, hydraulic cylinder, pneumatic cylinder, electric motor, rear
6565
--
6666
Klemmelement, Klemmleiste, radial inneres, hinteresClamping element, terminal strip, radially inner, rear
6767
Klemmspalt, hintererClamping gap, rear
6868
Andrückelement, Andrückfeder, hinterePressure element, pressure spring, rear
6969
Ausrichtfläche, Fläche, hintereAlignment surface, surface, rear
7070
--
7171
Grundkörper, hintererMain body, rear
7272
Kanteedge
7373
Druckform, Druckplatte, Schablonendruckplatte, FlexodruckplattePrinting plate, printing plate, stencil printing plate, flexographic printing plate
7474
Ende, Kontaktbereich, Klemmbereich, vorderes, vorlaufendes (73)End, contact area, clamp area, front, leading (73)
7575
--
7676
Ende, Kontaktbereich, Klemmbereich, hinteres, nachlaufendes (73)End, contact area, clamp area, rear, trailing (73)
101101
Spannvorrichtungjig
102102
Schlittencarriage
103103
Stützfläche, erste (102)Support surface, first (102)
104104
Spannantrieb, Stellkörper, Spannschlauch, Hydraulikzylinder, Pneumatikzylinder,Tensioning drive, adjusting body, tension hose, hydraulic cylinder, pneumatic cylinder,
105105
--
106106
Rückstellelement, Rückstellfeder, FederReturn element, return spring, spring
107107
Stützkörper, FederSupporting body, spring
108108
Bodenfläche, zweite (13)Floor area, second (13)
109109
Fixiereinrichtungfixing
110110
--
111111
Anschlagkörperstop body
112112
Anschlagstellelement, Anschlagsschraube, hintereStop actuator, stop screw, rear
113113
Anschlaggetriebestop transmission
114114
SchlittenklemmelementSleigh clamping element
115115
--
116116
Antrieb, SchlittenlöseantriebDrive, carriage release drive
117117
Schlittenklemmfläche, ersteCarriage clamping surface, first
118118
Schlittenklemmfläche, zweiteCarriage clamping surface, second
119119
Schlittenanpresselement, Schlittenblattfeder, Schlittenfederpaket, Blattfeder (116)Carriage presser, carriage leaf spring, carriage spring pack, leaf spring (116)
120120
--
121121
Schlittenfreisteller, Schlittenlöseschlauch, Hydraulikzylinder, Pneumatikzylinder Elektromotor, hinteresCarriage release plate, carriage release hose, hydraulic cylinder, pneumatic cylinder electric motor, rear
122122
Lager, Lagerblock (112)Bearing, bearing block (112)
123123
Anschlagkontaktstop contact
124124
Mantelfläche (07; 12)Lateral surface (07; 12)
125125
--
126126
Bohrung, axialBore, axial
127127
Pneumatiksteuerungpneumatic control
128128
Steuerelektronikcontrol electronics
129129
Steuerungsbehältercontrol tanks
130130
--
131131
Abstandshalter; Stellschraube, hintereSpacer; Adjusting screw, rear
132132
Randfläche, hintereBorder area, rear
133133
AbstandskontaktstelleDistance contact point
134134
Antrieb, Abstandsantrieb, Elektromotor, pneumatisch, hydraulischDrive, distance drive, electric motor, pneumatic, hydraulic
141141
Antrieb, AxialantriebDrive, axial drive
142142
Feder, Andrückelement, Hydraulikkolben, seitlichesSpring, pressure element, hydraulic piston, lateral
143143
Seitenanschlagside stop
144144
Seiteneinstellvorrichtung, SeiteneinstellschraubeSide adjustment device, side adjustment screw
AA
Richtung, axialDirection, axial
BB
Klemmrichtung, vordereClamping direction, front
CC
Klemmrichtung; hintereClamping direction; rear
DD
Umfangsrichtungcircumferentially
Ee
Spannrichtungtensioning direction
FF
SchlittenklemmrichtungSleigh clamping direction

Claims (15)

  1. Method for arranging a printing plate (73) on a plate cylinder (07) that has at least one channel (13), in which at least one front clamping device (21) and at least one rear clamping device (61) are arranged, the at least one rear clamping device (61) being part at least of a slide (102) that is arranged to be movable along a tensioning path towards the at least one front clamping device (21) by means of at least one tensioning drive (104) within the at least one channel (13), in a first section of a tensioning process the at least one slide (102) together with a rear end (76) of the printing plate (73) tensioned in the at least one rear clamping device (61) being moved along the tensioning path towards the at least one front clamping device (21) and a first channel wall (18) whereby the printing plate (73) is tensioned and characterised in that subsequently in a second section of the tensioning process the printing plate (73) being released again by the at least one slide (102) being moved away from the first channel wall (19) and towards a second channel wall (19) and subsequently in a third section of the tensioning process the at least one slide (102) together with the rear end (76) of the printing plate (73) tensioned in the at least one rear clamping device (61) being moved again towards the at least one front clamping device (21) and the first channel wall (18) whereby the printing plate (73) is tensioned.
  2. Method according to Claim 1, characterised in that the printing plate (73) remains clamped in the rear clamping device (61) at least from the beginning of the first section of the tensioning process up to the end of the third section of the tensioning process.
  3. Method according to Claim 1 or 2, characterised in that in the third section of the tensioning process firstly the at least one slide (102) is moved towards the at least one front clamping device (21) and the first channel wall (18) by means of the at least one tensioning drive (104) together with the rear end (76) of the printing plate (73) clamped in the at least one rear clamping device (61) and in that then at least one rear spacer (131) is adjusted to a position relative to the at least one slide (102) and/or relative to a cylinder barrel (12) of the plate cylinder (07) that at least in one region of this at least one rear spacer (131) sets a certain distance of the at least one rear clamping device (61) from the second channel wall (19) independently of the at least one tensioning drive (104) and in that subsequently the at least one tensioning drive (104) is deactivated and the at least one slide (102) together with the at least one rear clamping device (61) is thereby held in its position along the tensioning path, in that a force exerted by the tensioned printing plate (73) presses the at least one slide (102) against the second channel wall (19) by means of the at least one rear spacer (131).
  4. Method according to Claim 3, characterised in that the at least one rear spacer (131) is designed as at least one rear adjusting screw (131) and is adjusted to the position relative to the at least one slide (102) by rotating the at least one rear adjusting screw (131) at least relative to the at least one slide (102) around its thread axis and/or in that the at least one rear spacer (131) is designed as at least one rear adjusting screw (131) and is adjusted to the position relative to the cylinder barrel (12) by rotating the at least one rear adjusting screw (131) around its thread axis at least relative to the cylinder barrel (12).
  5. Method according to Claim 3 or 4, characterised in that at the latest after deactivation of the at least one tensioning drive (104) the at least one rear spacer (131) is in contact with the second channel wall (19) and simultaneously with the at least one slide (102) and thereby the distance of the at least one rear clamping device (61) from the second channel wall (19) is set independently of the at least one tensioning drive (104).
  6. Method according to Claim 3, 4 or 5, characterised in that the at least one rear spacer (131) is part of the at least one slide (102).
  7. Method according to Claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, characterised in that the at least one tensioning drive (104) is designed as at least one control body (104) that can be acted on and/or is acted on by a pressure means and in that in the first section of the tensioning process and in the third section of the tensioning process at least temporarily a pressure within the control body (104) is in each case greater than in the second section of the tensioning process.
  8. Method according to Claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7, characterised in that during the entire tensioning process a pressure within a rear release body (64), which can be acted on and/or is acted on with a pressure means, of the least one rear clamping device (61) is equal to an ambient pressure.
  9. Method according to Claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8, characterised in that in a preceding front clamping process, firstly the at least one front clamping device (21) is closed and at the same time the front end (74) of the printing plate (73) is clamped into the at least one front clamping device (21).
  10. Method according to Claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9, characterised in that in a rear clamping operation the at least one rear clamping device (61) is closed and at the same time the rear end (76) of the printing plate (73) is clamped into the at least one rear clamping device (61).
  11. Method according to Claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10, characterised in that in the first section of the tensioning process the at least one slide (102) is moved towards the at least one front clamping device (21) and the first channel wall (18) whereby the printing plate (73) is tensioned with a first force which is just as great as a second force, with which the at least one slide (102) is moved towards the at least one front clamping device (21) and the first channel wall (18) in the third section of the tensioning process whereby the printing plate (73) is tensioned.
  12. Method according to Claim 11, characterised in that at the latest after conclusion of the third section of the tensioning process the printing plate (73) is tensioned with a third force that is smaller than the first force and/or the second force.
  13. Method according to Claim 11 or 12, characterised in that here a first internal position, in which the at least one slide (102) stops in the first section of the tensioning process, is closer to the first channel wall (18) than a second internal position, in which the at least one slide (102) stops in the third section of the tensioning process.
  14. Method according to Claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 or 13, characterised in that in the tensioning process, firstly, at least one rear stop adjusting element (112) relative to the cylinder barrel (12), supported in a bearing (122) arranged fixed relative to the cylinder barrel (12), is moved into a target stop position and in that then the at least one slide (102) is moved by means of the at least one tensioning drive (104) together with the rear end (76) of the printing plate (73) tensioned in the at least one clamping device (61) towards the at least one front clamping device (21) and the first channel wall (18), until the at least one rear stop adjusting element (112) touches at least one stop body (111) and in that then a fixing device (109) is clamped and the least one slide (102) is held in its position.
  15. Method according to Claim 14, characterised in that then the at least one tensioning drive (104) is deactivated.
EP12730953.2A 2011-06-30 2012-06-28 Method for arranging a printing plate on a plate cylinder Active EP2726292B1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP12730953.2A EP2726292B1 (en) 2011-06-30 2012-06-28 Method for arranging a printing plate on a plate cylinder

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP11172072 2011-06-30
DE201210207108 DE102012207108B3 (en) 2012-04-27 2012-04-27 Method for arranging printing plate onto plate cylinder of printing machine used in rotary printing press, involves clamping the sliding element of plate cylinder with a rear printing plate end clamped into a rear clamping device
PCT/EP2012/062582 WO2013001009A1 (en) 2011-06-30 2012-06-28 Method for arranging a printing plate on a plate cylinder
EP12730953.2A EP2726292B1 (en) 2011-06-30 2012-06-28 Method for arranging a printing plate on a plate cylinder

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP2726292A1 EP2726292A1 (en) 2014-05-07
EP2726292B1 true EP2726292B1 (en) 2015-08-12

Family

ID=46420185

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP12730953.2A Active EP2726292B1 (en) 2011-06-30 2012-06-28 Method for arranging a printing plate on a plate cylinder

Country Status (11)

Country Link
US (1) US8869697B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2726292B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5570676B1 (en)
KR (1) KR101544664B1 (en)
CN (1) CN103608181B (en)
AU (1) AU2012277817B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112013032883A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2839962C (en)
ES (1) ES2549142T3 (en)
RU (1) RU2562497C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2013001009A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE102012207109B3 (en) * 2012-04-27 2013-05-02 Koenig & Bauer Aktiengesellschaft Method for placing a printing plate on a plate cylinder
EP2998117A1 (en) 2014-09-19 2016-03-23 KBA-NotaSys SA Inking apparatus of a printing press, printing press comprising the same and method of producing a vibrator roller
EP3017946A1 (en) 2014-11-07 2016-05-11 KBA-NotaSys SA Simultaneous recto-verso printing press
DE102016201236A1 (en) * 2015-02-24 2016-08-25 Heidelberger Druckmaschinen Ag Printing press cylinder
EP3246160A1 (en) 2016-05-19 2017-11-22 KBA-NotaSys SA Measuring and correcting print-to-print register of a multicolour print formed on printed material
EP3366474B1 (en) 2017-02-22 2020-06-24 KBA-NotaSys SA Printing press with in-line casting device for the replication and formation of a micro-optical structure
EP3375610B1 (en) 2017-03-14 2019-04-17 KBA-NotaSys SA Sheet-fed printing press for simultaneous recto-verso printing of sheets, in particular for the production of security documents
EP3489029B1 (en) 2017-11-27 2019-12-25 KBA-Notasys SA Printed security element comprising a rainbow feature and method of producing the same
EP3530461B1 (en) 2018-02-22 2020-08-26 Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG Method for changing printing plates on a cylinder and printing cylinder with checkvalve in the hydraulik line connected to the clamp device
DE102019101172A1 (en) 2019-01-17 2020-07-23 Koenig & Bauer Ag Forme cylinder with holding device and a flexo applicator
EP3972843A1 (en) * 2019-05-23 2022-03-30 Bobst Bielefeld GmbH Clamping shaft, printing cylinder unit and method for operating a clamping shaft
DE102019120961A1 (en) 2019-08-02 2021-02-04 Koenig & Bauer Ag Form cylinder, flexographic applicator and method for adjusting a clamping force in a holding device
DE102020106729A1 (en) 2020-03-12 2021-09-16 Koenig & Bauer Ag Printing machine with a device for detecting the presence of an application form and a method for supplying an application form
DE102022100885A1 (en) 2022-01-17 2023-07-20 Koenig & Bauer Ag Form cylinder with a holding device and method for clamping and/or relaxing an application form on the form cylinder

Family Cites Families (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3460443A (en) * 1965-09-20 1969-08-12 Harris Intertype Corp Apparatus for operating on sheet material
US3795193A (en) * 1971-04-30 1974-03-05 Polygraph Leipzig Kom Veb Device for rapidly and precisely mounting flexible printing plates
DE2744371C3 (en) * 1977-10-01 1980-04-10 Albert-Frankenthal Ag, 6710 Frankenthal Device for fastening and tensioning flexible pressure plates
US4977833A (en) * 1989-03-17 1990-12-18 Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Ltd. Lithographic plate fastening apparatus of printing press
DE4129831C3 (en) 1990-12-21 1998-08-13 Heidelberger Druckmasch Ag Quick clamp device
ES2080879T3 (en) 1990-12-21 1996-02-16 Heidelberger Druckmasch Ag QUICK FASTENING DEVICE.
DE9210964U1 (en) 1991-08-16 1992-11-12 Koenig & Bauer Ag, 8700 Wuerzburg, De
DE4239089B4 (en) 1992-05-09 2004-08-19 Koenig & Bauer Ag Process for register correction of printing plates
DE4223908C2 (en) * 1992-06-30 1995-09-28 Lehner Gmbh Clamping device for clamping and adjusting a printing plate on a plate cylinder
DE4341430C2 (en) * 1993-12-04 2002-11-07 Koenig & Bauer Ag Device for clamping and tensioning flexible pressure plates
DE9418049U1 (en) * 1994-11-11 1994-12-22 Roland Man Druckmasch Device for registering printing plates
DE19511956C2 (en) 1995-03-31 2003-02-20 Koenig & Bauer Ag Device for fastening printing plates on a plate cylinder of a printing machine
JP3073683B2 (en) * 1996-01-17 2000-08-07 リョービ株式会社 Plate clamp device for printing press
JPH10296955A (en) * 1997-04-28 1998-11-10 Shinohara Tekkosho:Kk Form plate clamp for common use
JP3427169B2 (en) * 1997-08-01 2003-07-14 株式会社篠原鉄工所 Common type plate clamp device
DE10013804B4 (en) * 1999-04-20 2011-07-14 Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG, 69115 Method and device for mounting a cylinder lift on a printing machine cylinder
JP4209123B2 (en) 2002-03-08 2009-01-14 三菱重工業株式会社 Position adjustment mechanism in plate clamping device of printing press
JP2007111938A (en) 2005-10-19 2007-05-10 Komori Corp Plate vising device of printing machine
JP4980694B2 (en) * 2005-11-23 2012-07-18 ハイデルベルガー ドルツクマシーネン アクチエンゲゼルシヤフト Cylinder for processing a sheet of paper to be printed
CN201597243U (en) * 2009-12-17 2010-10-06 上海光华印刷机械有限公司 Quick clamp bar device for PS plates of plate cylinders
CN201841748U (en) * 2010-09-28 2011-05-25 北人印刷机械股份有限公司 Clamp bar device of printing machine and printing machine

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2013001009A1 (en) 2013-01-03
CN103608181A (en) 2014-02-26
JP2014520012A (en) 2014-08-21
CA2839962C (en) 2015-09-22
US20140158007A1 (en) 2014-06-12
EP2726292A1 (en) 2014-05-07
JP5570676B1 (en) 2014-08-13
CN103608181B (en) 2015-04-22
RU2562497C2 (en) 2015-09-10
CA2839962A1 (en) 2013-01-03
RU2013155964A (en) 2015-08-10
US8869697B2 (en) 2014-10-28
KR101544664B1 (en) 2015-08-17
ES2549142T3 (en) 2015-10-23
BR112013032883A2 (en) 2017-01-24
AU2012277817A1 (en) 2014-01-16
KR20140015563A (en) 2014-02-06
AU2012277817B2 (en) 2014-11-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2726292B1 (en) Method for arranging a printing plate on a plate cylinder
EP2736723B1 (en) Plate cylinder
DE102012207111B3 (en) Method for arranging printing plate on plate cylinder of e.g. sheet fed press, involves moving rear stop actuating element relative to cylinder barrel in stop target position and clamping fixing device to hold slide in position
DE102012207103A1 (en) Plate cylinder for printing machines, particularly rotary printing press, has channel with clamping device that has front clamp and rear clamp that is part of carriage of clamping device
DE102008023728A1 (en) Printing plate end position adjusting device for use during operation of printing machine, has tensioning unit transferring partial elements into tensioning position, and another tensioning unit transferring partial elements beyond position
EP2885131B1 (en) In-register mounting of printing plates on printing cylinders with temperature-control system
DE102013214784B4 (en) Device for correcting trapezoidal register deviations
DE2932887C2 (en) Rotary printing machine with a device for preventing cylinder movements
DE2713994C2 (en) Sheet holding device of a sheet-fed rotary printing machine, which is able to slightly deform the printed sheet
DE102012207101B4 (en) plate cylinder
DE102012207106B4 (en) plate cylinder
DE102012207109B3 (en) Method for placing a printing plate on a plate cylinder
DE102012207108B3 (en) Method for arranging printing plate onto plate cylinder of printing machine used in rotary printing press, involves clamping the sliding element of plate cylinder with a rear printing plate end clamped into a rear clamping device
EP1242299B1 (en) Printing machine for processing sheets
DE102012214587B4 (en) Method for arranging each at least one printing plate on at least two plate cylinders
DE102012207102B4 (en) plate cylinder
DE102012207105B4 (en) Plate cylinder
CH649033A5 (en) Sheet-fed offset rotary printing machine
DE102012220736B4 (en) Safety device of a plate cylinder of a printing press and a method for securing a plate cylinder of a printing press
DE102006050568B3 (en) Press-on device for pressing a lifting device onto a cylinder in a rotating roller printing machine adjusts press-on rollers onto the cylinder when fitted alongside each other in the cylinder's axial direction
WO2015040136A2 (en) Method for adapting a cylinder lift to a printing material change in printing machines and a device therefor
DE2132247C3 (en) Device for adjusting the diagonal register of the forme cylinder and the applicator rollers for printing machines, in particular web-fed rotary offset printing machines
DE102010001685A1 (en) Turning device for turning printing sheet between two printing units in sheet printing machine, has transfer drum, storage drum and turning drum, where each of two vacuum bar components are displaced in direction of storage drum
DE102007000690A1 (en) Method for adjusting distance between roller and adjacent component in printing machine with printing unit by actuator, involves placing distance piece, which defines distance between roller and adjacent component
DE7933943U1 (en) BOW-OFF ROTATION PRINTING MACHINE IN ROW DESIGN

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20140122

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR

DAX Request for extension of the european patent (deleted)
GRAP Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR1

INTG Intention to grant announced

Effective date: 20150304

GRAS Grant fee paid

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR3

GRAA (expected) grant

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009210

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: B1

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: GB

Ref legal event code: FG4D

Free format text: NOT ENGLISH

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: EP

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: AT

Ref legal event code: REF

Ref document number: 741774

Country of ref document: AT

Kind code of ref document: T

Effective date: 20150815

RAP2 Party data changed (patent owner data changed or rights of a patent transferred)

Owner name: KOENIG & BAUER AG

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: IE

Ref legal event code: FG4D

Free format text: LANGUAGE OF EP DOCUMENT: GERMAN

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R096

Ref document number: 502012004159

Country of ref document: DE

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: ES

Ref legal event code: FG2A

Ref document number: 2549142

Country of ref document: ES

Kind code of ref document: T3

Effective date: 20151023

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: SE

Ref legal event code: TRGR

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: NL

Ref legal event code: FP

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: LT

Ref legal event code: MG4D

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: LV

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20150812

Ref country code: FI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20150812

Ref country code: NO

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20151112

Ref country code: LT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20150812

Ref country code: GR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20151113

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: RS

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20150812

Ref country code: PT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20151214

Ref country code: HR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20150812

Ref country code: PL

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20150812

Ref country code: IS

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20151212

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: CZ

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20150812

Ref country code: DK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20150812

Ref country code: EE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20150812

Ref country code: SK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20150812

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R097

Ref document number: 502012004159

Country of ref document: DE

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: RO

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20150812

PLBE No opposition filed within time limit

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009261

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: NO OPPOSITION FILED WITHIN TIME LIMIT

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: FR

Ref legal event code: PLFP

Year of fee payment: 5

26N No opposition filed

Effective date: 20160513

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: SI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20150812

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: BE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20160630

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: MC

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20150812

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: NL

Ref legal event code: HC

Owner name: KOENIG & BAUER AG; DE

Free format text: DETAILS ASSIGNMENT: CHANGE OF OWNER(S), CHANGE OF OWNER(S) NAME; FORMER OWNER NAME: KOENIG & BAUER AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

Effective date: 20170220

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: IE

Ref legal event code: MM4A

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: IE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20160628

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: AT

Ref legal event code: HC

Ref document number: 741774

Country of ref document: AT

Kind code of ref document: T

Owner name: KOENIG & BAUER AG, DE

Effective date: 20170424

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: FR

Ref legal event code: PLFP

Year of fee payment: 6

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: HU

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT; INVALID AB INITIO

Effective date: 20120628

Ref country code: SM

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20150812

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: FR

Ref legal event code: PLFP

Year of fee payment: 7

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: LU

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20160628

Ref country code: MK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20150812

Ref country code: CY

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20150812

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: BG

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20150812

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: AL

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20150812

Ref country code: TR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20150812

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: FR

Payment date: 20200620

Year of fee payment: 9

Ref country code: CH

Payment date: 20200618

Year of fee payment: 9

Ref country code: DE

Payment date: 20200417

Year of fee payment: 9

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: GB

Payment date: 20200620

Year of fee payment: 9

Ref country code: NL

Payment date: 20200620

Year of fee payment: 9

Ref country code: SE

Payment date: 20200624

Year of fee payment: 9

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: MT

Payment date: 20200625

Year of fee payment: 9

Ref country code: AT

Payment date: 20200623

Year of fee payment: 9

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: ES

Payment date: 20200702

Year of fee payment: 9

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: IT

Payment date: 20200630

Year of fee payment: 9

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R119

Ref document number: 502012004159

Country of ref document: DE

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: SE

Ref legal event code: EUG

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: PL

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: NL

Ref legal event code: MM

Effective date: 20210701

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: AT

Ref legal event code: MM01

Ref document number: 741774

Country of ref document: AT

Kind code of ref document: T

Effective date: 20210628

GBPC Gb: european patent ceased through non-payment of renewal fee

Effective date: 20210628

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: LI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20210630

Ref country code: GB

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20210628

Ref country code: DE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20220101

Ref country code: CH

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20210630

Ref country code: AT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20210628

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: NL

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20210701

Ref country code: FR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20210630

Ref country code: SE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20210629

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: IT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20210628

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: ES

Ref legal event code: FD2A

Effective date: 20220902

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: ES

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20210629